Skip to main content

Full text of "Life at Mansfield, A Visual Reminiscence"

See other formats


MANSFIELD  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 


3  3098  00356  9964 


DATE  DUE 

JUN  0  3  2M 

! 

■. 

<*w  i  e  m 

3P??«i 

JUL   ';7  fll 

Jfc*-**' 

WW  0  8  Mi 

» 

HAF 

'   3» 

. 

j 

**  '5 11 

1 

-  - 

. 

#47-0108  Peel  Off  Pressure  Sensitive 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/lifeatmansfieldvOOIarg 


Life  at  Mansfield 


A  Visual  Reminiscence 


by 

GALE    LARGEY 

—     Contributors     — 

c. 

irmody,   Sharor 

i                     Newhart,  Christie 

Jo 

G 

alder, 

Scott 

Sheffer,   Mary  Mc 

Inroy 

Gi 

•eene, 

Richard 

Sweder,  James 

G 

-eerily 

Lynn 

Swinsick,   Phyllis 

Owen 

MftNIWiiD  university 1 
•*■"•«•«.  pa  iew3-;i^ 

5, 


Dedication 


This  book  is  dedicated  to  Hartley  Dean  and  Tom  Halloran 
as  a  token  of  appreciation  for  their  years  of  loyalty  to 
"Dear  01'  Mansfield." 


Copyright   1984 


Acknowledgments 


The  following  people  have  provided  special  assistance  in  the  crea- 
tion of  this  book: 


Les  Achey 
Audrey  Baynes 
John  Baynes 
Stephen  Bencetic 
George  Beyer 
James  Carlson 
Ron  Costello 
Vivian   Dean 
Dale  Dunmore 
Leona  Dunmore 
Clarice  Evans 
Les  Evans 
Yvette  Finkele 
Arlyne  Garrity 
Jay  Gertzman 
Ann  Good 
William  Goode 
Walter  Grimes 
John   Heaps 
Helen   Hill 

Diane  Largey  Johnson 
Mitzi  Johnson 
Eugene  Jones 
Rod   Kelchner 


Ann   Klinger 

Kathleen  Largey 

Linda   Main 

A.  T.  J.   Matthews 

Dennis  Miller 

Olive  Miller 

Larry  Nesbit 

Barb  Nichols 

Milford   Paris 

Arlie  Parks 

Winfred  Keeney  Phornton 

Yolande  Flowers  Rathbun 

Mary  Mclnroy  Sheffer 

Trudy  Sherman 

Vincent  Smichowski 

Harold  Strait 

Richard  Talbot 

Mary  Ann  Taynton 

Solomon  Tesman 

Jolene  Paris  Tomlinson 

Robert  Unger 

Myron  Webster 

Lois  Wilson 

Edwin  Zdzinski 


I  thank  them  and  the  many  others  who  have  supported  the  com- 
pletion of  this  project. 


Preface 


This  book  is  the  fifth  in  a  series  of  socio-historical  portraits  of  life  in  Tioga  County.  Earlier  portraits 
were  done  of  Roseville  (1973),  Liberty  (1974),  Morris  Township  (1976),  and  Wellsboro  (1980).  This 
book,  like  the  previous  ones,  is  part  of  an  effort  by  Mansfield  University  to  be  of  service  to  the  region  — 
that  is,  to  provide  an  appreciative  understanding  of  its  heritage. 

The  book  offers  a  glimpse  of  life  at  Mansfield  over  the  past  125  years.  It  is  based  upon  bits  and 
pieces  of  information  gathered  from  school  catalogs,  newspapers,  yearbooks,  departmental  publications 
minutes  of  board  meetings,  diaries,  recollections,  and  interviews  with  about  twenty  alumni. 

During  the  initial  stage  of  the  project,  six  students  assisted  in  the  data  collection.  They  were:  Sharon 
Carmody,  Lynn  Greenly,  Scott  Colder,  Christie  Jo  Newhart,  Richard  Greene,  and  James  Sweder.  During 
the  preparation  of  the  manuscript,  Phyllis  Owen  Swinsick  ('30)  patiently  reviewed  drafts,  and  offered  a 
lot  of  sensible  help.  Her  "spunky"  spirit  certainly  made  the  work  more  enjoyable.  She  represents  the  best 
tradition  of  Mansfield  graduates. 

While  writing  the  book,  I  "lived"  in  Mansfield's  past.  I  felt  its  ups  and  downs,  wondering  if  the  crises 
could  have  been  avoided.  But,  of  course,  hindsight  is  easier  than  foresight.  It  is  easier  to  be  critical  than 
constructive.  In  any  case,  it  soon  became  apparent  to  me  that  Mansfield's  true  strength  and  char- 
acter is  related  to  the  simple  fact  that  much  has  been  learned  over  125  years;  and,  indeed,  Mansfield  has 
lived  by  its  motto:  "Character  is  the  essential;  scholarship  is  the  enrichment;  service  is  the  end  of  all 
worthy  endeavors." 

Though  the  book  traces  developments  in  life  at  Mansfield,  it  is  not  truly  a  history  of  the  institution. 
I  will  leave  that  task  to  a  more  able-minded  hisorian.  Instead,  it  is  a  humanistic  sociological  story  based 
upon  the  interesting  events  and  personalities,  the  changing  rules  of  the  institution,  and  the  beliefs  and 
myths  which  have  promoted  community  spirit. 

As  you  browse  through  the  book,  I  encourage  you  to  probe  the  photographs.  Many  of  them  were 
selected  because  they  include  more  than  initially  meets  the  eye.  Here's  a  teaser:  find  the  "Bare  Leg." 
I'm  sure  you'll  know  it  when  you  discover  it.  Moreover,  in  the  process  of  looking,  you'll  note  many  items 
of  interest. 

Much  of  the  text  consists  of  articles  selected  from  the  school  newspapers  and  other  publications.  Some 
of  them  have  slips  in  grammar  and  writing,  but  they  do  describe  a  significant  event  or  they  provide  an  in- 
teresting insight.  Except  for  rather  extreme  errors,  I  have  deliberately  avoided  editing  the  articles.  I  have 
done  so  with  the  hope  of  preserving  authenticity. 

Thank  you  for  your  interest  in  the  book.  Enjoy  your  reading.  Hopefully,  it  will  enhance  your  appre- 
ciation of  Mansfield. 

Gale  Largey 


References 


In  addition  to  past  issues  of  school  catalogs,  the  Normal  Quarterly,  the 
Semaphore,   the  Spectator,  the  Flashlight,   Cadence,   the   Mansfieldian, 

the   Carontowan,    departmental    publications,    and    minutes    of   Board 
meetings,  the  following  sources  were  referred  to: 

Anonymous 

1897  History  of  Tioga  County,  Pennsylvania.   Harrisburg:  R.  C. 

Brown  &  Company 

Elliott,  Simon  B. 

1893  History  of  the  Mansfield  Normal  School.    Mansfield:  Van- 

Keuren  &  Coles  Printers. 

Jupenlaz,  Fred    (ed.) 

1957  Mansfield:  Centennial  Issue.    Mansfield:  The  Advertiser. 

Retan,  George 

1957  History    of    Mansfield    Borough,    1857-1957.     Mansfield: 

Council  of  Mansfield  Borough. 

Sexton,  John    (General  Historian) 

1883  History  of  Tioga  County,   Pennsylvania   1804-1883.   New 

York:  John  L.  Munsell  &  Company. 

Stone,  William 

1918  The  Tale  of  a  Plain  Man.   Philadelphia:  John  C.  Winston 

Company. 


Overview 


MANSFIELD  CLASSICAL  SEMINARY  (1857-1862).  In  1854,  a  group  lead  by  Col.  Joseph  Hoard  proposed  the  organization 
of  Mansfield  Classical  Seminary  .  .  .  Three  years  later,  the  school  opened,  but  at  the  start  of  the  second  term  it  was  destroyed 
by  fire  .  .  .  Plagued  with  economic  difficulties,  the  school  re-opened  in  August  of  1859  .  .  .  after  a  three-year  struggle  to  re- 
cover, leaders  had  to  turn  to  the  state  for  support  .   .   .  the  school  became 

MANSFIELD  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL  (1862-1927).  Despite  state  support,  Mansfield  continued  to  face  severe  financial 
difficulties,  but  through  the  remarkable  leadership  of  Professor  Allen,  it  gained  public  recognition  for  excellence  ...  in  turn, 
the  school  underwent  a  steady,  progressive  expansion.  During  the  1870's,  the  original  North  Hall  was  constructed;  during  the 
80's,  the  original  Alumni  Hall  and  a  gym  were  added;  and,  during  the  90's,  North  Hall  underwent  renovation  and  expansion. 
Meanwhile,  Mansfield  became  noted  for  its  programs  in  education,  music,  and  art  ...  In  1898,  a  Mansfield  graduate,  William 
Stone  was  elected  the  Governor  of  Pennsylvania.  In  the  early  1900's,  under  the  leadership  of  Dr.  Andrew  Smith,  the  school  ex- 
panded its  Conservatory  Course  of  Music,  focusing  particularly  on  the  training  of  church  organist.  Programs  were  also  started 
in  agriculture  and  business,  but  eventually  they  were  phased  out  ...  In  1910,  the  school  strengthened  its  program  in  teacher- 
training  after  the  state  adopted  a  policy  of  supporting  four  year  courses  in  the  Normal  Schools.  Then,  in  1914,  Dr.  Straughn 
assumed  leadership  of  the  institution.  He  fostered  growth  through  the  development  of  programs  in  domestic  science  (home 
economics)  and  manual  training.  Moreover,  he  initiated  specialization  in  teacher  education.  He  soon  became  recognized  as  an 
outstanding  leader  in  the  Pennsylvania  system  of  higher  education  and  his  reputation  enhanced  Mansfield's  reputation  ...  By 
1927,  Mansfield  Normal  attained  collegiate  status  and  became  the  first  state  teachers  college  in  Pennsylvania   .  .   . 

MANSFIELD  STATE  TEACHERS  COLLEGE  (1927-1960).  Enrollment  slipped  during  the  Great  Depression;  however,  by  the 
late  30's,  the  Mansfield  campus  assumed  a  forward-looking  appearance  with  the  construction  of  three  new  buildings  —  a  home 
economics/music  center,  an  educational  center,  and  a  new  gym  .  .  .  During  the  40's,  World  War  II  brought  further  changes 
to  the  school.  With  the  shortage  of  male  students,  intercollegiate  sports  were  temporarily  suspended.  But,  at  the  same  time,  fe- 
male students  gained  an  opportunity  to  be  more  active  leaders  at  Mansfield.  Meanwhile,  the  school  broadened  its  role  in  edu- 
cation when  student  cadet  nursing  programs  were  established  with  Robert  Packer  Hospital  (Sayre)  and  Hahnemann  Hos- 
pital School  of  Nursing  (Scranton)  .  .  .  During  the  post-war  years,  with  the  influx  of  ex-GFs,  there  was  a  sharp  rise  in 
enrollment  and  the  traditional  teacher-training  programs  regained  popularity.  Yet,  throughout  the  50's,  the  school  steadily 
became  a  multi-purpose  institution.    In  1960,  the  institution  was  renamed 

MANSFIELD  STATE  COLLEGE  (1960-1983).  During  the  60's,  Mansfield  underwent  a  dramatic  change.  The  enrollment  tripled 
from  about  1000  to  nearly  3000  students;  and,  by  1970,  the  institution  developed  a  new  identity  as  a  liberal  arts  institution. 
There  were  many  new  faculty,  new  programs,  new  buildings,  and  a  greater  variety  of  students.  In  the  early  70's,  optimistic  ad- 
ministrators projected  that  within  a  decade  the  institution  would  grow  to  about  5000  students  but,  instead  enrollment  declined 
to  about  2500  students  ...  it  then  became  necessary  to  retrench  faculty  from  programs  that  had  been  expanded  only  a  few 
years  earlier.  Meanwhile,  new  programs  in  business  administration,  computer  science,  and  criminal  justice  administration  be- 
came quite  popular  .  .  .  Despite  the  problems  of  the  70's,  Mansfield  continued  to  mature  as  an  institution  of  higher  education, 
and  in  1983  it  became 

MANSFIELD  UNIVERSITY  (1983-  ).    In  the  fall  of  1983,  the  enrollment  reached  2900,  the  highest  since  1975.    Under  the 

newly-appointed,  interim-president  Rod  Kelchner,  a  strategic  planning  committee  was  formed  to  plan  for  the  future. 


1857:  Mansfield  Classical  Seminary 


I Ulanslrield     K^laisicai     S^t 


cminart 


9 


Kspenina     Aanuaru     7}     1857 


TERMS  AND  VACATIONS 

Winter  Term  commences 

Jan.    7th,  1857 

closes  April   8th,  1857 

Spring  Term  commences 

April    16th,  1857 

closes  July   16th,  1857 

BOARD   OF   INSTRUCTORS 

Rev.  J.  R.  Jaques,  A.  B., 

Acting  Principal  and  Prof,  of 

Math,  and  Ancient  Languages 

Rev.  T.  B.  Barker, 

Teachers'   Department 

Mr.  H.  L.  Jaques, 

Preceptress  and  Teacher  of 

French  and  German 

Miss  Ellen   Seaver,  Assistant 

Miss  Eleanora  Ryman 

Teacher  of 
Ornamental   Branches 

EXPENSES 

Com.  Eng.  Bran. 

(Pr  T.  of  13  weeks,  $1.50 

Higher  5.50 
Ancient  and  Modern 

Languages  6.50 

Drawing  and  Painting         

Music  and  use  of  Piano  10.00 

Melodeon  8.00 
Board,  including  fuel, 

washing  and  furniture 

per  week  2.00 

Incidentals,    (per  term)  25 

Room  Heat,  (per  week)  12% 
Note:  Students  are  required  to 
arrange  their  Tuition  strictly  in 
advance. 

LOCATION 

The  Mansfield  Classical  Sem- 
inary is  located  at  Mansfield, 
Tioga  Co.,  Pa.,  upon  the  line  of 
the  Tioga  Rail-Road.  No  sec- 
tion of  the  State  surpasses  this 
in  beauty  of  scenery,  healthful- 
ness  of  climate,  and  morality  of 
the  community. 


BUILDINGS,   &  c, 

The  main  Edifice  is  of  Brick, 
172  feet  long,  including  wings, 
all  four  stories  high,  suitably 
furnished  for  Boarding,  Lodg- 
ing, Study,  and  Recitation.  We 
have  accommodations  for  board- 
ing over  150  Students.  The 
Principal  and  Teachers  reside 
in  the  Building,  and  board  at 
the  same  table  with  the  Stu- 
dents. 

Board  can  be  obtained  in  pri- 
vate families  at  reasonable 
rates.  Those  wishing  to  board 
themselves  can  obtain  rooms  in 
the  village.  Students  are  ad- 
mitted at  any  time  during  the 
Term,  but  it  is  desirable  that 
they  should  enter  during  the 
first  week.  Each  room  for  Stu- 
dents is  furnished  with  a  Bed, 
Bedstead,  Chairs,  Table,  Wash- 
stand,  Stove  and  Woodbox. 
Sheets,  Bed-covering  and  other 
articles  that  may  be  required 
are  to  be  provided  by  Students. 

TRUSTEES 

J.  S.  Hoard,  A.  Bixby,  D.  L. 
Sherwood,  J.  B.  Clark,  P.  M. 
Clark,  P.  S.  Ripley,  L.  Beach, 
jr.,  Wm.  Manning,  J.  Hubbell, 
R.  Videan,  jr.,  G.  R.  Wilson, 
B.  M.  Bailey,  S.  B.  Elliott,  Wm. 
Hollands,  E.  Burley. 

VISITORS  APPOINTED  BY 
THE  E.  G.  CONFERENCE, 
OF  THE  M.  E.  CHURCH 

Revs.  H.  N.  Seaver,  S.  W.  Al- 
den,  W.  C.  Matteson,  C.  M. 
Gardner,  H.  Hickok,  Porter  Mc- 
Kinstry,  David  Nutten,  A.  Par- 
cell,  L.  L.  Rogers,  C.  Wheeler, 
H.  Wisner,  C.  C.  Summers,  Esq. 
D.  F.  Brown,  Esq.  Ira  P.  Ben- 
nett, Esq.  Hon.  E.  Dyer,  Hon. 
Jas.   H.   Miles. 


1857-1870 


During  the  spring  of  1854,  Mansfield  was  an  unincorpor- 
ated hamlet  of  about  275  people.  There  were  two  stores,  two 
small  hotels,  two  churches,  two  sawmills,  a  woolen  mill,  and 
a  tannery.  Life  was  generally  peaceful,  but  the  tides  of  change 
were  in  the  making.  Politically,  most  of  the  people  were  sup- 
porting the  abolition  of  slavery  and  they  wanted  to  curb  the 
"evil  effects"  of  alcohol.  Regarding  the  economy,  they  talked 
about  a  local  boom  with  the  opening  of  mines  in  the  Bloss- 
burg  coal  region,  and  the  expansion  of  lumbering  operations 
throughout  the  area.  Concerning  education,  a  growing  num- 
ber felt  that  public  education  should  be  extended  to  all 
citizens. 

It  was  within  such  a  context  that  Colonel  Joseph  Hoard 
began  to  promote  the  idea  of  establishing  the  Mansfield  Classi- 
cal Seminary,  and  Dr.  Joseph  Morris  agreed  to  provide  some 
land  upon  which  to  build  a  seminary.  Soon,  Rev.  H.  N.  Seaver, 
Alvin  Gaylord,  and  others  joined  them  in  the  endeavor,  and 
they  sought  the  support  of  the  East  Genesee  Conference  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Conference.  As  proposed,  the  institution 
was  to  be  a  stock  concern,  with  shares  sold  at  $50.00  each. 
It  was  agreed  that  the  principal  of  the  school  was  to  be  a 
member  of  the  church.  But,  the  seminary  was  not  to  be  a 
church  or  sectarian  school. 

By  August  of  1854,  a  committee  from  Mansfield  solicited 
$5,000  and  they  expected  the  Conference  to  pay  for  the  bal- 
ance of  the.  costs.  But  then  they  faced  their  first  major  prob- 
lem. A  group  from  the  nearby  community  of  Wellsboro 
appealed  to  the  Conference  to  have  the  institution  established 
there  instead  of  in  Mansfield.  After  much  debate  about  the 
matter  it  was  finally  decided  to  locate  the  school  in  Mansfield. 
As  described  in  the  Tioga  Eagle   (November  30,  1854)  : 

"...  The  good  people  of  Mansfield  had  quite  a  jollification 
over  the  decision  to  locate  the  seminary  in  their  community. 
Guns  were  fired,  bells  rung,  and  the  stove  "Mowed"  in  cele- 
bration of  the  unprecedented  victory  over  the  cohorts  of 
Wellsboro  and  vicinity." 

On  December  1,  1854,  a  charter  was  procured  for  the 
Mansfield  Classical  Seminary.  When  it  was  incorporated, 
some  Board  members  protested  against  the  use  of  the  term 


"classical"  because  as  later  recalled  by  Simon  Elliott  (1905)  : 

"There  was  not  a  classical  scholar  among  them.  They  had  no 
more  use  for  the  classics  then  they  had  for  a  two-year  old 
robin's  nest.  They  had  no  faith  in  an  aristocracy  of  education." 

Nonetheless,  the  attorney  who  handled  the  incorporation  in- 
sisted on  calling  Mansfield  a  "classical"  seminary. 

The  first  Board  meeting  was  held  February  15,  1855,  at 
which  time  plans  were  adopted  for  the  construction  of  a  four- 
story  brick  building,  with  a  front  one  hundred  feet  long  and 
two  wings  each  running  back  seventy-eight  feet.  At  the  meet- 
ing, J.  S.  Hoard,  D.  L.  Sherwood  and  Amos  Bixby  were  selected 
to  supervise  the  construction.  It  is  noteworthy  that  this  selec- 
tion was  meant  to  underscore  that  the  seminary  was  non- 
sectarian.  Mr.  Hoard  was  a  Methodist;  Mr.  Sherwood,  a  Bap- 
tist; and  Mr.  Bixby,  a  Universalist. 

Construction  commenced  during  the  spring  of  1856,  and 
the  institution  steadily  took  shape.  But,  due  to  unforeseen 
costs,  the  trustees  had  to  borrow  more  funds,  and  thus  go 
further  into  debt.  In  the  meantime,  however,  the  trustees 
appointed  Reverend  J.  R.  Jacques  as  the  principal  and  fac- 
ulty members  were  recruited  in  anticipation  of  the  school's 
opening. 

Rev.  Jacques,  a  Methodist  minister,  came  to  Mansfield 
during  the  summer  and  was  very  active  in  organizing  for 
the  opening  of  the  school.  Simon  B.  Elliott  (1905:19)  later 
described  Jacques  as  follows: 

"He  was  a  scholarly  man,  in  a  restricted  sense  of  that  word 
—  full  of  the  textbooks  and  the  methods  of  the  schools  .  .  . 
Unfortunately  he  was  a  little  pompous  in  his  manner  as  sug- 
gested by  his  habit  of  putting  his  right  hand  on  his  left 
breast,  under  his  vest,  something  very  much  like  an  actor 
poses  on  stage.  He  spoke  more  in  scholastic  terms  than  in 
common  ones.  Once  he  came  before  the  trustees  and  requested 
that  the  walk  leading  from  the  street  to  the  school  building 
should  be  'bifurcated'.  Of  the  whole  board  of  trustees  there 
were  but  two  who  understood  what  he  wanted.  They  ex- 
plained to  the  others  who  then  voted  to  have  the  walk 
'forked'." 

The  Mansfield  Classical  Seminary  formally  opened 
January  7,  1857,  with  105  students.  The  second  term  began 
April  16th  with  45  additional  students,  and  the  school  seemed 
to  be  well  on  its  way  to  success.  But  then,  yet  another  set- 
back. On  the  morning  of  April  22nd,  a  fire  destroyed  much 
of  the  building.   Though  uncertain,  the  fire  is  believed  to  have 


been  due  to  a  defect  in  the  chimney.   Fortunately  no  one  was 
injured  in  the  fire. 

On  the  morning  after  the  fire,  the  people  of  Mansfield 
gathered  at  the  Methodist  church  to  decide  about  the  future 
of  the  institution.  Their  decision  was  clear.  They  decided  that 
despite  the  setback  they  would  not  give  up  their  dream.  They 
pledged  to  rebuild  the  seminary. 


COL.  JOSEPH  HOARD 


By  September  1857,  much  of  the  first  floor  was  rebuilt. 
But,  due  to  a  national  financial  panic,  two  of  the  insurance 
companies  did  not  make  payment  to  the  Trustees.  As  a  re- 
sult, the  Trustees  could  not  pay  the  contractors,  and  the  con- 
tractor ceased  to  work.   The  outlook  became  gloomy. 

From  the  fall  of  1857  to  the  summer  of  1858,  nothing 
more  was  done  at  the  seminary  except  to  secure  the  walls 
from  collapse.  Then  once  again,  the  optimists  persevered. 
They  organized  a  community  picnic  to  save  the  school. 


In  the  History  of  the  Mansfield  Normal  School  (1893), 
Elliott  noted  that  actually  very  little  money  was  raised  at  the 
picnic  because  many  contributions  were  in  labor,  board,  grain, 
provisions,  serving,  lumber,  cattle,  and  a  wide  range  of  in-kind 
contributions.  Yet  despite  the  lack  of  cash  the  Building  Com- 
mittee resumed  its  work.  A  sense  of  the  commitment  and 
determination  of  the  committee  is  evidenced  in  Mr.  Elliot's 
personal  account  in  the  autumn  of  1858: 

"Mr.  Holland  looked  after  making  the  brick  and  attended  to 
such  other  matters  as  came  to  his  attention.  Mr.  Clark  took 
charge  of  the  finances.  How  many  turns  and  trades  the 
Treasurer  made  Heaven  only  knows.  Without  money  to  do 
with,  most  men  would  have  given  up  in  despair,  but  he  was 
just  fitted  for  the  work.  Honestly  and  patiently  he  toiled, 
leaving  his  farm  in  the  care  of  his  family,  and  the  work  went 
slowly  on.  Only  fifty  cents  in  cash  was  paid  out  that  summer 
and  fall  for  labor,  and  that  was  to  a  chap  who  came  along 
and  represented  that  he  was  a  bricklayer.  Actually  he  was  not, 
and  so  he  was  discharged  by  nine  o'clock,  and  received  just 
fifty  cents." 

"All  other  labor  and  all  materials,  except  lime  and  nails, 
were  paid  for  in  property  of  some  sort,  or  turns  made  whereby 
subscribers  could  pay  as  they  had  promised.  In  order  to  raise 
money  for  lime  and  nails  the  lady  friends  would  hold  picnics 
on  the  "Island"  every  few  weeks  and  the  proceeds  were  appro- 
priated for  that  purpose.  No  one  ever  complained  about  furn- 
ishing the  porvisions,  and  they  were  supplied  generously.  The 
other  member  of  the  building  committee,  who  was  himself  a 
bricklayer,  took  some  young  men  with  him  who  never  had 
experience  of  much  moment  —  and  some  none  —  as  brick- 
layers, and  went  to  work  on  the  walls.  One  of  those  young 
men  was  Capt.  A.  M.  Pitts.  Capt.  Homer  Ripley,  now  Regis- 
ter and  Recorder  of  this  county,  was  one,  and  Hon.  Chas. 
Faulkner,  of  Kansas,  another.  With  so  little  help  and  so  large  a 
building  one  could  hardly  see  at  a  week's  end  that  anything 
had  been  accomplished.  But  the  walls  grew,  and  by  the  time 
cold  weather  had  set  in  the  remainder  of  the  first,  all  of  the 
second,  and  a  goodly  portion  of  the  third  story  were  completed. 
As  1  look  back  3/  years  upon  that  and  the  next  summer's 
work,  1  can  scarcely  realize  that  three  men  could  have  been 
found  who  would  undertake  such  a  hopeless  task.  In  an  ordin- 
ary business  view  it  was  folly  —  more,  it  was  madness.  No 
money  in  hand,  and  but  little  promsicd;  no  credit;  $8,000  in- 
debtedness, and  at  least  from  $3,000  to  $4,000  more  need- 
ed than  had  been  subscribed  to  complete  the  building,  to  say 
nothing  about  paying  debts.  But  the  scene  is  vividly  before 
my  eyes.  Daily  we  toiled  that  and  the  next  year  and  the  walls 
climbed  slowly  upward.  Although  we  could  not  soon  reach 
the  top  most  point  of  the  structure,  we  could  always  look  up 


there  and  sec  Faith  and  Hope  on  the  summit  of  the  completed 
work." 

By  the  fall  of  1858  the  walls  were  once  again  secure  and 
work  was  suspended  until  the  following  spring. 

In  August  1859,  Rev.  James  Landreth,  a  Methodist  mini- 
ster, was  chosen  to  succeed  Professor  Jacques.  He  was  known 
as  a  feisty  individual  who  lacked  tact,  but  he  was  respected 
as  a  good  teacher  and  a  good  organizer.  Under  his  leader- 
ship the  school  re-opened  in  November  with  few  furnishings 
and  only  the  north  wing  of  South  Hall  completed. 


CAPT.  HOMER  RIPLEY 


Troubled  times  continued  to  plague  the  institution  dur- 
ing the  early  1860's.  In  July  1860,  Professor  Landreth,  feel- 
ing very  frustrated,  resigned  as  principal  and  a  committee  was 
assigned  to  select  a  replacement.  The  committee  recruited 
Professor  Edwin  Wildman,  but  then  on  the  day  of  his  meeting 
with  the  Board  of  Trustees,  a  member  of  the  selection  com- 
mittee, Rev.  Holt,   decided  that  he,  not  Professor  Wildman 


ought  to  be  the  principal.  And  so  to  Professor  Wildman's  sur- 
prise, he  was  given  a  subordinate  position.  Meanwhile,  finan- 
cial crises  continued  and  attempts  were  made  to  sell  the 
school  at  a  sheriff's  sale. 

By  1862,  the  internal  problems  of  the  school  were  com- 
pounded by  the  external  problems  of  the  society.  When  the 
school  had  started,  there  were  about  6,000  adult  males  in 
Tioga  County,  and  the  school  hoped  to  attract  some  of  them, 
but  during  the  Civil  War,  about  2,000  of  them  enlisted  to 
fight.  Thus,  one  might  better  understand  the  implications  of 
an  advertisement  for  the  Seminary  which  periodically  ap- 
peared in  the  local  newspapers  at  the  time.  The  advertise- 
ment read: 

"The  success  of  the  seminary  during  these  times  when  the 
country's  need  demands  the  services  of  every  able-bodied 
young  man  has  been  beyond  the  expectations  of  the  most 
sanguine  of  its  friends    ..." 

Interestingly  too,  the  advertisement  concluded: 

"...  all  kinds  of  produce  will  be  taken  in  payment  for 
tuition  and  board  at  market  prices." 

Despite  the  best  efforts  of  the  administration,  the  Sem- 
inary continued  to  be  advertised  for  sale  by  the  sheriff. 
In  fact,  in  June  1862,  it  was  actually  sold,  but  the  President, 
Mr.  Cochran,  got  the  sale  set  aside  on  technical  grounds. 

Floundering  with  failures,  on  July  2,  1862,  the  Board  of 
Trustees  decided  to  make  application  to  the  state  to  have  the 
seminary  declared  the  State  Normal  School  of  the  Fifth  Dis- 
trict. In  an  effort  to  impress  the  examiners,  two  young  women, 
Miss  F.  A.  Bixby  and  Miss  Mary  Pitts  raised  funds  so  that 
the  unfinished  cupola  could  be  finished  because  they  did  not 
want  it  to  serve  as  a  symbol  of  the  dire  financial  situation  of 
the  school.  Before  the  fall  term  the  cupola  was  fully  com- 
pleted. 

By  the  fall  term  of  1862,  Mansfield  seemed  the  be  back 
on  the  road  toward  recovery.  The  faculty  was  expanded  from 
four  to  seven  members,  and  course  offerings  were  increased 
to  include  seven  foreign  languages:  Greek,  Latin,  French, 
German,  Spanish,  Italian,  and  Hebrew.  Nearly  200  students 
enrolled,  some  of  whom  had  to  board  in  town.  At  the  time, 
students  who  were  the  children  of  clergymen  were  granted 
half  price  for  tuition.  Students  who  came  "from  a  distance" 
had  their  rooms  furnished,  but  those  from  "within  a  few 
miles"  were  required  to  bring  their  own  furnishings,  except 
bedstead,  table,  chairs,  washstand,  and  stove.  All  students 
were  expected  to  bring  their  own  towels,  wash-bowl,  pitcher, 
and  mirror. 


SHERIFF'S  SALE 

By  virtue  of  sundry  writs  oi  Levari  Facius,  Fiori  Facius,  and 
Venditioni  Exponas,  issued  out  of  the  Court  of  Common 
Pleas  of  Tioga  county,  Pa.,  to  me  directed,  will  be  exposed 
to  public  sale  in  the  Court  House  in  Wellsboro,  on  Monday 
the  25th  day  of  August  1862,  at  1  o'clock  in  the  afternoon 
the  following  described  property,  to  wit: 

—  A  lot  of  land  in  Mansfield,  to  wit:  beginning  at  a  post 
the  north  west  corner  hereof  and  the  south  east  corner  of 
land  of  J.  P.  Morris;  thence  along  the  east  side  of  the 
Academy  street,  south  12  degrees,  east  359  feet  to  a  post; 
thence  along  land  of  J.  S.  Hoard  and  others,  north  78 
degrees,  east  719  feet  to  a  post;  thence  along  said  Morris 
land  north  21  1/2  degrees,  east  364  feet;  thence  along  said 
Morris  land  south  78  degrees,  west  659  feet  to  the  place  of 
beginning — containing  between  five  and  six  acres,  be  the 
same  more  or  less  and  described  in  the  plot  of  the  village 
of  Mansfield  as  the  Seminary  lot,  all  improved,  with  a  brick 
Seminary  building  and  some  other  out  buildings  thereon.  To 
be  sold  as  the  property  of  the  Mansfield  Classical  Seminary. 


Wellsboro,  August  5,  1862 


H.  STOWELL,  JR.,  Sheriff 


Prof.  Wildman,  Principal 


1862:     SOUTH  HALL 


In  becoming  a  Normal  School  the  prospects  for  mans- 
field  brightened.  Indeed,  life  at  Mansfield  once  again  reflected 
an  air  of  great  expectation.  As  described  in  the  Elmira  Press 
September,  1862) : 

"Mansfield  is  the  central  object  of  the  popular  hope  —  the 
pet  institution  of  the  county,  the  subject  upon  which 
all  discords  harmonize.  No  matter  how  much  you  differ 
with  the  people  in  religion,  politics,  or  their  private  pur- 
suits, if  you  venture  a  guess  against  the  prosperity  of  this 
institution,  you  strike  a  chord  that  vibrates  on  the  public 
breast,  and  you  are  at  once  put  upon  your  defense  .  .  .  well 
may  the  people  of  Mansfield  and  Tioga  County  be  proud  of 
their  pet  institution." 

Similarly,  the  Wellsboro  Agitator  (December  1862) 
noted: 

"The  citizens  of  Tioga  County  and  particularly  the  people  of 
Mansfield  have  reason  to  congratulate  themselves  upon  the 
acceptance  of  the  State  of  their  Seminary  as  one  of  the  State 
Normal  Schools.  The  advantages  to  the  educational  interests 
of  the  county  arising  out  of  this  action  by  the  state  are  so 
numerous  that  we  cannot  enter  upon  them  .  .  .  Thus  success 
comes  as  a  just  tribute  to  the  energy,  self-sacrifice,  and  untir- 
ing zeal  of  the  people  of  Mansfield  .  .  .  The  institution  now 
enters  upon  a  new  career  of  usefulness  ..." 

Mansfield  was  the  third  Normal  School  in  the  State  follow- 
ing the  earlier  designations  of  schools  at  Millersville  (then 
Millersburg)  and  Edinboro.  It  was  intended  to  serve  the  edu- 
cational needs  of  Bradford,  Lycoming,  Sullivan,  Susquehanna, 
Tioga,  and  Wyoming  counties.  It  was  designed  to  meet  the 
teacher-training  needs  of  the  Commonwealth  in  accordance 
with  the  Public  School  Act  of  1859. 

Reverend  Professor  Edwin  Wildman  was  the  Principal 
of  the  Seminary  when  it  became  a  Normal  School,  but  in 
March  he  was  replaced  by  Reverend  Professor  William  D. 
Taylor.  In  view  of  the  turmoil  at  the  school  during  Reverend 
Wildman's  administration,  some  people  might  humorously  re- 
call 1862  as  a  change  from  "a  wild  man  to  a  normal  man." 
However,  while  humor  may  help  the  memory,  it  betrays  the 
reality.  Describing  Principal  Wildman,  Simon  B.  Elliott 
(Mansfield  Quarterly,  April  1905),  recalled: 

"In  some  respects  Professor  Wildman  was  made  the  scapegoat 
for  others  whose  schemes  were  neither  commendable,  nor  just. 
Yet  there  is  no  doubt  that  his  heart  was  always  with  the 
school.  He  was  tactful,  quiet  in  manner,  a  good  teacher,  and 
of  rare  executive  and  administrative  ability." 

Reverend  Taylor  served  as  principal  when  the  school 
officially  opened  as  a  State  Normal  School  in  the  fall  of  1863. 


A  Methodist  minister,  he  is  remembered  as  "an  earnest, 
zealous  man,  whose  heart  was  always  in  the  right  place" 
(Elliott,  1895).  Yet  in  his  administration,  despite  state 
support,  the  school  continued  to  experience  financial  difficul- 
ties until  January  20th  of  1864  when  the  Honorable  John 
Magee  loaned  the  institution  $6,500  to  pay  the  mortgage. 

Magee,  one  of  the  wealthiest  individuals  in  the  region, 
was  involved  with  the  construction  of  the  Corning-Blossburg 
railroad  and  the  opening  of  the  Fallbrook  coal  field  near 
Blossburg.  He  was  born  of  poor  Irish  immigrants  and  he  had 
received  very  little  formal  education.  Yet,  he  had  a  high  r&- 
gard  for  the  value  of  education.  It  should  be  noted  that  after 
the  school  had  paid  about  one-half  of  the  loan,  Magee  in- 
formed administrators  that  it  was  unnecessary  to  pay  the  bal- 
ance. At  the  time,  he  was  terminally  ill  and  it  seems  that  he 
felt  a  special  sentiment  for  Mansfield  since  it  afforded  the  less 
fortunate  an  opportunity  for  education.  As  noted  by  his  biog- 
rapher (Howe,  1973:43)  : 

"Magee  had  a  strong  sympathy  with  those  who,  like  himself, 
•were  obliged  to  struggle  with  privations  and  to  surmount  ob- 
stacles in  the  commencement  of  their  careers." 

In  July  1864,  Rev.  W.  D.  Taylor  was  replaced  by  Pro- 
fessor Fordyce  A.  Allen.  Under  Allen's  administration,  the 
school  began  to  prosper.  The  buildings  were  fully  furnished, 
the  grounds  were  graded,  and  trees  were  planted.  A  Model 
School  for  teacher-training  was  established  and  the  Music 
Department  became  prominent.  In  1866,  eleven  men  and  three 
women  received  diplomas  at  the  first  annual  Normal  School 
Commencement. 

By  most  accounts,  the  success  of  the  school  during  the 
1860's  is  attributed  to  the  remarkable  leadership  of  Professor 
Allen.  In  every  sense,  he  met  the  challenges.  As  noted  by 
Elliott   (1905): 

"The  deplorable  conditions  of  things  was  never  a  terror  to 
Professor  Allen,  and,  in  fact,  rather  suited  him.  He  could 
bring  order  out  of  chaos  and  make  success  a  part  and  parcel 
of  himself,  which  he  did,  literally  building  himself  into  the 
institution.  Though  not  a  college  graduate,  he  was  an  edu- 
cated man  in  the  true  and  full  sense  of  the  word,  a  remarkably 
good  teacher  and  with  discernment  to  select  good  teachers 
under  him  and  to  see  that  they  did  their  work  well." 
"He  inspired  teachers  and  students  with  the  same  zeal  that  he 
possessed,  and  lifted  the  school  up  to  the  plane  and  horizon  it 
has  since  maintained." 

In  honor  of  Professor  Allen,  many  years  later  the  insti- 
tution renamed  one  of  its  buildings  Allen  Hall.  It  remains  so 
today. 


1866-68:       DL     jCife     of    a     Student     at      WantfietJ    State      fjonnat 


One  night  in  haying  time  I  went  down  to  Wellsboro 
in  a  hay  wagon  to  hear  Professor  F.  A.  Allen,  the  principal 
of  the  Mansfield  State  Normal  School,  lecture  on  the  benefits 
of  an  education.  I  went  just  because  it  gave  me  an  excuse  for 
going  somewhere.  I  had  heard  people  advocate  the  ben- 
efits of  an  education,  and  they  did  not  interest  me,  but  I  had 
never  heard  Professor  Allen  lecture.  From  the  first,  he  held 
my  attention  and  interest.  He  closed  by  saying  that  want  of 
money  should  not  prevent  anyone  from  obtaining  an  educa- 
tion. He  said  one  could  be  had  at  the  Normal  School,  and  if 
there  was  any  young  man  or  woman  there  who  wanted  an 
education  and  had  no  money,  they  could  come  to  his  room 
at  the  hotel  the  next  morning  and  he  would  show  them  how- 
to  get  it  without  money.  I  was  much  impressed  with  what  the 
professor  said. 

The  next  morning  I  got  up  early  and  walked  to  Wells- 
boro and  called  upon  Professor  Allen.  I  was  the  only  caller. 
I  told  him  I  wanted  to  know  how  I  could  go  through  Normal 
School  without  money.  He  asked  me  a  number  of  questions. 
The  result  was  that  when  the  Normal  School  opened  in 
September  I  was  one  of  the  students. 

During  the  first  year  I  swept  the  halls  and  attended  to 
the  fires  in  the  building  for  my  board  and  tuition.  The  second 
year,  finding  my  duties  interfered  too  much  with  my  studies, 
the  professor  took  a  note  for  board  and  tuition.  I  graduated 
in  June,  1868,  but  what  a  time  I  had. 

I  would  not  have  stayed  there  a  week  if  it  had  not  been 
for  Alice  Landis,  a  girl  at  the  Wellsboro  Academy  I  had  learn- 
ed to  like.  She  was  of  superior  mind  and  a  splendid  scholar. 
I  had  great  admiration  and  respect  for  her.  She  wrote  me 
such  letters  of  encouragement  that  I  would  have  been 
ashamed  to  quit  and  have  her  say,  "I  was  afraid  you 
were  a  quitter.  Well,  there  is  no  use  of  your  trying  any- 
more. Go  back  to  the  farm  and  forget  ft."  And  so  I  hung  on 
and  worked.  At  first  my  work  did  not  seem  to  do  a  bit  of 
good.  I  could  not  or  did  not  acquire  the  lessons,  but  I  got  a 
letter  from  Alice  every  day  and  I  kept  at  it.  After  a  while  I 
found  that  to  acquire  anything  I  had  to  empty  my  mind  and 


thoughts  of  everything  else;  that  one  could  not  fill  a  pitcher 
that  was  already  full;  that  to  fill  it  with  milk  you  must  first 
pour  the  water  out;  and  so  I  gradually  began  to  learn  how 
to  learn.  I  got  over  the  idea  of  "What's  the  use  of  knowing 
Latin  when  no  one  in  the  world  speaks  it?"  I  grew  to  realize 
that  the  studies  were  to  discipline  the  mind,  as  a  drill  discip- 
lines the  soldier. 

I  became  quite  a  good  student,  thanks  to  Alice  Landis. 
We  were  not  in  love ;  neither  of  us  expected  to  marry  the 
other,  but  she  was  a  natural  missionary  and  she  saw  in  me  a 
first-class  heathen.  At  one  point,  I  joined  a  philosophy  class 
taught  by  Professor  Allen.  In  it,  were  20  other  young  men  and 
women,  among  them  Leonard  Austin.  There  were  not  books 
enough  to  supply  each  student  the  first  day,  Professor  Allen 
distributed  what  he  had  and  told  us  to  borrow  from  each  other. 
We  were  to  meet  the  next  day  to  recite.  "Wells'  Natural 
Philosophy"  was  the  text-book  used.  The  professor  began 
at  the  head  of  the  class  and  asked  questions.  He  asked  Austin: 
"What  is  natural  physics?"  Austin  arose  and  blandly  said, 
"Professor,  I  had  no  book,  but  I  think  I  can  answer  that  ques- 
tion." "Very  well,"  said  the  professor,  "What  is  natural 
physics?"  "Salts,  pills  and  castor  oil,"  said  Austin  with  evi- 
dent confidence  that  he  had  answered  the  question  correctly. 
After  the  laughter  had  quieted  and  Austin  saw  his  mistake, 
he  asked  to  be  excused  from  further  attendance  on  the  class 
that  day. 

I  found  many  congenial  spirits  among  the  students  at 
Mansfield:  A.  D.  Wright,  Ben  Van  Dusen,  George  Doane, 
Harry  Jones,  Jim  McKay,  Francis  Wright,  Lizzie  Hill,  Fannie 
Climenson,  Sue  Crandall,  Ezra  B.  Young  and  many  others. 
I  formed  a  very  strong  friendship  for  Jim  McKay.  He  was  a 
farmer's  son  from  Delaware  County.  We  roomed  together 
and  slept  in  the  same  bed.  Our  bedrooms  were  all  on  the  third 
floor  and  the  study  and  recitation  rooms  were  on  the  first  and 
second  floors.  The  chapel  was  on  the  second  floor.  The  kitchen, 
dining-room  and  store  rooms  were  on  the  first  floor.  There 
was  only  one  building  then.  This  was  divided  by  a  partition, 
the  girls  occupying  the  east  half  and  the  boys  the  west  half 
of  the  study  and  sleeping  rooms.    Our  sleeping  rooms  opened 


into  a  large  central  room  called  the  morgue.  We  had  to  pass 
through  this  room  to  get  to  our  sleeping  rooms.  There  was 
only  one  door  into  it  from  the  landing  at  the  head  of  the  stairs. 
Our  board  was  cheap  in  price,  quantity  and  quality. 

At  each  table  in  the  dining  room,  a  boy  would  be 
seated  with  a  girl  to  teach  him  manners.  Professor  Allen 
allotted  the  seats.  There  were  about  ten  persons  at  each  table, 
and  we  were  a  very  happy  family.  Many  friendships  formed 
in  the  dining-room  grew  into  courtships  and  subsequently 
ripened  into  marriage.  The  teachers,  Professors  Allen,  Streit, 
Verrill,  Jones,  Miss  Conard,  Miss  Biggs,  and  the  preceptress, 
Mrs.  Petercilia,  were  all  very  efficient  and  kind.  Mrs.  Peter- 
cilia  was  a  widow.  She  had  taken  a  degree  at  a  homeopathic 
college  of  medicine  and  was  our  doctor  as  well  as  our  teacher 
in  some  branches.  She  was  a  short,  quick,  snappy  woman, 
and  looked  as  if  it  pained  her  when  she  smiled.  She  was 
strong  on  decorum  and  propriety,  and  a  good  chaperon  from 
a  parental  view,  but  unpopular  with  the  girls.  She  had  no 
humor  and  always  wore  little  corkscrew  curls  on  each  side  of 
her  head  and  admitted  the  age  of  thirty.  She  could  not  have 
been  more  than  fifty.   Probably  much  nearer  that  than  thirty. 

There  were  about  two  hundred  students,  half  of  whom 
were  girls.  Mansfield  was  a  healthy  place,  but  there  were 
always  some  students  sick.  At  one  time,  Jim  McKay  and  I  ate 
too  many  buckwheat  cakes,  our  principal  bread-food,  and  too 
much  dried  applesauce,  our  principal  dessert,  and  we  devel- 
oped an  itchy  trouble.  From  home  experience  we  thought  we 
recognized  it,  so  we  didn't  consult  Dr.  Petercilia.  We  were  both 
allopathists  and  doubted  that  homeopathy  had  any  remedy  for 
our  complaint.  Besides,  we  had  full  faith  in  an  ointment  which 
our  mothers  made  out  of  brimstone,  turpentine,  red  precipi- 
tate, rosin,  lard  and  other  things  not  palatable  or  fragrant. 
I  never  knew  the  pharmacy  name  for  it,  but  it  was  called  at 
home  and  in  the  neighborhood  where  it  was  popular  "Itch 
Ointment."  It  was  rubbed  pretty  fully  over  the  skin,  in  a  hot 
room,  and  would  surely  rout  the  itch  and  other  members  of 
the  family.  It  was  all  right  when  two  only  slept  in  a  room 
and  both  had  it,  but  if  only  one  had  it  he  had  to  have  a  room 
alone.  We  both  wrote  home  to  our  mothers  for  some  of  this 
ointment.  We  soon  got  over  our  scratches  and  forgot  all  about 
the  ointment. 

At  Christmas  time  Jim's  mother  sent  him  a  box  of 
a  number  of  good  things  to  eat.    There  were  a  roast  turkey, 


two  roast  chickens,  mince  pies,  pies  of  several  kinds,  bread, 
butter,  cake  and  several  kinds  of  jelly  in  little  cups  and  jars 
with  brown  paper  tied  around  their  tops.  Anyway,  Mrs. 
Petercilia  announced  one  morning  at  chapel  that  Mr.  Angle 
was  on  the  road  to  recovery  from  typhoid  fever,  but  was  very 
weak;  that  if  any  students  had  any  little  delicacies  from  home 
for  him,  they  would  be  acceptable.  After  chapel  was  over  Jim 
fished  out  of  the  box  two  or  three  jars  of  jelly  and  we  took 
them  up  to  Angle.  Mrs.  Petercilia  opened  the  door  of  his 
room  to  our  quiet  knock.  There  lay  poor  Angle  on  his  back 
with  a  face  as  white  as  a  sheet.  He  could  just  recognize  us 
by  a  look.  Jim  handed  Mrs.  Petercilia  the  jars.  She  tore  off 
the  paper  cover  of  one  and  put  some  of  the  contents  on  the 
end  of  a  case-knife.  Angle  opened  his  mouth  and  she  gave 
it  to  him.  Soon  his  face  showed  great  distress  and  disgust. 
Mrs.  Petercilia  seized  the  jar  and  said,  "What  is  that?"  Jim 
looked  at  the  jar,  when  he  too  showed  great  surprise,  exclaim- 
ing, "By  thunder,  that  is  my  itch  ointment!"  She  reported  us 
to  the  faculty,  but  we  being  guilty  of  no  evil  intent,  and  Angle 
surviving  the  incident,  we  were  only  cautioned  to  be  very 
careful  in  the  future;  but  for  some  time  after  that  when  Mrs. 
Petercilia  saw  us  her  nose  turned  up  just  a  trifle. 

Dried  apple  dessert  came  every  night  at  dinner  about  six 
o'clock.  A  teacher  or  some  trusted  monitor  of  the  faculty  sat 
at  the  head  of  the  table.  We  could  say  nothing,  but  if  looks 
would  have  soured  apple-sauce,  there  would  have  been  a 
break  in  the  vinegar  market.  It  was  talked  about  in  our 
rooms.  Something  had  to  be  done.  It  was  not  Professor  Al- 
len's fault;  the  trustees  furnished  the  food.  They  had  bought 
up  all  of  the  dried  apples  in  the  vicinity  and  they  had  to  feed 
them  to  somebody.  The  third  floor  was  reached  by  a  long, 
wide  stairway,  starting  just  at  Professor  Verrill's  door,  and 
he  was  in  charge  of  the  boys,  who  were  responsible  to  him  for 
their  conduct.  There  was  an  outside  rail  to  the  stairs.  When 
he  heard  a  racket  on  the  third  floor  he  would  slip  his  feet  into 
a  pair  of  carpet  slippers  and  step  softly  up-stairs  in  his  night- 
shirt without  any  light,  guiding  his  steps  by  his  hand  on  the 
stair-rail.  He  could  be  among  us  before  we  knew  it,  and  some 
thought  it  was  not  fair  and  that  we  should  have  some  notice 
of  his  approach.  Besides,  he  was  not  liked  very  much.  He  had 
red  hair  and  was  too  popular  on  the  other  side  of  the  build- 
ing, and  he  and  the  applesauce  were  our  principal  grounds 
of  grievance. 

It  was   Jim   McKay's  fertile    mind    that    relieved    the 


10 


1 


& 


3 


1866:      PROFESSOR  ALLEN 
AND  THE  FIRST  GRADUATION  CLASS 


difficulty.  He  and  several  other  daring  spirits  went  down 
into  the  kitchen  after  midnight.  They  found  a  tin  clothes  boil- 
er two-thirds  full  of  the  applesauce.  They  quietly  brought  it 
up-stairs  and  smeared  the  stair-rail  with  it,  leaving  the  tin 
boiler  on  the  stairs  about  two-thirds  of  the  way  up.  Then 
they  went  up  to  the  third  floor  and  started  a  noisy  row.  Out 
came  Verrill  and  started  on  his  mission  of  investigation.  He 
got  up  as  far  as  the  tin  boiler  when  he  fell  over  it  and  rolled 
and  tumbled  with  it  to  the  foot  of  the  stairs.  Hearing  the 
noise,  we  ran  down  to  light  the  lamp  and  help  him.  He  was 
a  pretty  sight.  His  red  hair,  which  was  thought  so  pretty  by 
the  other  side  of  the  house,  and  his  whiskers  were  full  of 
applesauce,  as  was  his  nightshirt.  He  had  fallen  on  the  boiler 
and  flattened  it.  He  was  not  hurt  much,  but  he  was  mad,  and 
went  into  his  room  and  slammed  the  door.  Outside  of  his 
room  the  verdict  of  satisfaction  was  unanimous.  Verrill  was 
a  proud,  haughty  high-stepper,  and  we  knew  there  would  be 
a  prompt  investigation.  We  held  a  whispered  consultation  in 
which  secrecy  and  "never  tell"  were  pledged.  Fortunately, 
no  one  but  the  criminals  knew  who  were  in  it. 

Next  morning  at  chapel  after  the  girls  had  been  dismissed, 
the  courtmartial  began.  Prof.  Allen  in  a  grave,  sad  voice,  ad- 
dressed us  and  said  the  outrage  to  Prof.  Verrill  was  one  that 
could  not  be  overlooked.  The  perpetrator  must  be  punshed. 
He  hated  to  lose  Prof.  Verrill,  for  he  was  a  good  teacher.  He 
appealed  to  our  patriotism,  our  manhood  and  everything  else 
that  he  thought  would  influence  us,  but  there  was  no  response. 
He  then  asked  that  all  who  did  not  have  a  hand  in  the  affair 
rise.  We  all  stood  up.  He  then  asked  that  any  one  who  knew 
anything  about  it  rise.  No  one  got  up.  We  had  been  through 
this  fire  drill  before.  He  then  turned  to  Professor  Verrill,  who 
sat  there,  his  hair  and  eyes  snapping  with  anger.  He  jumped 
up  and  said,  "Professor  Allen  has  appealed  to  your  patriotism 
and  manhood,  I  will  appeal  to  your  cupidity."  He  took  a  ten 
dollar  bill  out  of  his  pocket  and  said,  "I  will  name  a  person 
who  had  a  hand  in  this  outrage."  After  a  pause  Roll  Moore 
slowly  got  up.  There  were  six  pairs  of  eyes  that  looked  dag- 
gers at  him.  He  was  the  one  who  smeared  the  applesauce  on 
the  stair-rail.  He  said,  "Professor,  my  mother  is  a  poor  wom- 
an. She  works  hard  to  send  me  to  school.  I  have  never  earned 
anything  to  help  her.  Ten  dollars  would  be  of  great  help  to 
her.  I  know  who  had  a  hand  in  this  outrage."  "Name  him," 
said  Verrill.  Moore  stepped  up  to  the  platform  and  Professor 
Verrill  gave  him  the  money.  "Name  him,"  cried  Verrill. 
"Well,"  says  Moore,  "from  all  accounts.  Professor,  I  think  that 
you  had  a  hand  in  it."   We  were  hastily  dismissed. 


11 


For  several  days  there  were  frequent  sessions  of  faculty. 
Then  one  morning  Prof.  Allen  said  nothing  would  come  by  pub- 
licity. It  would  probably  embarrass  Professor  Verrill  more  to 
have  the  story  get  out  than  to  have  the  parties  punished,  and 
said  that  if  we  would  promise  to  say  nothing  about  it,  the  mat- 
ter would  be  dropped.  We  all  readily  promised  by  a  unani- 
mous vote.  Roll  Moore  kept  the  money.  Verrill  never  asked 
him  to  return  it.  There  was  nothing  yellow  about  Verrill.  He 
just  had  red  hair  with  all  its  accompaniments.  He  was  a  good 
teacher  —  a  very  good  mathematician. 


PROFESSOR  CHARLES  VERRILL 

When  spring  came  and  the  nights  were  warm  Professor 
Verrill  would  move  his  bed  up  to  the  third  story  and  put  it  in 
front  of  the  open  door  leading  into  the  morgue.  The  boys 
could  not  get  under  it  and  could  not  get  over  it  without  waken- 
ing him.  There  was  a  large  black  cat  that  Professor  Verrill 
fed  and  protected,  and  because  of  this  she  probably  needed 
more  protection.  Jim  McKay  got  four  large  walnuts  and  dug 
out  the  meat  and  shell  inside  through  holes  in  the  tops,  and 
with  strings  fastened  them  on  the  cat's  feet  and  smuggled  her 
into  our  bedroom.  There  were  no  carpets  on  the  morgue  floor, 
stairs  or  halls.  About  midnight  he  let  her  go.  As  usual,  she 
went  straight  to  Professor  Verrill.  Her  feet  with  the  dry  shells 


on  the  hard  wood  floors  made  as  much  noise  as  a  running 
horse.  She  sprang  on  Professor  Verrill  and  he,  not  knowing 
what  it  was,  yelled  out  in  fright.  She  sprang  on  to  the  floor 
on  the  other  side  through  the  open  door  and  went  thumping 
down  the  stairs.  The  noise  wakened  all  the  boys,  who  started 
in  pursuit  of  her,  Verrill  and  Jim  leading  the  search.  They 
chased  the  noise  down  the  stairs,  across  the  hall,  down  the 
lower  stairs  and  through  the  halls.  She  was  black  and  it  was 
dark.  They  could  not  see  her,  but  the  noise  and  clatter  were 
great.  After  much  chasing  they  caught  her,  got  a  light  and 
found  the  walnuts  on  her  feet.  The  whole  school  was  aroused. 
The  girls  were  peeping  down  the  stairs  from  their  side,  and  it 
was  some  time  before  the  house  was  quiet  There  was  much 
quiet  inquiry,  but  only  Jim  and  I  knew  and  we  did  not  tell. 
The  cat  never  could  be  coaxed  into  our  room  again.  She  would 
always  look  at  her  feet  and  raise  her  hair  when  she  saw  Jim. 

In  1867,  George  Rexford  came  to  the  school.  He 
had  lost  a  leg  in  the  army,  amputated. far  above  the  knee.  He 
hobbled  around  on  one  crutch,  and  on  the  bare  floors  he  made 
a  good  deal  of  noise  that  was  especially  annoying  to  a  nervous 
man  like  Verrill.  Rexford  was  a  good,  natural,  fun-loving  soul 
and  it  amused  him  to  see  Verrill  annoyed  at  him.  Verrill  had 
married  during  the  vacation.  His  wife  was  consumptive,  and 
her  father  was  rich.  One  day  Rexford  lost  his  balance  going 
down  the  stairs  and  stumbled  and  rolled,  landing  on  his  back 
in  front  of  Verrill's  room.  Verrill  rushed  out  and  seeing  Rex- 
ford there  said,  "Rexford,  what  on  earth  do  you  want?"  Rex- 
ford grinned  and  said,  "I  want  to  marry  a  rich  man's  daughter 
with  a  bad  cough."  Unfortunately  Verrill's  wife  lived  only  a 
year  or  two  after  their  marriage.  Verrill  never  got  any  of  her 
father's  wealth,  never  expected  nor  asked  for  any  of  it. 

At  commencement  in  June,  1868,  I  was  one  of  the 
students  selected  to  deliver  an  address.  I  chose  Thaddeus 
Stevens  for  my  subject.  I  admired  him  for  the  great  service 
that  he  had  rendered  the  country  in  his  support  of  Lincoln  in 
Congress.  I  do  not  remember  much  about  the  address,  but  I 
do  remember  that  I  was  criticised  and  ridiculed  by  the  local 
Democratic  newspapers.  Probably  justly.  My  public  utter- 
ances were  very  crude  affairs  in  those  days." 

Editor's  Note:  The  student,  William  Stone,  became 
the  Governor  of  Pennsylvania  in  1898.  The  account 
is  an  excerpt  from  Stone's  autobiography,  The  Tale 
of  A  Plain  Man.    (Philadelphia:  Winston  Co.,  1918) 


12 


On  February  16,  1869,  Professor  Allen  resigned  and  Pro- 
fessor J.  T.  Streit  was  appointed  to  succeed  him.  But,  due  to 
illness,  Professor  Streit  never  assumed  the  role  of  principal. 
Instead,  Professor  C.  H.  Verrill  became  principal.  Elliott 
(1905)   recalled: 

"Professor  Verrill  was  a  thorough  and  ardent  teacher.  Few 
ever  surpassed  him  in  the  classroom.  Somewhat  impulsive,  but 
with  a  generous  heart,  an  earnest  purpose,  unflinching  integ- 
rity, a  warm  friend  of  the  school.  I  came  to  forget  his  im- 
petuous nature  and  look  upon  him  with  a  warm  and  lasting 
regard." 

During  this  period  of  time  the  entire  school  was  located 
in  South  Hall.  It  was  a  custom  to  hold  chapel  exercises  both 
in  the  morning  and  the  evening  at  which  time  a  wide  range 
of  topics  were  discussed.  Many  of  the  students  were  experi- 
enced teachers  who  had  come  to  improve  their  skills  and  thus 
they  were  older  than  the  typical  students  of  today.  The  courses 
strongly  emphasized  mathematics;  however,  as  indicated  in 
the  1869  catalog:  "Ladies  may  be  permitted  to  substitute  for 
mathematics  courses  for  an  equivalent  amount  of  language 
courses." 

The  school  year  consisted  of  forty-two  weeks.  Upon  com- 
pletion of  their  program,  students  were  required  to  pass  an 
examination  on  the  entire  course  at  one  time.  Commence- 
ments were  originally  held  in  the  school  chapel,  but  when  the 
classes  grew  larger  they  were  held  either  in  the  Methodist 
Church  or  at  Smythe  Park.  For  the  first  few  years  each  mem- 
ber of  the  graduating  class  was  required  to  write  and  deliver 
an  original  essay  or  oration,  but  when  the  classes  grew  larger 
the  presentations  were  reserved  for  speakers  selected  by  the 
faculty. 

During  the  1870's  the  school  continued  its  steady  growth 
as  Mansfield  gained  the  reputation  of  being  quite  strict.  In 
1870,  local  prohibitionists  successfully  enacted  a  law  prohibit- 
ing the  sale  of  intoxicating  beverages  within  two  miles  of  the 
Normal  School.  Then,  in  1873,  the  Pennsylvania  Act  271  was 
passed,  stipulating:  "The  keeping  of  billiard  rooms,  bowling 
saloons,  and  tenpin  alleys  within  two  miles  of  the  state  Normal 
School  at  Mansfield  is  prohibited."  (The  act  was  not  formally 
repealed  until  November  9,  1959.) 

In  the  school  catalogs  of  the  1870's,  parents  were  re- 
quested not  to  send  children  who  had  "bad  habits."  At  the 
same  time,  too,  they  were  assured  that  "Every  care  would  be 
taken  to  remove  temptations  to  wrong  doing."  Visitations 
were  restricted  to  recreation  hours  because  it  was  felt  that 
they  would  interfere  with  studying. 


PENNSYLVANIA  ACT  271 
(Passed    March    12,    1873) 

"The  keeping  of  billiard  rooms, 
bowling  saloons,  and  tenpin  alleys 
within  two  miles  of  the  State  Nor- 
mal School  at  Mansfield  in  the 
county  of  Tioga  is  strictly  pro- 
hibited." 


In  1871,  graduates  formed  the  Alumni  Association. 
The  stated  purpose  of  the  organization  was  "to  encourage  and 
foster  the  spirit  of  friendship  among  graduates."  Two  years 
later,  in  1873,  Rev.  Jason  Fradenburg,  Ph.  D.,  was  appointed 
Principal.  Dr.  Fradenburg  was  known  as  a  very  kind  individ- 
ual, greatly  respected  for  his  wide  range  of  knowledge.  As 
later  described  by  J.  C.  Doane  (1905),  "In  his  dealings  with 
refractory  students,  Professor  Fradenburg  so  tempered  justice 
with  mercy  that  offenders  often  became  his  most  devoted 
friends."  Under  Dr.  Fradenburg's  leadership,  the  original 
North  Hall  was  built  and  enrollment  expanded. 

In  September  1875,  Professor  Charles  Verrill  was  elected 
principal  for  a  second  time.  Then,  two  years  later,  Allen  re- 
turned to  assume  leadership  until  his  untimely  death  on  Feb- 
ruary 11,  1880.  During  the  remainder  of  that  year,  Professor 
Joseph  Doane  served  as  principal. 


13 


1870's:    RULES 


PROFESSOR  JASON  FRADENBURG 


1.  Students  boarding  in  the  building  are  requested  to  pro- 
vide themselves  with  slippers. 

2.  The  hours  regularly  assigned  to  study  are  to  be  faith- 
fully devoted  to  the  preparation  of  the  exercises  re- 
quired. 

3.  All  students  are  requested  to  attend  the  morning  and 
evening  Chapel  exercises;  the  evening  Chapel  exercises, 
however,  are  voluntary  on  the  part  of  those  who  do  not 
board  in  the  Normal  Building. 

4.  The  study  hours  during  the  years  are  as  follows:  A.  M., 
■    8  to   12;  P.M.,   1%   to  4y2,  and  from  Evening  Chapel 

(7    o'clock)    till   9%.     The   retiring  hour  is   9%    in  the 
evening. 

5.  The  Superintendent  will  visit  each  room,  at  least  once  a 
week,  and  if  damaged,  it  may  be  repaired,  or,  if  un- 
necessarily dirty,  it  may  be  cleansed  at  the  expense  of 
the  occupant. 

6.  No  water,  dirt,  or  other  material  may  be  thrown  from 
the  windows. 

7.  Students  are  not  allowed  to  visit  one  another's  rooms 
during  the  regular  hours  of  study,  and  no  change  of 
rooms  must  take  place  without  permission  from  the 
Principal. 

8.  Each  student  of  Music  on  the  Piano  or  Melodeon  will 
have  regular  hours  assigned  for  practice,  during  which 
time  no  spectator  must  be  present  to  interrupt  the  exer- 
cises or  divert  the  attention. 

9.  All  students  who  are  tardy,  unnecessarily,  at  meals, 
must  forfeit  them;  all  must  conduct  themselves  at  table 
in  a  becoming  and  orderly  manner,  and  no  one  must 
leave  before  the  rest  without  good  reason  and  permission 
from  the  lady  sitting  at  the  head  of  the  table.  Any  stu- 
dent sick  or  indisposed,  and  requiring  attention,  must 
have  himself  reported  to  the  Matron,  and  he  will  be 
waited  upon  in  his  room. 

10.  It  is  expected  that  the  ladies  and  gentlemen  of  the  Insti- 
stitution  will  treat  one  another  with  politeness,  but  they 
will  not  be  allowed  to  assemble  in  the  Chapel,  Recitation 
Rooms  or  Halls,  during  Recreation  hours,  for  conversa- 
tion, except  at  stated  times  when  permission  is  given  to 
assemble  in  the  Chapel.  At  the  close  of  evening  lectures 
or  Society  meetingSj  all  will  repair  immediately  to  their 
respective  rooms.  Neither  sex  will  be  expected  to  tres- 
pass upon  that  portion  of  the  building  assigned  to  the 
other. 

11.  Students  will  not  visit  the  dining  room,  at  any  other 
time  than  meal  time,  the  wash  room,  kitchen  or  the 
music  rooms  without  permission. 

12.  Loud  talking,  whistling,  scuffling,  etc.,  in  the  building 
are  prohibited.  Pupils  violating  this  rule  will  forfeit 
their  rooms. 

13.  The  use  of  tobacco,  in  any  form,  is  strictly  prohibited 
in  the  building. 

Source:      MSNS   Catalogs,   1870-79 


14 


1874:      DEDICATION   OF  NORTH   HALL 

President  Ulysses   S.    Grant   Sends   Congratulations 

The  dedication  of  North  Hall  awakened  much 
interest,  not  only  in  Mansfield,  but  throughout  the 
entire  county  and  adjoining  counties,  which  were 
well  represented  in  the  large  throng  that  winded  its 
way  to  the  Normal.  The  Mansfield  Comet  Band  and 
the  Orphan  Band  went  to  the  train  and  escorted  the 
visitors  up  town.  At  the  corner  of  Main  and  Wells- 
boro  streets  the  two  bands  consolidated,  and  marched 
to  the  Normal  grounds  to  the  tune  of  "Red,  White 
and  Blue,"  followed  by  a  procession  of  visitors  and 
citizens. 

The  new  building  is  a  most  imposing  structure, 
and  in  its  prominence  is  truly  an  ornament  to  the 
village  and  a  credit  to  the  energy  and  perserver- 
ence  of  the  trustees. 

Prof.  V.  R.  Pratt  then  read  a  letter  at  the  dedi- 
cation from  President  Ulysses  Grant,  who  regrets 
he  could  not  attend.  Afterward,  the  assemblage  ad- 
journed to  the  dining  hall  of  the  new  building, 
where  the  tables  were  arranged  for  dinner,  and 
presented  a  most  pleasing  and  tempting  sight.  Flow- 
ers, pyramids  of  cake,  chicken  pie,  and  hosts  of 
other  good  things  graced  the  tables,  and  gave  evi- 
dence of  the  energy  and  excellent  taste  of  the  ladies 
who  had  the  superintendence  of  those  matters.  — 
Hundreds  after  hundreds  of  the  hungry  multitude 
were  fed,  and  the  untiring  refreshment  committee 
still  had  something  left. 

The  school  opened  last  Wednesday  under  the 
most  encouraging  circumstances  and  with  the  bright- 
est prospects  for  a  prosperous  and  glorious  future." 

Source:       Wellsboro    Agitator 

September  11,  1874 


15 


1880'SI       Reasons     to     Mend     WantfielJ    State     Tjormal 


ATTRACTIONS  OF  OUR  TOWN 

It  is  conceded  by  all  who  are  acquainted  with  Mansfield, 
that  it  is  one  of  the  most  moral  and  cultured  towns  in  Penn- 
sylvania. The  citizens  are  noted  for  their  sobriety,  intelligence 
and  enterprise. 

There  is  not  a  town  in  the  State  where  the  young  are  less 
exposed  to  the  influences  of  vice  and  immorality  than  here. 

By  a  special  act  of  the  Legislature  no  intoxicating  liquors 
can  be  sold  or  billiard  tables  kept  within  a  radius  of  two  miles 
of  this  institution. 

The  healthfulness  of  the  place  is  excellent,  and  the  scen- 
ery and  beauty  of  surroundings  unsurpassed. 

These  are  desirable  features  and  will  be  a  great  induce- 
ment for  parents  to  send  their  children  to  Mansfield  State 
Normal  School,  where  their  moral  and  intellectual  wants  will 
be  equally  well  cared  for. 

Here  is  located  the  Soldiers'  Orphan  School,  and  also 
Prof.  F.  M.  Allen's  Commercial  College,  which  has  recently 
been  opened  and  gives  great  promise  of  success  and  usefulness. 

IMPROVEMENTS 

Over  $3000  has  been  expended  upon  improvements 
furniture,  library  and  apparatus,  and  as  much  more  will  be 
expended  the  coming  year. 

It  is  the  design  of  the  Trustees  to  make  the  State  Normal 
School  a  first-class  institution  in  every  particular,  and  they 
will  spare  no  pains  in  their  efforts  to  keep  the  school  fully  up 
to  the  high  standing  and  reputation  which  it  has  hitherto 
maintained. 

GOVERNMENT 

The  government  of  the  School  is  based  upon  the  prin- 
ciple, "Do  right  because  it  is  right." 

Special  efforts  are  made  to  secure  obedience  to  regula- 
tions by  the  cultivation  among  our  pupils  of  a  high  sense  of 
honor. 

The  positive  regulations  adopted  are  based  upon  the  fol- 
lowing principles: 

1st.  No  student  should  be  allowed  to  trespass  upon  the 
rights  and  privileges  of  another. 

2d.  Privileges  that  all  cannot  enjoy,  should  be  granted 
to  none. 


If  pupils  are  not  doing  well,  either  through  indolence, 
negligence,  or  otherwise,  their  parents  or  guardians  will  be 
informed  of  it. 

The  Kind   of  Students  We   Accept 

It  is  the  determination  to  make  this  Institution  a  place 
where  Students  are  taught  correct  moral  principles,  and  where 
thoroughness  and  steady  progress  are  prominent  features. 
Therefore  we  desire  Students  only  who  come  to  us  with  the 
following  definite  purposes: 

1st.     To  make  school  duties  their  chief  business. 

2d.  To  give  their  whole  time  and  energy,  during  study 
hours,  to  school  work. 

3d.  To  cultivate  a  teachable  spirit  and  cheerfully  ac- 
quiesce in  all  the  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  school. 

The  Kind  of  Students  We  Do  Not  Accept 

1st.  Those  who  come  here  to  spend  their  money  and  idle 
away  their  time. 

2d.  Those  who  have  "fast"  habits  and  who  come  here 
simply  because  they  cannot  bear  the  restraints  of  home. 

3d.  Those  who  are  unwilling  to  practice  the  self  denial 
necessary  for  their  own  improvement,  and  for  the  general 
good  of  the  school. 

General  Remarks 

If  those  desiring  to  enter  the  school  are  not  prepared  to 
make  any  sacrifices,  to  make  study  the  first  and  only  aim  while 
here,  to  work  diligently  and  faithfully,  to  be  honest  in  all 
things,  they  should  go  anywhere  but  to  a  Normal  School. 

The  Normal  School  is  intended  to  be  a  self  governing 
institution.  The  persons  to  whom  it  offers  decided  advan- 
tages, must  of  necessity  be  those  who  will  understand  what 
is  requisite,  in  order  that  the  largest  return  may  be  received 
by  them  for  their  outlay  of  time  and  money.  If  any,  through 
inadvertency,  give  evidence  that  they  have  mistaken  the  school 
in  this  respect,  there  will  be  no  hesitancy  in  granting  them  a 
perpetual  furlough. 

Parents  and  guardians  are  earnestly  reminded  that  under 
the  most  favorable  circumstances,  students  who  board  out  of 
the  building  cannot  make  as  satisfactory  progress  as  those  who 
are  under  the  immediate  supervision  of  the  school  authorities. 

Source:     The   Normal  Catalog,   1880-81 


16 


1880-1889 


Left  to  right,  seated  —  Dr.  Dennison  Thomas,  Professor 
Winfield  Scott  Hulslander  and  Professor  Joseph  Ewing. 
Standing  —  Professor  William  Cramer  and  Professor 
William  Thoburn. 


Under  the  leadership  of  Dr.  Dennison  Thomas,  Mansfield 
underwent  rapid  expansion  during  the  1880's.  Described  as 
"a  thorough  scholar,  a  good  financer,  and  a  builder  of  excep- 
tional executive  ability,"  Thomas  was  determined  to  improve 
the  school's  standing  as  an  academic  institution,  and  thus  to 
attract  more  students.  He  succeeded:  in  1880,  there  were  30 
graduates;  ten  years  later,  in  1890,  there  were  97  graduates. 

Coinciding  with  the  enrollment  increase,  a  major  con- 
struction program  was  undertaken  to  provide  appropriate  ac- 
commodations. In  1883  construction  started  on  Alumni  Hall 
and  two  years  later  it  was  completed.  It  included  an  auditor- 
ium and  numerous  classrooms.  The  auditorium  was  the  set- 
ting for  a  wide  variety  of  lectures  and  cultural  events.  The 
classrooms  provided  space  for  the  Training  School  that  was 
expanded  to  accommodate  more  students.  In  the  early  1880's, 
the  School  consisted  of  students  8  to  14  years  old  crowded 
into  five  grades.  But  in  1886,  the  age  range  was  changed 
to  include  students  6  to  16  years  old,  and  it  was  divided  into 
eleven  grades. 

Most  of  the  students  who  attended  Mansfield  during  the 
80's  were  from  the  local  area  and  they  were  interested  in  be- 
coming teachers  in  the  Common  Schools  of  Pennsylvania.  At 
the  time,  if  a  student  expressed  an  intention  to  teach  in  the 
Common  Schools  upon  graduation,  the  student  received  60 
cents /week  while  attending  school.  Upon  graduating,  the 
student  received  an  additional  $50.00  grant  if  he  or  she  signed 
a  contract  to  teach  for  two  full  years  in  a  Common  School. 
Besides  teacher  training,  at  this  time  there  was  also  a  growth 
of  enrollment  in  the  expanded  Music  Department,  the  newly 
formed  Art  Department,  and  the  college  preparatory  program. 

Throughout  the  1880's,  the  school  attempted  to  raise  its 
standards  for  admission.  Advertisements  made  it  quite  explicit 
that  prospective  students  were  not  wanted  "if  they  were  un- 
willing to  practice  the  self-denial  necessary  for  their  own  im- 
provement and  for  the  general  good  of  the  school."  Parents 
and  guardians  were  assured  that  if  their  child  attended  the 
Normal  School  at  Mansfield,  they  would  be  living  in  a  virtuous 
atmosphere.  Moreover,  hinting  that  many  other  schools  were 
located  amidst  urban  decadence,  the  school  advertisements  ex- 
tolled the  virtues  of  Mansfield.  As  pointed  out  in  one  adver- 
tisement: "There  is  not  a  town  in  the  state  where  the  young 
are  less  exposed  to  the  influences  of  vice  and  immorality.    It 


17 


is  conceded  by  all  who  are  acquainted  with 
Mansfield  that  it  is  one  of  the  most  moral  and 
cultured  towns  in  Pennsylvania.  The  citizens 
are  noted  for  their  sobriety,  intelligence,  and 
enterprise." 

"Precision"  and  "discipline"  were  the  key 
words  describing  academic  and  social  life.  For 
example,  careful  penmanship  was  strongly  em- 
phasized, and  all  students  were  required  to 
study  drawing  at  last  40  minutes/day  for  28 
weeks  in  order  to  acquire  what  the  school  then 
defined  as  a  "necessary"  skill.  Music  students 
were  "strictly  prohibited"  from  practicing  either 
vocal  or  instrumental  music  other  than  that 
classified  within  the  grade  of  their  program  of 
study.  And,  it  was  stressed  that  "pupils  are  not 
permitted  to  visit  music  rooms  or  to  receive  visits 
during  the  specified  practice  hours." 

In  1880,  a  Young  Men's  Christian  Associa- 
tion (YMCA)  was  organized  and  six  years  later, 
a  YWCA.  At  this  time,  the  associations  domin- 
ated much  of  the  social  life  of  students.  Com- 
mencement Week  was  the  major  event  of  the 
year.  The  week  usually  opened  on  Sunday 
when  an  invited  minister  preached  a  special 
sermon  to  all  the  graduates.  On  Monday,  the 
Junior  Class  presented  a  program.  Tuesday, 
which  was  called  Class  Day,  usually  entailed 
listening  to  a  series  of  addresses:  the  class  his- 
tory, class  poem,  prophecy,  and  so  forth.  In  the 
evening,  entertainment  was  provided  by  the  Lit- 
erary Societies.  On  Wednesday,  the  Alumni 
Association  conducted  a  program.  And  then, 
on  Thursday,  graduation  exercises  were  held. 
Usually,  the  exercises  lasted  about  four  hours. 
The  gentlemen  were  dressed  in  dark  clothing 
while  the  ladies  were  attired  in  white.  Each 
"lady  student"  also  wore  a  bouquet  of  red  roses. 
Essays  were  read  by  ten  to  fifteen  selected 
students. 

Coinciding  with  the  construction  of  a  gym- 
nasium, in  1895,  a  Military  Company  was  organ- 
ized for  the  males,  and  later  one  was  organized 
for  the  females.  Both  companies  were  very 
active.  Their  frequent  drills  seemed  to  rein- 
force the  atmosphere  of  discipline  and  sobriety 
which  characterized  the  campus  during  the  80's. 


18 


AMANDA'S    DIARY 


1883 

Jan.  2  —  Finds  me  at  Mansfield 
going  to  school.  Nora  Raker,  Claire 
Brown  and  myself  went  down  to 
the  art  gallery  and  got  our  pictures 
taken.    It  is  very  cold. 

Jan.  23  —  I  received  four  notes 
from  Harvey  in  Philosophy  class. 
I  think  he  is  just  OK. 

Jan.  27  —  There  was  a  sociable 
in  the  Literary  room  tonight.  I 
had  a  fine  time. 

Jan.  30  —  Very  bad  going.  I 
got  my  papers  in  grammar  got 
88%.  Very  bad  marking.  I  am 
awful  hungry  for  Friday  night  to 
come.  There  was  a  Temperance 
Lecture.  I  went  with  Mattie 
Doane. 

Feb.  6  —  Another  of  Mrs.  War- 
ren's children  is  dead.  This  makes 
three  that  have  died  out  of  a  fam- 
ily of  six. 

Feb.  14  —  Very  nice  today.  Just 
too  nice  to  stay  in  that  old  chapel 
prison.  I  got  a  comic  valentine 
from  name  unknown. 

Feb.  17  —  Tonight  is  the  night 
of  all  nights.  The  U.  K.  S.  held  an 
entertainment.  Johnnie  Fuller  took 
Claire  and  she  is  as  happy  as  a 
flower  that  sips  the  morning  dew. 

Feb.  18  —  I  received  a  note  from 
asking  me  to  go  to  an  enter- 
tainment. I  refused  because  he  is 
so  homely.  That  is  wicked  but  it  is 
true.  Poor  boy.  It  pleases  me  some 
to  think  of  the  mittens  worn  by  the 
Normal  boys  in  general. 

Mar.  14  —  1  am  just  as  mad  as 
myself  can  be  at  Nora  for  letting 
Frank  kiss  her  on  the  stairs.  I 
think  it's  mean  for  I  want  her  to 
go  with  Wiley. 


Mar.  1 8  —  Nora  and  I  did  a  big 
washing  the  first  we  ever  did.  We 
had  63  pieces  to  wash. 

Mar.  20  —  More  new  students 
came  today.  Among  them  Miss 
Shaff  is  the  most  countrified  child. 

Mar.  21  —  More  new  students. 
They  look  as  if  they  came  off  the 
same  piece.  I  got  $3  from  home. 
We  are  expecting  another  girl  from 
Potter  Country.  Are  anxiously 
awaiting  to  see  what  kind  of  a  look- 
ing thing  she  is. 

Mar.  23  —  Miss  Woodruff 
changed  our  seats  in  chapel.  I  sit 
alone  by  the  window.  Went  to  the 
train  to  meet  Miss  Hendrix  who  is 
to  board  here.    She  is  awful  prissie. 

Mar.  27  —  Mr.  B.  of  Normalite 
has  gone  crazy. 

Apr.  7  —  Tonight  Miss  H  got 
some  maple  syrup  and  we  sugared 
off.  There  is  a  lot  of  measles  and 
now  some  mumps.  Had  a  lecture 
today  by  Prof.  Thomas  —  subject 
girls  and  boys  sitting  together  in 
Society. 

Apr.  1 1  —  Very  warm  today. 
Everyone  had  a  summer  hat  on.  I 
went  walking  with  Frankie  up  by 
the  "Rose  Terrace". 

Apr.  27  —  Mr.  Alex  Nelson 
came  here  to  board.  He  is  awful 
cute. 

May  13  —  Alex  Nelson  brought 
us  a  pineapple  tonight  and  we  ate 
it  until  our  mouths  swelled  up. 

May  17  —  Anna  Dunsmore  and 
Mr.  Espry  taught  today.  We  draw 
from  a  pile  of  cards  and  the  one 
that  is  drawn  has  to  teach  for  10 
min.  and  he  draws  for  the  next 
teacher. 


May  18  —  Things  very  pleasant 
until  11:20  this  AM  when  I  went 
over  to  the  Model  School  and  my 
name  was  called.  I  got  up  nearly 
frightened  to  death  and  taught. 
Miss  Sperry  said  she  did  not  think 
I  did  know  so  much.  I  guess  I  will 
go  out  teaching  for  a  living.  I  got 
marked  90%. 

May  31  —  Tonite  seniors  are  all 
through.  All  passed  —  a  class  of 
35. 

June  1 1  —  We  played  croquet 
this  afternoon.  Leonard  passed  me 
a  note  asking  me  to  go  on  an  ex- 
cursion to  Babbs  Creek.  I  guess  I 
will  go. 

June  12  —  We  started  to  Babb's 
Creek  at  9:30  in  two  special  cars. 
It  is  28  miles.  We  had  a  splendid 
time.  I  wore  my  "crushed  straw- 
berry" hat  and  it   was  a  hit. 

June  17  —  Owen  and  I  went 
walking  down  past  the  mill. 

June  18  —  I  skipped  algebra  ex- 
am today  and  played  croquet.  I  got 
a  new  fan.    Very  pretty. 

June  28  —  Any  person  reading 
my  diary  can  tell  I  have  a  new 
bottle  of  green  ink  also  a  new  stub 
pen  all  the  style  now. 

(End  of  term) 

1884 

Aug.  30  —  School  commences  at 
Mansfield  today.    It  rained  awfully. 

Sept.  13  —  Tonight  I  had  a 
quite  a  chat  with  Ellwood  Clark. 
He  is  just  from  New  York  City  and 
I  think  he  is  just  too  exclusive  for 
nothing.  O  I  am  perfectly  gone  but 
I  don't  believe  it  will  last  long  as 
such  passion  never  does  last  very 
long. 

Sept.  14  —  I  saw  Ellwood  again 
tonight  up  at  the  croquet  ground 
and  I  am  gone  completely  I  have 


surely  got  an  attack  of  the  grand 
passion  this  time  sure  but  the  sad 
part  is  "he  is  not  gone".  It  is  just 
my   confounded   luck. 

Sept  21  —  My  birthday.  I  am 
17  years  old.  Also  2nd  day  of  the 
Mansfield  Fair.  Pa  brought  over  his 
oxen.  We  had  a  boss  time.  Came 
across  Ellwood  about  3  o'clock. 
Frank  treated  us  to  grapes,  Ellwood 
to  peanuts  and  chocolate  drops.  "O 
I   tell  you". 

Sept.  22  —  Last  day  of  the  Fair. 
Ellwood  and  I  had  a  boss  time. 
Mansfield  came  out  ahead  in  the 
ball  game  and  they  got  $40  and  a 
silver  ball. 

Oct.  2  —  I  sent  a  letter  to  Nora 
this  morning  for  .02  —  the  first 
one  I  ever  sent  for  that  as  the  law 
went  into  effect  today. 

Oct.  5  —  Luella  Howe  was  up 
to  school  today.  Had  "taffy  on  a 
knitting  needle"  in  Latin  class. 

Oct.  12  —  Examinations  today. 
Ellwood  gave  me  a  V  cent  piece 
for  a  pocket  piece.  "O  I  tell  you." 

Oct.  14  —  This  morning  Ell- 
wood gave  me  a  pearl-handled 
pocket  knife.  I  got  my  Algebra 
paper  98%  Arith  70%  Didactics 
100%  Spelling  100%  LATIN 
67%. 

Oct.  15  —  Mr.  J.,  Ellwood's 
uncle,  died  of  delirium  tremens.  He 
said  to  his  wife  before  he  was  taken 
sick  "Goodbye,  Emily,  I  am  going 
to  start  for  Hell  and  will  get  there 
Saturday"  and  now  he  is  dead. 

Oct.  25  —  Went  through  the 
clothes-pin  factory. 

Nov.  19  —  Went  to  the  Metho- 
dist Church  with  Ellwood.  I  felt 
like  I  was  pie  when  I  went  in.  I 
never  went  to  church  with  a  boy 
before. 

Dec.  20  —  Tonight  Ellwood  and 
I   went   to   the   Boro  school   enter- 


1880's:    A  MANSFIELD  ROMANCE.    Amanda  Voorhees 
and  Ellwood  Clark. 


tainment.  Nora  and  Foster  Bush 
went  along.  I  am  awfully  mashed 
on  Foster.  Gone,  gonner,  gonnest. 
If  he  was  about  12  inches  taller  I 
would  not  or  could  not  say  that 
my  heart  was  my  own.  I  don't  like 
Ellwood  one  bit. 

Dec.  21  —  It  snowed  and  snow- 
ed and  everyone  is  having  a  ride  but 
Nora  and  me.  Ah!  Me!  My  sons 
will  be  furnished  with  a  horse  and 
cutter  and  be  made  to  take  girls 
riding  and  don't  you  forget  it. 

Dec.  22  —  Today  school  ad- 
journs.  Tonight  there  was  a  perfect 


jam  down  at  the  depot.  I  went 
sleigh  riding  with  Ellwood  —  we 
went  almost  to  Covington  over  to 
Mainesburg  and  so  around  home. 

Dec.  2  3  —  Ellwood  gave  me  a 
lovely  Christmas  card.  There  are 
8  girls  and  6  boys  left  at  school. 

Dec.  24  —  Pa  came  after  me  at 
4  o'clock.    We  got  home  at  8:30. 

(Unfortunately  if  Amanda  kept 
a  diary  after  this  one,  it  has  since 
been  lost.  But  love  conquered  all 
and  Amanda  and  Ellwood  were 
married  on  July  3,  1887  in  Pine 
City,  N.  Y.) 


"""MFfAtfu 


20 


Construction    of    Alumni    Hall 


1886:     STUDENT  EXAMINATION   IN  ALUMNI   HALL 


21 


22 


1888:    New    Gymnasium 

It  included  a  large  drill  hall  for  teaching  students  military  discipline. 


1888:    Mansfield's    First    Band 


23 


looU  S!       C*xpan&ion     of      rr/uiic     ^Department 
(new  three-year  course) 


A  three  year's  course  will  be  necessary  to  obtain 
a  diploma  in  the  Department  of  Instrumental  Music 
at  this  school. 

1.  No  diploma  will  be  granted  unless  the  pupil 
is  able  to  execute  with  taste  and  expression  at  least 
two  pieces  of  the  works  of  some  standard  author,  as 
taught  during  the  course. 

2.  The  pupil  must  be  able  to  read  at  sight  a 
piece  of  music  of  moderate  difficulty. 

3.  The  pupil  must  also  pass  a  satisfactory  ex- 
amination in  the  Theory  of  Music  and  the  Study  of 
Harmony. 

The  following  studies  have  been  selected  to  con- 
stitute a  three  years'  course: 

Lebert  &   Stark 
Richardson  or  Bertini's 

Theoretical  and  Practical  Piano  Schools 
Plaidy's  Five  Finger  Exercise 
Czerny's  Etudies  re  la  Velocite,  book   1,  2,  3 
Loeschhorn  Studies,  bood   1,  2,  3 
Cramer's  Fifty  Select  Studies 
Clement's  Gradus  ad  Parnassum 
S.  Bach's  Inventions 
Kuhlan's  dementis  Sonatinas 
Mozart's  and  Haydn's  Sonatas 
Mendelssohn's  Songs  Without  Words 
Mendelssohn's  Capricciosas 
R.  Schumann's  Novellettes 
Weber's  Compositions 
Beethoven's  Sonatas;   also  pieces  by 
F.  Shubert,  A.  Rubenstein,  J.  Raff, 

M.  Mosakowski,  A.  Jansen,  A.  Joseffy, 

F.  Liszt 

A  SCHOLARSHIP   IN   MUSIC 

Will  be  founded  in  the  coming  year,  for  which 
all  persons,  studiously  inclined,  and  possessing  talent 
and  love  for  this  art,  may  compete. 


Each  applicant  will  be  required  to  pass: 

1st.  A  satisfactory  examination  in  the  rudi- 
ments. 

2d.     In  the  Theory  of  Music. 

3d.  In  reading  at  sight  a  piece  of  music,  select- 
ed by  the  Examining  Committee,  and 

4th.  To  play  a  piece  of  his  or  her  own  selection 
either  from  note  or  memory. 

To  pass  a  satisfactory  examination  in  No.  4,  the 
following  important  points  will  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration, viz: 

a.  Position 

b.  Execution 

c.  Expression 

The  Examining  Committee  will  consist  of: 
W.  S.  Hulslander 

Prof.  Wm.  Cramer,  Director  of  Music 
Miss  Libbie  S.  Shepard 

All  applicants  will  please  appear  at  the  Music 
Room  of  the  State  Normal  School,  August  29,  1883, 
between  the  hours  of  2  and  5  p.m. 

Applicants  who  pass  a  satisfactory  examina- 
tion, as  required  by  the  term  of  scholarship,  will  be 
entitled  to  free  tuition  in  music  in  this  Institution  for 
one  year. 

Pupils  are  not  permitted  to  practice  either  vocal 
or  instrumental  music  which  is  beyond  their  grade 
of  prociency. 

Free  advantages  to  all  students  to  entertain- 
ments in  vocal  or  instrumental  music. 

A  Certificate  of  Proficiency  is  given  after  a 
satisfactory  examination  upon  certain  special  studies 
—  Piano,  Organ,  Singing,  or  Theory  of  Music. 

For  further  particulars,  address  Prof.  Wm. 
Cramer. 


24 


1889:  South  Hall  Remodeled 

In  1889  the  building  was  enlarged  and 
remodeled.  The  third  and  fourth  floors 
were  used  as  dormitories,  the  young  ladies 
occupying  the  right  or  south  side  and  the 
opposite  sex  the  opposite  side.  An  effec- 
tive partition  separated  the  two  halls.  An 
additional  set  of  rooms,  next  to  the  roof 
and  lighted  by  skylights,  were  used  when 
the  school  was  crowded,  but  simply  as 
sleeping  rooms. 

On  the  first  floor,  beginning  at  the 
reader's  left,  the  tower  room  was  a  library, 
the  first  two  windows  in  the  main  part 
mark  the  Normal  Literary  Society  room 
and  the  second  two,  a  class  room,  later 
used  by  the  Athenaean  Society.  In  the  rear 
of  these  two  rooms,  was  the  dining  room, 
which  seated  120  students. 

On  the  second  floor,  the  Principal's  office 
and  apartments  took  up  the  front  of  the 
south  wing,  and  professors'  rooms  the  front 
of  the  north  wing.  The  central  part  was 
all  given  up  to  the  chapel.  This  was  utilized 
as  an  assembly  and  study  room. 

In  the  large  cupola,  hung  the  bell.  It 
was  rung  every  morning,  noon,  and  night, 
and  at  every  recitation  period  through  the 
day.  It  may  be  interesting  to  know  that 
the  rising  bell  struck  at  5  a.m. 

Each  room  contained  a  small  box 
stove,  fuel  for  which  the  students  found 
at  the  common  wood  pile  and  transferred 
to  the  place  where  it  would  do  the  most 
good. 


SOUTH  HALL  CLASSROOM 


REMODELED  SOUTH  HALL 


26 


1890-1899 


* 

•            ..^^^MuzZf!^^^! 

*  1 

V 

■ 

If 

Wm 

•    .;.';..■            .     ■.* 

r    .  i 

"^2 

Prosperity  continued  during  the  1890's.  In  1891,  plans 
were  announced  for  the  complete  reconstruction  and  expan- 
sion of  the  Ladies  Building  (North  Hall).  At  the  time,  North 
Hall  was  150  feet  in  length  and  four  stories  in  height.  The 
plans  called  for  it  to  become  270  feet  in  length  by  700  feet 
wide,  and  five  stories  high.  The  building  was  to  be  heated 
by  steam,  and  an  elevator  installed  in  the  central  portion  of 
the  building. 

The  new  North  Hall  included  an  elegant  dining  room, 
finished  in  oak,  large  enough  to  serve  five  hundred  students. 
In  addition,  there  was  space  for  a  kitchen,  a  bakery,  a  recep- 
tion room,  dormitories  for  the  ladies,  an  infirmary,  and  suites 
of  rooms  for  the  Art  Department  and  the  Normal  School  of 
Music. 

In  1895,  a  natural  beautification  program  was  launched 
and  a  large  number  of  trees  were  planted  on  the  hill  behind 
the  school  and  throughout  the  campus.  By  the  late  1890's,  all 
of  the  buildings  on  the  campus  had  electricity. 

Meanwhile,  in  1892,  Dr.  Thomas  was  succeeded  by  Dr. 
S.  H.  Albro.    As  noted  by  Harvey  J.  VanNorman   (1905): 

"With  the  advent  of  Dr.  Albro  as  principal,  there  was  in- 
augurated an  era  of  high  ideals  .  .  .  Loved  and  respected  alike 
by  teachers  and  students,  he  impressed  everyone  with  the  fact 
that  he  was  a  past-master  in  the  art  of  instruction  and  discip- 
line. He  was  a  fascinating  speaker,  his  lectures  never  contained 
a  dull  statement,  packed  as  they  were  with  thought,  expressed 
in  clear  simple  diction,  and  enlivened  by  quiet  humor." 

Under  Dr.  Albro's  leadership,  the  number  of  faculty  ex- 
panded from  13  to  18  members,  and  the  enrollment  steadily 
increased  as  a  growing  number  of  students  from  outside  Tioga 
County  began  to  attend  Mansfield.  In  fact,  by  1897,  about 
one-half  of  the  students  came  from  outside  the  county.  At 
the  time,  it  was  said  that  the  expenses  at  Mansfield  were 
lower  than  at  any  other  school  of  its  type  in  the  Common- 
wealth. 


27 


On  the  academic  side,  Dr.  Albro  initiated  changes  that 
reflected  his  training  in  Psychology.  Beginning  with  his  ad- 
ministration, the  college  catalogs  advised  prospective  stu- 
dents: 

"In  this  school,  the  student  receives  his  knowledge  of  subject 
matter  in  his  daily  study  and  recitations;  he  acquires  an  ele- 
mentary knowledge  of  the  laws  of  mental  action  by  the  study 
of  Psychology." 

In  1893,  the  school  established  separate  departments  of 
Pedagogy,  Language,  Mathematics,  Physical  Science,  History 
and  Civil  Government,  Physiology,  Hygiene  and  Physical  Cul- 
ture, and  the  Arts  Department.  At  the  time,  about  75-80  per- 
cent of  the  students  were  enrolled  in  the  two-year  teacher- 
training  program;  however,  advanced  (3-5  years)  programs 
in  Music,  Art,  and  Science  began  to  attract  more  students.  In 
addition,  Mansfield  strengthened  its  College  Preparatory  pro- 
gram. Students  who  successfully  completed  the  program  were 
admitted  without  examination  to  Cornell  University,  Lafay- 
ette College,  Bucknell  University,  and  Pennsylvania  State. 
With  examination,  students  were  accepted  at  Dickinson,  Mich- 
igan, Pitt,  Wellesley,  West  Point,  Wilson,  Yale,  and  other 
well-known  schools. 

Throughout  the  90's,  Mansfield  grew  as  a  center  for  the 
fine  arts.  During  this  time,  two  major  literary  societies  were 
organized:  the  Athenian,  for  ladies  only;  and,  the  Philathean, 
for  gentlemen  only.  In  1892,  the  Normal  School  Monthly 
started  publication,  succeeded  in  1897  by  the  Normal  School 
Quarterly. 

During  the  90's  the  Music  Department  continued  to  gain 
widespread  acclaim.  In  1893,  the  music  director,  Hamlin 
Cogswell,  hired  two  nationally-known  musicians  to  teach  in 
the  program.  Mr.  Julius  Ormay,  of  the  Paris  Conservatory  and 
a  pupil  of  the  great  composer,  Moretz  Moszkowski  was  put  in 
charge  of  piano  instruction.  Mr.  Maxmillian  Lichtenstein,  a 
pupil  of  Joachim,  taught  violin.  At  the  time,  Joachim  was  ac- 
claimed as  "the  greatest  living  violinist."  Unfortunately,  the 
two  musicians  only  stayed  at  Mansfield  for  one  year,  and  the 
goal  of  further  developing  a  conservatory  was  delayed  for  a 
few  years. 

In  the  meantime,  Mansfield  began  to  move  into  other 
areas  of  education.  In  1897,  the  Model  School  opened  a  kin- 
dergarten for  4  and  5  year  olds.  In  1898,  an  agricultural  pro- 
gram was  inaugurated,  a  new  science  laboratory  was  set  up  in 
North  Hall,  and  the  Museum  was  re-established.  In  1899,  the 
school  developed  a  Department  of  Business. 


Throughout  the  1890's,  the  school  reflected  a  broadening 
of  interests  in  athletics,  music,  art,  and  politics.  In  1891,  Mans- 
field organized  a  football  team,  and  one  year  later,  the  first 
night  football  game  in  America  was  played  at  Smythe  Park 
between  Mansfield  Normal  and  Wyoming  Seminary.  After  a 
scoreless  first  half,  the  game  was  called  amidst  much  con- 
troversy, but  it  still  remains  a  Football  First  in  the  Archives 
of  the  Professional  Football  Hall  of  Fame. 

Indicative  of  political  interest  in  1897,  students  sent  a 
special  gold  medal  to  Admiral  Dewey  to  express  their  appre- 
ciation of  his  international  efforts.  Then,  in  1898,  there  was 
a  peak  of  excitement  when  William  Stone  was  elected  the 
Governor  of  Pennsylvania.  He  had  graduated  from  Mansfield 
Normal  in  1868. 


1890's:     STUDENTS  ASSUME  A  NEW  LOOK 


S^t| 

^M 

|^y  MM 

Uwa^^^ 

Elmer  French    (1885) 


Joseph  Clanden    (1895) 


28 


1891:    First    Mansfield    Football    Team 

Mansfield  was  also  the  first  team  to  hold  a  spring  football  practice  and  the  first  one  to  hold  a  night  football  game.  29 


Mansfield    State    Normal    School    Faculty 

The  principal,  Dr.  Albro,  is  seated  second  from  the  right. 


30 


1893:      MANSFIELD  BASEBALL  TEAM 


31 


1890s:    The    New    Sport    of    Basketball 

The  required  apparatus  is  an  association  foot-ball  and 
two  baskets  attached  at  either  end  of  the  field,  ten  feet  from 
the  ground.  The  game  may  be  played  in  the  gymnasium  or 
out  of  doors,  with  five,  seven,  or  nine  on  a  side,  preferably 
seven. 

The  players  are  arranged  along  the  field,  each  man  hav- 
ing his  individual  opponent,  who  is  expected  to  be  always  near 
to  prevent  the  ball  from  reaching  its  destination,  and  to  re- 
turn it,  if  possible,  to  his  own  side.  Thus,  if  A  and  B  are  op- 
posing each  other  on  the  portion  of  the  field  nearest  A's  goal, 
B  must  be  constantly  on  the  watch,  lest  A  dodge  back  and  re- 
ceive the  ball  unmolested. 

The  ball  cannot  be  struck  with  the  first,  kicked  or  car- 
ried in  any  direction.  It  must  be  kept  in  play,  only  five  sec- 
onds being  allowed  the  holder  in  which  to  find  one  of  his 
men,  ready  to  receive  it. 

The  object  of  the  game  is  to  work  the  ball,  which  starts 
from  the  centre,  down  to  the  goal,  when  the  goal  thrower 
deposits  it  in  the  basket. 

Striking,  holding,  pushing,  shouldering,  tripping,  or 
knocking  the  ball  from  another's  hands  are  counted  fouls  and 
give  one  count,  or  a  free  throw  for  goal,  to  the  opposing  side. 

As  soon  as  the  ball  has  left  your  hands  you  can  run  to 
the  assistance  of  the  one  holding  the  ball,  and  he  in  turn  can 
place  himself  in  a  position  to  catch  again,  which  little  by-play 
should,  of  course,  be  intercepted  by  the  other  side. 

It  is  not,  however,  to  the  advantage  of  your  side  to  get 
too  far  from  your  original  place,  lest  the  ball  get  into  the 
hands  of  the  other  side  and  your  opponent,  unguarded,  get 
the  ball.  Remember,  there  are  at  least  six  others  working  for 
your  side,  and  you  are  not  needed  in  all  parts  of  the  field  at 
once.  If  you  stay  at  home,  keep  your  eyes  on  the  ball  and  be 
ready  when  it  comes  your  way,  you  will  be  doing  your  share. 

A  goal  made  from  the  centre  space  counts  three  points, 
from  between  the  centre  and  end  two  points. 

Source:      The  Normal  Quarterly,  Fall,  1897 


1890's:    Gymnastics 

At  the  regular  Commencement  exercises,  there 
was  the  annual  exhibition  of  the  gymnastics  depart- 
ment. The  young  ladies  appeared  on  Monday  and 
the  young  gentlemen  on  Tuesday.  The  work  on  both 
days  was  given  to  music,  the  school  orchestra  ren- 
dering most  satisfactory  service. 

The  following  was  the  order: 

1.  Introductions  —  Free  standing.  Aim:  To 
prepare  for  work. 

2.  Arch-Flexions  —  Section  A,  at  bar;  Section 
B,  free  standing  exercise.  Aim:  To  stretch  muscles 
which  tend  to  prevent  raising  of  chest  at  inhalation. 

3.  Heaving  Movements  —  Horizontal  ladder, 
ropes.  Aim:  To  cultivate  contractility  of  inspiratory 
muscles,  to  elevate  the  chest. 

4.  Balance  Movements.  Free  standing  exer- 
cises. Aim:  To  correct  general  posture  and  cultivate 
good  equilibrium  in  ordinary  positions. 

5.  Shoulder-Blade  Movements  —  Of  expan- 
sion, free  standing  (running)  ;  of  localization,  at  stall 
bars  and  benches.  Aim:  To  overcome  "stooping 
shoulders,"  to  cultivate  mobility  of  shoulder  joint. 

6.  Abdominal  Exercises.  From  kneeling  posi- 
tion at  benches  and  stall  bars.  Aim:  To  improve 
digestion. 

7.  Lateral  Trunk  Movements  — At  horizontal 
bar,  at  stall  bars.   Aim:  To  develop  waist  muscles. 

8.  Heaving  Movements  —  Vertical  ladder, 
horizontal  ladder. 

9.  Jumping  and  Vaulting  —  Vaulting,  bars, 
face  up;  bars,  with  rope  (men)  ;  box,  face  down,  sit 
over,  hand  spring,  hand  spring  lengthwise  (men)  ; 
leap  frog  (men)  ;  tiger  jump  (men).  Jumping,  run- 
ning high  jump,  springing  from  one  foot,  free  stand- 
ing jumping.  Aim:  To  develop  speed,  courage,  pres- 
ence of  mind. 

10.  Respiratory  Exercises  —  Free  standing. 
Aim:  To  prepare  for  rest,  to  produce  normal  res- 
piration. 

Source:      The  Normal  Quarterly,  Fall,  1897 


32 


o»  '* 


34 


Delphic    Room 


During  the  90's  the  Delphics  and  Clionian  fraternities  became 
quite  popular  at  Mansfield. 


t«*v 


North    Hall 

An  expansion  was  started  in  the  mid-1890's,  but  not  completed 
until  about  1908.  Note  that  some  of  the  architectural  features 
in  the  above  drawing  were  never  incorporated  in  the  building. 


35 


NORTH  HALL  DINING  ROOM.  As  described  in  The  Normal  Quarterly  (January,  1898):  "Three  times  each  day,  at  7:00 
a.m.,  12:15  p.m.  and  6:00  p.m.,  the  spacious  dining  hall  is  filled  with  students  and  teachers,  and  at  such  times,  a  picture  is  pre- 
sented full  of  animation  and  interest.  Finished  in  oak,  the  dining  room  is  architecturally  of  the  Ionic  order,  the  gilded  capital 
blending  harmoniously  with  the  rich  tints  of  the  walls.  One  hundred  and  twelve  incandescent  lights  furnish  brilliant  illumina- 
tion. The  school  is  justly  proud  of  the  room  and  confiddently  asserts  that  its  equal  is  not  to  be  found  in  any  other  educational 
institution  of  the  State. 


36 


1890's:    Expansion    of    the    Arts 

At  the  head  of  our  art  department  stands  a 
woman  of  keen  artistic  understanding,  Mrs.  Harriet 
Jenkins  of  Philadelphia.  Mrs.  Jenkins  has  been  a 
pupil  of  the  School  of  Industrial  Art;  of  the  Spring 
Garden  Institute;  and  for  six  years  has  studied  at 
the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  three  of  the 
most  noted  art  institutions  of  the  East.  In  1887  Mrs. 
Jenkins  studied  at  the  Imperial  Museum  of  Amster- 
dam, Holland.  Five  years  of  faithful,  ever  laborious 
work  she  has  spent  in  the  galleries  and  art  schools  of 
Paris  and  of  other  art  centres  on  the  Continent.  In 
'89  Mrs.  Jenkins  received  her  highest  honor:  she  was 
admitted  to  the  Paris  Salon,  an  honor  eagerly  sought 
by  artists  the  world  over,  and  one  which  places  them 
in  the  first  rank  of  artists. 

Mrs.  Jenkins  enjoys  an  international  reputation, 
for  her  work  has  been  accepted  not  only  in  the  Paris 
Salon,  but  in  all  the  leading  galleries  of  America. 
In  the  exhibit  sent  by  Philadelphia  to  the  Colum- 
bian Exposition,  Mrs.  Jenkins'  work  was  conspicuous. 
The  picture  exhibited  at  the  Paris  Salon  now  hangs 
in  the  dining  room  of  the  Sherman  House,  Chicago. 
Many  others  of  her  paintings  are  owned  and  now 
hang  in  private  houses  in  Chicago. 

Whatever  the  medium  of  her  execution  —  be 
it  paint,  pencil,  or  crayon  —  skill  lies  in  Mrs.  Jen- 
kins' eye  and  hand  and  brain.  Her  aim  is  the  attain- 
ment of  the  realistic  in  art,  truth  always.  Because 
of  this  firm  principle,  she  does  not  allow  her  pupils 
to  copy,  but  insists  rather  on  reproduction  from  na- 
ture and  objects.  Manual  training,  ambidextrous  ex- 
ecution Mrs.  Jenkins  regards  as  the  true  founda- 
tion of  an  art  education. 

Source: 

The  Normal  Quarterly,  Number  2,  1898 


37 


1898:    Electrification    of   Mansfield 


The  new  system  of  lighting  has  proven  highly 
satisfactory.  The  electric  plant  was  put  in  by  a  stock 
company,  organized  last  summer.  Four  members  of 
this  company  are  also  officers  of  the  school.  Many 
places  of  business  and  private  dwellings  in  the  town 
are  also  using  the  lights,  although  this  method  of 
lighting  has  not  yet  been  adopted  for  the  streets. 

The  power-house  is  a  one-story  brick  structure 
adjoining  the  Toy  factory.  The  dynamo  is  run  by 
the  one  hundred  horse-power  engine  of  the  factory 
and  is  a  double  machine,  one-half  supplying  the 
electricity  for  the  1,000  lights  of  the  Normal  build- 
ings and  grounds,  the  other  half  the  lights  for  the 
town. 

The  wires  are  stretched  along  Main  street  to  the 
Allen  hotel,  then  up  Sullivan  street  by  the  M.  E. 
Church,  along  the  Mainesburg  road  to  the  north  en- 
trance to  the  school  grounds,  thence  to  the  north  end 
of  the  ladies'  building. 

Thus  far  the  current  is  transmitted  at  the  high 
pressure  of  2,300  volts.  In  the  basement  of  North 
Hall  it  is  transformed  into  a  comparatively  harmless 
current  of  112  volts. 

The  main  wires,  called  risers,  are  brought  up 
from  the  basement  in  the  central  or  tower  portion  of 
the  building. 

Along  the  ceiling  of  each  corridor  are  con- 
ducted branch  wires  which  again  subdivide  to  send 
a  pair  of  wires  to  each  room.  These  wires  are  in- 
closed in  grooved  mouldings  and  thoroughly  pro- 
tected. Thus  on  looking  down  one  of  these  corridors, 
the  main  moulding  with  its  numerous  cross  branches 
divides  the  ceiling  into  a  series  of  squares  or  rec- 
tangles, resembling  the  plan  of  one  of  those  cities 
which  spring  up  so  suddenly  on  paper  with  the 
streets  all  blocked  out  waiting  anxiously  for  the 
houses  to  appear. 

There  are  two  drop-lights  with  flat,  fluted,  por- 
celain shades  in  each  student's  room,  while  a  gilt 
chandelier  with  two  lamps  and  etched  glass  globes, 
adorns  each  teacher's  room. 

The  halls  and  corridors  are  all  thoroughly  light- 
ed. How  much  this  means  only  those  know  who 
have  striven  to  accomplish  this  result  with  oil-lamps. 
This  is  especially  true  of  the  square  tower  corridors, 


where  there  are  twenty  lights  on  each  of  the  six 
floors,  making  one  hundred  and  twenty  lights  in  all. 
These  corridors  are  now  a  place  of  beauty  by  night 
as  well  as  by  day. 

The  dining-room  is  illuminated  by  one  hundred 
and  twelve  lights.  Fifty-eight  of  these  are  placed 
along  the  oak  cornice  of  the  room,  and  fifty-four 
around  the  nine  Ionic  pillars.  The  former  are  furn- 
ished with  the  flat,  corrugated,  porcelain  shade;  the 
latter,  by  means  of  rich  gilt  bands,  are  arranged  in 
clusters  of  six  just  below  the  capital  of  the  pillars, 
and  fitted  with  etched  glass  globes.  Our  dining-room, 
beautiful  before,  is  now  rivaled  by  few  and  excelled 
by  no  other  school  dining-hall  in  the  land. 

In  Alumni  Hall  the  lights  are  arranged  in  clus- 
ters of  six  beneath  a  large,  flat,  porcelain  shade. 
Three  of  these  clusters  are  fastened  to  each  of  the 
six  wooden  arches  supporting  the  vaulted  roof.  In 
addition  there  are  foot  and  side  lights  for  the  stage. 

The  lights  in  the  chapel  like  those  in  Alumni 
Hall  are  in  clusters  of  six  attached  to  the  ceiling. 

Two  arc  lights  of  twelve  hundred  candle  power 
were  first  placed  in  the  gymnasium,  but  did  not  prove 
satisfactory.  Five  large  circles  of  incandescents,  each 
containing  twenty  lights,  were  substituted. 

The  illumination  of  the  grounds  is  not  yet  com- 
pleted. It  will  consist  of  a  line  of  incandescents  about 
twelve  feet  from  the  ground,  following  the  terraces. 
It  will  be  observed  that  no  arc-lights  are  used.  It  is 
believed  that  the  incandescents  give  a  more  diffused 
and  serviceable  light  at  less  expense. 

The  lights  in  the  corridors  of  north  and  south 
halls,  along  the  "covered  walk"  and  on  the  grounds, 
are  all  controlled  from  a  switch  box  near  the  Ste- 
ward's office  in  north  hall.  The  contract  calls  for  an 
all-night  service.  Sixteen  candle-power  incondes- 
cents  are  used. 

The  school  has  long  needed  the  introduction  of 
this  method  of  lighting  only  to  put  it  on  an  equality 
with  any  Normal  School  in  the  State  in  the  matter  of 
complete  equipment  and  modern  improvements. 

The  school  is  to  be  congratulated  on  a  Board  of 
Trustees  ready  to  follow  a  liberal  and  progressive 
policy. 

Source:      The  Normal  Quarterly,  June  1898 


38 


1898:    Mansfield    Graduate    Elected    Governor    of    Pennsylvania 


•   - 


rw  -JiV".  i 


Jb 


*.T       H 


GOV.  WILLIAM  STONE  and  his  staff  at  Gettysburg. 


39 


1898:     GRADUATION  CLASS 


40 


...    .  ■  .  •     .  ■      -     .  -    -  ■     .  ■     .  -  -      .  ■  .  ■     .  -    .  ■  .  -  -        ■ 


Mansfield  State 
Normal  School 


Special 
attention 
Given  to  an 

%  Intellectual 

\  ano 
practical 
draining 
for 
fteacbers 


O 


$W 


SIX  COURSES  OP  STUDY 

Thorough  training  in  Psychology  and  Pedagogy. 

Model  Scli  oof  of  over  two  hundred  and  fifty  pupils. 

Three  able  and  experienced  critic  teachers. 

.1  large  class  in  Kindergarten  worlc. 

Strong  corps  of  teachers  in  all  departments. 

New  laboratories  fitted  a/>  this  year  for  work  in 
Physics,  Chemistry  and  Botany. 

New  Department,  this  year,  of  Agriculture  and 
Nature  Study.  Special  attention  given  to  Field  Work. 

The  best  advantages  for  preparation  for  college: 
students  admitted  on  certificate  from  this  school  to 
the  best  colleges. 

Superior  advantages  for  special  instruction  in  Elo- 
cution. 

Music  Department,  well  equipped  with  instructors 
in  Piano,  Voice  and  Violin. 

The  very  best  opportunity  for  the  study  of  Art, 
Drawing,  Painting  in  oil  and  water  colors. 

Beautiful  grounds,  magnificent  buildings,  electric 
lights.  Large  grounds  for  athletics.  Elevator  in 
Ladies'  Hall.     Hospital  with  attendant  nurse. 

Fine  tliimnasium  .u-itli  complete  outfit  of  apparatus 
for  Swedish  Gymnastics  with  special  teacher. 

Special  Conn  tor  Ceacbers  will  begin  /Iftav  i. 

For  Catalogue  giving  full  information  in  regard  to 
requirements  for  admission,  courses  for  graduation, 
expenses,  etc.,  apply  to 

HLBRO,  Ph.D.,  Principal. 


41 


1899: 
A    New    Regulation    on    Dancing 

In  the  matter  of  amusement,  the  ruling  under 
the  new  administration  is  as  follows: 

At  public  functions  representing  the  school,  no 
dancing  of  any  kind  whatever  is  permitted,  the  time 
being  devoted  to  conversation,  intellectual  diver- 
sions, music,  etc. 

In  the  half-hour  recreation  periods,  given  sev- 
eral evenings  of  the  week  after  tea,  when  pupils  of 
both  sexes  are  allowed  the  freedom  of  the  gymna- 
sium, under  the  chaperonage  of  members  of  the  Fac- 
ulty, nothing  in  the  nature  of  a  "round  dance"  is  per- 
mitted, but  what  is  known  as  the  "square  dance"  is 
allowed. 

This  stand  is  taken  (without  raising  the  ques- 
tion of  the  right  or  wrong  of  dancing,  or  passing 
judgment  upon  those  who  dance)  for  the  following 
reasons: 

1.  Dancing  is  a  debatable  matter  upon  which 
equally  good  people  disagree. 

2.  The  Principal  of  the  school  must  stand  in 
the  place  of  parents,  many  of  whom  object. 

3.  In  the  light  of  the  above  facts,  he  feels  that 
he  should  respect  the  wishes  of  the  anxious  ones, 
and  let  the  young  people  decide  a  debatable  question 
like  this  when  they  have  passed  from  school  life  into 
society. 

4.  The  simple  "square  dance"  is  permitted  be- 
cause the  rational  objections  urged  against  dancing 
do  not  apply  to  the  "square  dance"  any  more  than 
they  do  to  every  form  of  innocent  game  in  which 
movement  of  the  body  forms  a  part. 

Source:      The    Normal   Quarterly 

October  1899 


42 


1900-1909 


ALUMNI  HALL 


In  1899,  Dr.  Albro  retired  and  he  was  succeeded  by  Dr. 
Andrew  Smith,  the  former  Vice-principal  of  West  Chester 
Normal.  He  was  thirty-seven,  newly  married,  and  well- 
versed  in  teacher  training.  Like  his  predecessor,  he  had  a 
special  interest  in  psychology. 

In  his  first  action,  Dr.  Smith  prohibited  dancing  of 
any  kind  at  public  functions.  Another  of  his  initial  ac- 
tions was  to  change  the  type  of  notebooks  being  used  to  the 
kind  used  at  Harvard.  The  new  ones  were  bound  with  red 
leather  in  which  sheets  of  paper  could  be  fastened  and  re- 
moved at  will.  Also,  at  his  direction,  it  was  agreed  that  Tues- 
days from  4:30  to  6:00  p.m.  would  be  the  designated  time 
when  the  ladies  of  the  faculty  would  be  available  to  enter- 
tain visitors  and  friends  from  town. 

Under  Dr.  Smith's  leadership,  the  institution  continued 
to  flourish.  Between  1900  and  1909,  enrollment  increased 
steadily,  and  three  additional  faculty  members  were  em- 
ployed. In  college  catalogs,  parents  were  urged  "not  to  look 
upon  Mansfield  as  a  reformatory  and  not  to  send  to  the  school 
vicious  or  immoral  persons  .  .  .  (because)  a  teacher  must  be 
a  person  of  unsullied  character  and  have  a  strongly  formed 
habit  of  self-control." 

Teacher  education  remained  the  dominant  program 
throughout  the  decade,  helped  by  a  statewide  effort  to  in- 
crease the  number  of  teachers  and  to  upgrade  the  quality  of 
teacher  education  in  Pennsylvania.  Beginning  in  September 
1901,  students  were  given  free  tuition  if  they  signed  an  agree- 
ment to  teach  two  full  annual  terms  in  the  common  schools 
upon  completion  of  their  education.  At  the  same  time, 
the  courses  of  study  were  made  more  difficult.  The  revised 
program    added   Solid    Geometry,    Plane    Trigonometry,    and 


43 


Surveying  as  required  courses.  In  addition,  all  students  were 
required  to  take  regular  lessons  twice  a  week  in  gymnastics 
unless  excused  on  account  of  an  "organic  disease."  Students 
were  advised  that  "gymnastic  work  is  primarily  for  the  weak, 
not  for  those  already  strong." 

To  meet  the  growing  demand  for  educators,  Mansfield 
also  began  to  offer  advanced  courses  in  education  to  enable 
students  to  attain  Bachelor  and/or  Masters  Degrees  in  Peda- 
gogies. It  was  felt  that  teachers  of  the  twentieth  century 
would  be  better  qualified  if  they  had  training  in  music  and 
expression,  so  the  school  also  further  developed  its  special 
programs  in  the  arts. 

In  1902,  a  three-year  Conservatory  Course  of  Music  was 
developed  with  hopes  of  meeting  the  emergent  demand  for 
music  instructors  and  church  organists.  By  1906,  the  school 
boasted: 

"The  Normal  Conservatory  is  recognized  as  one  of  the  best 
equipped  music  schools  in  the  country.  It  is  constantly  grow- 
ing in  reputation  and  in  numbers.  The  Organ  Department 
is  larger  than  ever  before.  The  large  number  of  organs  being 
built  in  churches  throughout  the  country  creates  a  demand 
for  competent  organists." 

Besides  learning  basic  music,  it  was  also  felt  that  pros- 
pective teachers  should  learn  the  art  of  expressing  them- 
selves. So,  during  this  time  period,  additional  courses  were 
offered  in  elocution,  and  a  Department  of  Expression  was 
organized.  By  1908,  the  department  had  become  so  successful 
that  students  who  completed  the  program  at  Mansfield  were 
able  to  enter  the  highly-regarded  Emerson  College  of  Oratory 
as  advanced  students. 

Also  at  this  time  programs  in  Agriculture  and  Business 
were  started.  They  began  with  great  expectation,  but  neither 
program  attracted  many  students,  so  they  were  eventually 
phased  out. 

Despite  the  restriction  on  dancing,  Dr.  Smith  fostered  a 


great  deal  of  school  spirit.  He  and  his  wife  frequently  enter- 
tained students  with  Sunday  evening  sing-alongs,  and  they 
faithfully  attended  art  exhibits,  plays,  and  musical  pro- 
grams. When  there  was  an  apparent  waning  interest  in 
athletic  events  among  students,  it  was  not  uncommon  for  Dr. 
Smith  to  issue  notices  informing  students  that  it  was  their 
"duty"  to  support  their  teams  —  especially  since  most  of  the 
teams  were  "winners"  throughout  the  decade. 

Indicative  of  his  interest  in  students,  in  1902,  Dr.  Smith 
planned  a  senior  trip  to  Washington.  He  not  only  guided  the 
tour  of  Washington,  but  he  arranged  for  his  students  to  per- 
sonally visit  with  President  Theodore  Roosevelt.  Also,  it  is 
noteworthy  that  Dr.  Smith's  wife  was  very  active  in  student 
affairs.  Among  other  things,  she  rewrote  the  words  of  the 
Alma  Mater  and  composed  numerous  poems  in  praise  of  the 
school. 

Throughout  the  decade,  Mansfield  enjoyed  the  political 
support  derived  from  William  Stone's  gubernatorial  election. 
At  the  time,  three  Mansfield  graduates  were  in  the  House  of 
Representatives  (PA),  and  the  President  Judges  of  both  Tioga 
and  Bradford  counties  were  Mansfield  graduates. 

The  major  construction  project  at  the  time  entailed 
the  completion  of  North  Hall.  That  project  was  completed  in 
1908,  about  fourteen  years  after  it  had  commenced.  About 
the  same  time,  Alumni  Hall  underwent  some  renovation.  The 
floor  of  the  auditorium  was  raised  and  the  straight  chairs  in 
the  auditorium  were  replaced  with  opera  chairs.  In  South 
Hall  shower  baths  were  installed. 


Social  life  continued  to  center  upon  the  activities  of  the 
societies.  Interestingly,  at  the  time,  the  female  —  as  well  as 
the  male  —  societies  were  referred  to  as  fraternities.  Mock 
weddings  were  one  of  the  frequent  festive  events  of  the  Cleon- 
ian  and  Delphic  fraternities  that  stirred  excitement  among 
students.  In  addition,  Halloween  and  Thanksgiving  were 
generally  celebrated  with  much  excitement,  and  in  1905,  May 
Day  was  started.  It's  pomp  and  pageantry  became  an  annual 
tradition  at  Mansfield  which  lasted  for  many  years. 


44 


K5M 


'BUSINESS 
\  DEPARTMENT 


BUSINESS  PROGRAM 

To  meet  this  growing  demand  the  Normal  School 
authorities  have  organized  this  department,  and  in 
it  they  offer  the  following  courses: 

A   Commercial   Course 

Elementary  Commercial  Course  —  Subjects  re- 
quired are  Bookkeeping,  Business  Correspondence, 
Drill  in  Rapid  Computation  and  Invoice  Writing, 
the  Elements  of  Commercial  Law.  To  receive  a  cer- 
tificate of  competence  in  this  course  the  applicant 
must  show  himself  proficient  also  in  the  following 
branches:  Spelling,  Penmanship,  Arithmetic,  Eng- 
lish Composition,  American  History,  and  Civics. 

Those  who  complete  this  Elementary  Course, 
which  will  fit  them  for  conducting  an  ordinary  busi- 
ness in  a  systematic  and  approved  manner,  but  who 
may  wish  to  fit  themselves  for  thorough  office  work, 
are  offered  the  following 

Advanced  Commercial  Course  —  This  course 
adds  to  the  subjects  of  the  Elementary  Course,  a 
thorough  training  in  a  Business  Practice  Depart- 
ment, a  systematic  course  in  Commercial  Law,  and 
Banking. 

A   Stenographic  Course 

This  course  is  designed  for  such  as  may  wish  to 
fit  themselves  for  office  work,  but  who  may  not  wish 
to  become  bookkeepers.  It  includes  Stenography, 
Typewriting,  and  Business  Correspondence.  In  order 
to  secure  the  certificate  of  competence  in  this  depart- 
ment, all  candidates  must  show  themselves  proficient 
in  the  above  named  English  Branches. 

Source:      Normal   Quarterly 

January  1900 


45 


<i  «fc  * 


.!j 


Jam 


J* 


1901:      THE  WINDMILL  ATOP  NORMAL  HILL 


THE  WINDMILL 

(Air  —  "Tramp,  Tramp,  Tramp") 

With  a  kindly  smiling  grace 
Shining  o'er  his  placid  face, 
With  his  arms  outspread  to  guard  our  sacred  walls, 
Stands  the  Watchman  on  the  hill, 
Stands  the  faithful  old  Windmill,  — 
Listen  while  his  voice  in  creaking  accent  calls, 
Chorus: 

Drink,  oh  drink,  ye  thirsty  children, 
Drink  the  draught  that  will  endure, 
Drink  from  Wisdom's  hallowed  spring, 
Of  its  wondrous  power  I  sing, 
While  I  pump  for  you  the  mountain  water  pure. 
All  the  knowledge  of  the  age, 
Song  of  bard  and  note  of  sage, 
May  be  yours  in  never  failing  rich  supply; 
All  the  latest  crystal  thought 
To  our  reservoir  is  brought, 
Drink,  for  Wisdom's  spring  is  never,  never  dry. 

— Lizzie  Smith  (wife  of  Principal  Smith) 


DR.  AND  MRS.  SMITH   ENTERTAIN 

On  March  twelfth,  the  presidents  of  the  var- 
ious organizations  of  the  school  were  delightfully  en- 
tertained at  dinner  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Smith,  who  re- 
ceived in  their  usual  pleasing  manner.  The  party 
entered  the  Normal  dining  hall  at  six  o'clock  where, 
amid  palms  and  flowers,  they  were  seated  at  a  table 
laid  for  twelve  in  the  west  alcove  of  the  room.  The 
table  was  exquisitely  decorated,  the  center  piece  be- 
ing red  carnations  while  over  the  snowy  cover  were 
arranged  red  carnations  and  smilax.  At  each  plate 
was  a  card  bearing  the  Normal  colors  and  the  follow- 
ing acrostic,  written  by  Mrs.  Smith: 

Normal,  gladly  now  we  pledge  thee, 
Over  these,  thy  colors  fair, 
Reverent  and  sincere  affections  — 
Mansfield  —  name  beyond  compare! 
Alma  Mater,  we,  thy  children, 
Loving  loyalty  declare. 

With  each  course  that  was  served  came  some 
delightful  surprise  in  the  form  of  decoration  or  en- 
tertainment. The  enjoyable  after-dinner  chat  over 
the  cups  which  followed  the  sumptuous  repast  came 
to  a  close  by  a  brief  toast  from  Dr.  Smith,  to  which 
the  guests  responded  by  reciting  the  acrostic  on  the 
dinner  card.  Withdrawing  to  the  pleasant  apart- 
ment of  the  host  and  hostess,  who  described  in  a 
simple  but  charming  manner,  curios  and  photographs 
collected  in  their  travels,  the  time  passed  rapidly, 
and  it  was  with  reluctance  that  the  guests  withdrew 
from  this  highly  enjoyed,  memorable  occasion. 

Source:      Normal  Quarterly- 
April  1902 


46 


1902:      Senior   Trip    to    Washington 

Principal  Smith  with  the  students  at  Mt.  Vernon. 


47 


S.  A.  Johnson 
Mrs.  G.  C.  Robertson 

Mrs.  C.  F.  Palmer 


R.  A.  Husted 
H.  J.  Vannorman 

Mrs.  Mary  Jenks 
Emily  L.  Thomas 


1901:     THE  FACULTY 


J.  H.  Long 
I.  M.  Gayman 
Andrew  Thomas  Smith 
C.  F.  Palmer 


H.  T.  Colestock 
Mrs.  H.  T.  Jenkins 
Edith  Lownsbery 
Laura  M.  Shaw 


Amos  P.  Reese 
Eliza  Boyce 
G.  C.  Robertson  Alice  Hobart 

Minnie  M.  Beard 


48 


S'A~         .'A".       .f*.*         .'A1.       .'A".         "W.         '*"-       -'A"  '*'-       -'*'-       -'A1        .'A'-       -'*"■         'Av-       >**"         .'A-V       -'A'.       .'A'-       -'*"-       -'^."-       -**■•-       -'♦".       .'A*-       -***.       -'*"-       ■'*'1-       ■'♦"-       •'*'  '*'■         'A'         -'*'-       -**v-       •***■       -'*"■       -'*"■       •'< 


1902:  Mutiny  at  Mansfield 

(Reports  in  the  Philadelphia   Inquirer) 


SCENE   OF   STRIKE 
(January    15) 

Great  excitement  was  caused  in 
the  boys'  building  at  Mansfield 
State  Normal  School  to-day,  when 
forty-two  students  commenced 
tearing  up  carpets,  taking  down 
pictures,  etc.,  preparing  them- 
selves to  leave  on  the  early  train. 
Some  of  the  students  refused  to 
go  to  classes  and  the  determined 
look  on  the  faces  of  the  boys 
showed  that  for  once  the  faculty 
and  trustees  were  dealing  with 
men. 

Monday,  January  6,  four  stu- 
dents, two  boys  and  two  girls,  for 
a  slight  violation  of  the  rules  of 
the  school,  were  virtually  expelled. 
After  the  two  boys  left  the  two 
girls  were  reinstated.  The  rest  of 
the  young  men  considered  this  un- 
fair. After  the  report  was  verified 
concerning  the  girls,  the  boys  com- 
menced to  collect  in  groups,  dis- 
cussing probabilities.  Soon  the 
sentiment  was  voiced  that  unless 
the  two  boys  be  reinstated  on  the 
same  conditions  as  the  girls  they 
would  sever  their  connections  with 
the  school.  The  Y.  M.  C.  A.  room 
was  made  headquarters  and  a 
meeting  was  held,  at  which  stand- 
ing room  was  at  a  premium. 

A  petition  was  drawn  up  to  the 
effect  that  the  signers  would  leave 
school.  Forty-two  young  men, 
among  them  the  very  best  in 
school,  made  a  resolution  to  abide 
by  the  petition.  This  was  pre- 
sented to  Dr.  Andrew  Thomas 
Smith  by  a  committte  of  three. 
He,  after  careful  consideration, 
explained  the  results  that  would 
follow  such  an  action,  namely,  that 
by  withdrawing  under  such  condi- 
tions they  would  be  expelling 
themselves.  As  this  result  was  un- 
looked  for  by  many  of  the  boys, 
the  old  petition  was  declared  void, 
and  a  new  one  to  the  same  effect 


was  drawn  up.  But,  instead  of  a 
decrease,  an  increase  of  one  was 
added  to  the  petition.  The  peti- 
tion was  then  presented  and  the 
boys  declared  expelled. 

The  members  of  the  faculty  and 
the  trustees  endeavored  to  per- 
suade the  boys  not  to  adhere  to 
the  petition;  but  none  yielded. 
Next  the  faculty  telephoned  to  the 
homes  of  three  boys  and  parents 
were  asked  to  compel  their  minor 
sons  to  have  their  names  canceled. 
But  to  no  avail.  Then  a  meeting  of 
the  boys  was  called  at  7  p.m.  in 
which  the  pastor  of  the  First  Pres- 
byterian Church  talked  to  the  as- 
sembly. In  his  talk  he  said:  "Be 
sure  you  are  right,  then  go  ahead." 
After  the  meeting  he  went  with 
three  of  the  members  to  the  prin- 
cipal to  plead  the  boys'  cause,  but 
as  yet  no  settlement  has  been 
effected. 

STRIKE   SETTLED 
(January    16) 

The  controversy  between  the 
students  and  the  faculty  at  the 
Mansfield  State  Normal  School  has 
been  settled  amicably.  Dr.  Smith 
made  a  concession  to  the  boys, 
who  in  turn  granted  one  or  two 
little  requests  that  he  made. 

All  of  the  students  have  re- 
sumed work  and  the  school  may 
not  lose  more  than  one  or  two 
students.  There  seem  to  be  no 
hard  feelings  harbored  by  any  of 
the  students  against  Dr.  Smith  and 
the  members  of  the  basketball 
teams  reported  for  practice  last 
night. 

STUDENTS   REMAIN 
EXPELLED 
(January    22) 

.  .  .  The  suspended  students 
were  not  taken  back,  nor  was  any 
time  fixed  for  their  reinstatement. 


LOCAL  EDITORIAL 

(January    22) 

The  Mansfield  Normal  mutineers  became 
docile  on  hearing  from  their  fathers.  Of  late 
there  has  been  considerable  commotion  in  the 
Normal  circles  over  the  recent  mutiny  of  the 
students,  and  a  one-half  sided  account  of  the 
boyish  scare  has  been  forwarded  to  the  Phila- 
delphia Inquirer,  as  was  noticed  in  a  previous 
issue  of  that  paper.  Also  the  sender  of  the 
article  was  kind  enough  to  donate  to  the  pub- 
lic a  picture  of  the  principal,  Dr.  Andrew 
Thomas  Smith,  whose  manly  expression  plain- 
ly shows  that  he  knows  exactly  what  he  is 
about,  and  does  not  need  to  have  his  moves 
dictated  to  him  by  a  mob  of  boys.  When 
there  comes  a  time  that  a  Normal  school  is  to 
be  run  by  a  lot  of  impulsive  youths,  then  it  is 
high  time  that  such  a  Normal  school  should 
shut  down  and  go  out  of  business.  That  is 
precisely  the  stand  that  Dr.  Smith  took  in 
defense  of  his  school.  He  is  wholly  justified 
in  his  actions  towards  the  boys  in  the  late 
difficulty.  The  facts  of  the  case  are  these: 
Two  couples  were  caught  seriously  disobeying 
the  school  regulations.  Accordingly,  they  were 
suspended  indefinitely,  but  the  girls  were 
afterward  reinstated  for  this  reason:  Dr. 
Smith  realized  that  should  he  send  these  two 
thoughtless  girls  home  it  would  not  only  blight 
their  lives,  but  also  be  the  means  of  their 
ruination,  viewed  from  a  social  standpoint. 
With  the  boys,  everyone  knows,  it  is  different. 
To  them  it  is  a  lesson;  to  the  girls  it  would 
have  been  a  move  toward  their  eventual  down- 
fall. Soon  what  kind  of  a  school  would  we 
have  here  in  Mansfield?  Dr.  Smith's  course 
is  justifiable.  His  actions  are  heartily  en- 
dorsed by  the  community  at  large. 


Galeton   Dispatch 

January  22,   1902 


i 

* 

R 

B 


• 


i 

:♦: 

* 

B 

V 


•:«•  •:«•  •:«•  •»>  •:♦>  •:♦>  <♦>•:♦>•»>:>:♦>•:♦>  •:♦:•  •:«•  •:♦;•  -se-  •:♦>  •:♦>  •:♦:•  •:«•  •:♦:•  •:♦:•  •:♦:•  •:♦:•  •:♦:•  •:«•  •:«•  •»>  •»>  •»>•:«•  •:«•  •:♦>  •»:• 


49 


CLIONIAN  FRATERNITY 


50 


ATHENIAN  LITERARY  SOCIETY 


51 


c.   1905:      MODEL  SCHOOL 


52 


c.   1905:      KITCHEN  HELP 


53 


5*   *5C* 

i 

| 

1 

i 

£ 

$ 
V 

1 

1 

V 

i 
p 

C5 


V 

? 


.«•»;—■;««.     .^.     ,*a?.     .*^.     ."^,     ,*V,     ,*^.     ,«^.     .^^,     ,*^,     ,*^,     ,*^.     .*V.     .**V«     **iV.     .*V.     .****.     .V.     .IV.     .V.     .V.'   .**V.     .***.     .*<i^.     -'*"-     .**tf*.     .*.V.     .V.     .V.     .V.     .'A\     /A\'  ' /Jfi'  Vdi 
***.*   W     '*'     *****     ***/     *•*•*     ***»*     \T/     *****     ***/     *****     ***•'     ***•*   .***•*     * **»       **»*  ..*«*»•  ..***.*  -..**&      ***•'     *****     ***•*     ***•****»*     %*•%*»*   .***»*,.***»*...•«*•  ...***»*.."**.*.,*****   ,*«*A..A!l"#*wT«* 


1900's:  The  Normal  Spirit 


I 

i 
I 

i 
i 

1 
1 

i 

i 

i 
l 

i 


ALMA  MATER 

(Air  —  "Annie  Lisle") 

Far  above  Tioga's  waters 

With  their  silver  sheen, 
Stands  our  noble  Alma  Mater 

On  her  shaded  green. 

Chorus  — 

Lift  the  chorus,  sing  her  praises 

Over  hill  and  dale, 
Hail  to  thee,  our  Alma  Mater 

Normal,  hail,  all  hail! 
By  the  purple  hills  encompassed  — 

Guardians  of  her  fame    — 
Mansfield  standeth  crowned  with  honor, 

Hail,  her  stainless,  name! 
Blest  by  love  of  all  her  children, 

Nothing  can  she  lack; 
See  her  colors  proudly  waving, 

Hail  —  the  red  and  black! 

Lizzie  Smith 


THE  MANSFIELD   NORMAL 

God  preserve  our  Alma  Mater, 

Mansfield  Normal,  evermore; 
Look  Thou  on  her  with  Thy  favor  — 

Keep  her  safely,  we  implore; 
Crown  her  still  with  strength  and  honor, 

Renew  her  youth  from  year  to  year; 
By  Thy  grace  which  never  faileth 

Let  her  prosper  without  fear. 
May  her  foster  children  ever 

Loyal  be  to  "black  and  red"; 
May  her  noble  sons  and  daughters 

Added  luster  'round  her  shed, 
God  preserve  our  Alma  Mater, 

Mansfield  dear  forever  more; 
In  the  sunshine  of  Thy  favor 

Guard  her,  keep  her,  we  implore. 

S.  A.  J. 


SPIRIT 

Normal  spirit  is  something  good  to  possess.  It  stimulates 
one  to  action.  It  helps  to  win  a  victory  on  the  athletic  field. 
It  helps  to  swallow  a  defeat,  if  necessary,  in  an  athletic  con- 
test. It  keeps  one  awake  when  otherwise  he  is  drowsy.  It 
makes  friends  true  and  lasting.  It  keeps  an  individual  off  the 
grass  when  he  is  tempted  to  take  a  short  cut  across  the  campus. 
It  challenges  his  truer  and  nobler  self  when  he  is  tempted  to 
cheat  in  class  or  in  examination.  It  does,  many  other  things; 
but  above  all,  it  makes  one  love  the  Institution. 

Genuine  power  is  gained  only  through  service.  Do  you 
realize  that  an  individual  can  take  with  him  from  the  Normal 
School  no  more  than  he  has  given  to  it,  unless,  perchance,  he 
be  a  thief? 

Source :      Normal  Quarterly 

April  1905 


illlll  •    f*  "a 

illLLCHJH 


4 
eg 

$ 

eg 

1 

§3 

i 

i 

*? 


* 


c.   1900:     SNAKE  DANCE  PRECEDING  FOOTBALL  GAME 


1 
1 

I 
I 

1 

1 

£ 


.*<•?• " "•**•?•  ' •**•?•    **V*    ***V.    .**V.    .*<•?. "  .***!••    .**•►*.    .'«*►*.    *"■!?*    .***.    .*iv.    .^k>. '  .w.  '-.*"*!■.'-' "-.:•»;•■  "-.****.'•  "■.*M*i" "-:**M-i- ""i*-»>i-" '-i*-«»i-- -'-.»«(&>* "<-:«0£r* •* -♦*»:*■  -x^^ -■^■^lt -j^^ ^***»i-- *i«K-' *•-;**«*;' " "i*;^;" '-.*a?. ' ' .*v. " ' .**•?." 
..«*».  w.«^.w.**».w.«*».w.«».-^**«Ww%»Twt«*»^%*^^  *«*»*    ***»**.***    *****    **:*,*.   •**•*.  ***t**jii»,..r**.*    ***•*.***•*    **Jfc*    *«*•*. .*»*•*....-•**»*  ..•***»-•.. -***»*■-. ..*•*»*....•***■*■.. ..*****... 


54 


PLAYING  CROQUET 


WORKING  IN  THE  LAB 


STUDYING  IN  THE  LIBRARY 


SURVEYING  CLASS 


*  f  •«-  '^  Vj$£ ■  v- 1 ->••-»" a    '>« 


55 


c.   1905:     FRED  AND  ART  GMEINER  AT  DORMITORY  ROOM 


56 


1905:  DRAMATIS  PERSONAE  CAST.  Roy  Rose,  Herbert  E.  Fowler,  Joe  C.  Doane,  G.  Walter  Wilcox,  Leonard  Green,  Ralph 
B.  Gardner,  Arthur  Horton,  Albert  A.  Johnson,  Matthew  E.  Haggerty,  Herbert  R.  Grant,  Ralph  C.  Wells,  Verne  F.  Garrison, 
John  Curren,  Coila  Harding,  Mary  C.  Head,  Edith  A.  French. 


57 


ly\jy.     ZJhe     f-^omp     and    [-'aaecintry     of      /P/ay     oDa 


9 


The  afternoon  of  May  29, 
1905  saw  the  inauguration  of 
the  May  Party. 

By  five  o'clock  that  Monday 
afternoon,  the  campus  in  front 
of  North  Hall  was  covered  with 
a  goodly  number  of  students 
and  friends  from  the  town, 
when,  to  the  sounds  of  a  march 
played  by  the  school  orchestra, 
the  Seniors  entered  in  their 
"Senior  Procession,"  passing 
down  the  front  walk  from  the 
front  entrance  of  the  Hall, 
turning  to  the  left  when  half 
way  down  the  campus,  turning 
again  to  the  left,  and  marching 
to  seats  provided  for  them  be- 
fore the  terraces  north  of  Alum- 
ni Hall.  It  was  a  memorable 
sight  —  the  young  ladies  all  in 
white,  the  gentlemen  in  black, 
marching  between  long  ropes  of 
laurel,  carried  by  the  members 
of  the  Class. 

After  the  seniors  were  seat- 
ed, Miss  Johnson  sang  an  ap- 
propriate May  song  —  "Come 
Out."  Whereupon  two  pages 
bearing  a  crown  and  sceptre  ad- 
vanced to  Miss  Christine  Pol- 
lock of  the  Senior  Class,  an- 
nounced to  her  her  election  as 
"Queen  of  the  May,"  conducted 
her  to  the  throne  that  had  been 
previously  erected  and  draped 
in  green  on  one  of  the  terraces, 
and  duly  crowned  her  as  our 
first  May  Queen.  A  pretty 
queen  she  made.  Expectation 
had  been  rife  as  to  the  name 
of  the  favored  Senior;  but  the 
election  had  been  in  secret  con- 
clave; and  the  secret  had  been 
well  kept. 

The  Estudiantina  Club  then 
sang  "May  Time,"  after  which 
a  group  of  young  ladies  from 
the  Middle  Class,  dressed,  of 
course,  in  white,  performed  the 
ever  popular  May  Pole  Dance. 

After   the   dance   about   the 


May  Pole,  the  audience  joined 
the  Estudiantina  Club  in  sing- 
ing to  the  air  "Blue  Bells"  a 
song  written  for  the  occasion 
by  Mrs.  E.  D.  T.  Cogswell,  the 
words  of  which  are  as  follows: 

May    Day 

We  welcome  thee  with  gladness, 
fair  daughter  of  the  Spring! 

With  flowers  and  birds  and  sun- 
shine  to   thee  our  homage 
bring. 

Now  all  we  Lads  and  Lasses, 
sing  we  a  joyful  lay 

As  thy  chariot  passes  —  'tis 
Nature's  holiday. 

Chorus  — 

0  May!   Spring's  fair  one, 

Flower   crowned    May, 
We  greet  thee  gladly 

Here  this  festal  day. 
0  May!   Spring's  loved  one, 

List  to  our  song, 
We  welcome  thee,  Sweet  May 

And  wish  thee  long. 

In  honor  of  the  Seniors,  here 

on  our  shaded  green 
We  meet  with  dance  and 

singing  to  crown  our  Fair 

May  Queen. 
Our  Alma  Mater  hails  thee, 

thou  lovely  smiling  May! 
Thou  bringest  with  thee  beauty; 

list  to  our  roundelay. 

Chorus  — 

Afterward,  a  spectacular 
dance  was  given  in  a  Scarf  Drill 
by  16  members  of  the  Middle 
Class,  after  which  all  united  in 
singing  "Alma  Mater." 

We  predict  that  ere  many 
years  May  Day  will  become  a 
thoroughly  established  event  in 
our  Normal  calendar. 

Source: 

The  Quarterly,  July   1905 


58 


,'■ 

.  .:    -7 

'sr^ 

^^  -    * 

, 

- 

■V:T 

■    "'       '.    ' 

^     •••.-- 

-i;- 

JL- 

'.'«<•. 

''"   ■                                          * 

4* 

"    •        ^J^ 

id 

•  — 

a** 

fmi&nt*" 

4*/ 

^^■<jh 

; 

<*&  -*£m  38f   J 

«*•*   -^2  73 

1 « 

l^P  ''**' 

».f  f  jj 

Up 

£ 

*<i!' ">'■                             1 ^^B*.:^  ^'-' 

-  . 

1    £g 

59 


60 


1905:     MAY  COURT 


61 


1900's: 


VIEW  FROM   DOWNTOWN 


NORTH  HALL  STEPS 


RECONSTRUCTION  OF  SOUTH   WING    (North  Hall) 


LOOKING  NORTH  FROM  NORTH  HALL 


62 


•7L 


- 


Jy/ie     I  \or mat    Ljirl 


Source:      The  Normal  Quarterly 

Winter,   1907-1908 


63 


ALUMNI  HALL 


64 


1908:      NORMAL  SCHOOL  HALLOWEEN  PARTY 


65 


A  MOCK  WEDDING 


DOWNTOWN  MANSFIELD 


A  CLIO-DELPHIC  PICNIC 


A  FACULTY  PARTY 


66 


c.     1908:     BOATING  AT  OAKWOOD 


H.  M.  S.  PINAFORE  PLAY 


68 


1909:     TIOGA  COUNTY  STUDENTS 


69 


1910:  New  Four  Year  Course 


At  a  meeting  of  the  Normal  School  Principals 
and  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  held 
in  Harrisburg,  April  20  and  21,  1910,  a  new  course 
of  study  was  adopted  for  the  schools  covering  four 
years  of  prescribed  study. 

Details  of  the  course  will  be  given  in  the  school 
catalogs,  but  a  few  items  of  especial  interest  can  be 
presented  here. 

The  course  is  arranged  on  the  basis  of  the  "unit 
system"  as  prescribed  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation 
and  as  employed  by  nearly  all  the  universities,  col- 
leges and  secondary  schools  of  note  throughout  the 
country. 

In  it  is  required  more  work  in  Pedagogy  than 
the  present  course  offers,  and  rather  more  of  alter- 
ation than  of  addition  in  the  academic  branches. 

Graduates  of  approved  high  schools  of  the  first 
grade  may  be  admitted  to  the  work  of  the  third  year 
without  examination  by  the  faculty. 

Graduates  of  approved  high  schools  of  the  sec- 
ond grade  may  be  admitted  to  the  work  of  the  sec- 
ond year  without  examination  by  the  faculty. 

Graduates  of  approved  high  schools  of  the  third 
grade  may  be  admitted  to  the  work  of  the  first  year 
without  examination  by  the  faculty. 

Persons  who  enter  thus  upon  certificate  from  a 
high  school  must  present  their  certificate  properly 
signed  and  giving  their  grades  in  each  of  the  sub- 
jects enumerated.  They  will  be  conditioned  in  any 
subjects  of  the  Normal  School  course  which  they 
have  not  satisfactorily  completed  in  the  high  school. 

All  other  persons  will  be  admitted,  as  new,  upon 
examination;  but  to  become  regular  members  of  the 
first  year  class,  they  must  show  a  fair  knowledge  of 
Arithmetic,  Reading,  Orthography,  Penmanship, 
United  States  History,  Geography,  Grammar,  Physi- 
ology, Civics  and  the  Elements  of  Algebra  to  Quad- 


ratics —  all  subjects  that  are  now  prescribed  by  law 
to  be  taught  in  every  public  school  of  the  state. 

For  graduation,  persons  must  be  in  attendance 
at  least  two  years,  excepting  that  graduates  of  four 
year  courses  in  colleges  approved  by  the  College  and 
University  Council  may  be  graduated  after  a  resi- 
dence of  only  one  year. 

A  point  that  is  likely  to  be  overlooked  by  most 
persons  is  this:  Graduates  of  first  class  high  schools 
can  complete  this  Four  Year  Course  in  the  same  time 
that  is  now  usually  required  by  them  (two  years), 
and  they  can  do  it  more  easily  than  now  because 
now  they  are  required  to  pass  examinations  in  the 
subjects  of  the  first  two  years  and  to  do  it  in  one  year. 

Another  point,  equally  important,  is  this:  Per- 
sons who  have  no  high  school  advantages  at  their 
homes,  but  who  are  dependent  upon  the  district 
school  for  their  elementary  education,  can  usually 
complete  the  new  course  in  the  same  time  that  is  re- 
quired of  them  for  the  present  course.  At  the  present 
time  there  are  too  many  subjects  in  the  junior  year 
for  such  persons  to  finish  in  one  year  of  study;  con- 
sequently most  of  them  must  take  two  years  for  it. 
Under  the  new  course,  if  they  use  well  their  oppor- 
tunities in  the  home  school,  they  can  still  be  gradu- 
ated from  the  Normal  School  in  four  years. 

The  adoption  of  this  Four  Year  Course  places 
the  Normal  Schools  of  Pennsylvania  abreast  of  the 
best  in  the  country,  and  it  accordingly  wins  recogni- 
tion for  our  graduates  from  the  other  states. 

Persons  who  wish  to  practice  medicine  or  den- 
tistry in  the  future  will  be  given  that  right  in  such 
states  as  New  York  and  New  Jersey  upon  the  basis 
of  this  four  year  preliminary  course,  and  they  will 
not  be  so  licensed  upon  completion  of  a  preliminary 
course  of  only  three  years. 

Source:      The  Quarterly,  Spring  1910 


70 


1910-1919 


In  April  1910,  a  new  course  of  study  was  adopted  for 
Pennsylvania  Normal  Schools.  Among  the  changes,  one  re- 
quired new  students  in  the  education  program  to  undergo 
testing  to  demonstrate  their  proficiencies  in  physiology,  read- 
ing, orthography,  penmanship,  history,  and  the  elements  of 
algebra  to  quadratics.  In  October,  the  music  program  was 
further  upgraded  with  the  installation  of  a  new  three-manual 
Austin  pipe  organ  in  Alumni  Hall.  In  the  prelude  of  the 
formal  opening  of  the  organ,  Professor  Shepherd,  the  school's 
organ  instructor,  played  "Praise  God  From  Whom  All  Bless- 
ings Flow."  According  to  news  accounts,  every  seat  in  the 
auditorium  was  filled  and  many  people  were  standing.  The 
music  so  stirred  the  standing  room  only  audience  that  they 
burst  into  a  chorus  that  is  remembered  as  one  of  the  most 
exhilarant  experience  in  the  history  of  Mansfield. 

By  September  of  1911,  an  increased  enrollment  necessi- 
tated the  elimination  of  all  single  rooms;  and  there  was  ex- 
pectation of  even  greater  enrollment  with  the  establishment 
of  the  Manual  Training,  and  the  Domestic  Science  (later 
Home  Economics)   Departments. 

In  1912,  Mansfield  celebrated  its  fiftieth  anniversary  as 
a  State  Normal  School.  The  celebration  was  highlighted  by 
five  days  (June  16-20)  of  festivities.  Stores  and  homes  hung 
red  and  black  banners.  In  observance  of  the  occasion, 
the  students  had  a  memorial  tablet  carved  and  placed  in 
Alumni  Hall.  It  read,  "Character,  Scholarship,  Culture,  Serv- 
ice." —  the  school  motto. 

Dr.  Smith  left  the  principalship  in  1913  and  was  suc- 
ceeded by  Dr.  William  Ringgold  Straughn,  formerly  Super- 
intendent of  Schools  in  DuBois,  Pennsylvania.  Straughn's 
vision  of  Mansfield's  future  was  shaped  by  his  training  in 
ethics  and  sociology.  In  one  of  his  first  actions,  he  formally 
abolished  fraternities  on  the  grounds  that  they  inhibited 
rather  than  facilitated  the  cohesion  of  the  school.  He  felt 
that  some  students  had  become  overly  involved  in  fraternity 
affairs.  In  turn,  he  supported  other  student  organizations, 
particularly  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  (YMCA). 
Rather  quickly,  the  YMCA  became  the  dominant  student 
group  on  campus  and  within  four  years,  the  school  provided 
a  special  house  for  the  members. 


71 


Dr.  Straughn  strived  to  reaffirm  Mansfield's  image  as  a 
strict  Christian  setting  where  the  use  of  alcohol  was  absolutely 
prohibited.  In  the  1914  catalog,  four  years  prior  to  prohibi- 
tion, prospective  students  were  informed  that  "There  are  no 
saloons,  public  bowling  alleys,  or  billiard  rooms  within  ten 
miles." 

In  the  meantime,  along  with  his  support  of  the  YMCA, 
Dr.  Straughn  also  reemphasized  the  importance  of  religion. 
Attendance  at  a  Sunday  morning  church  service  and  the  6:00 
Sunday  Evening  Vesper  services  was  required  of  all  students 
unless  they  were  given  a  special  excuse  by  Dr.  Straughn.  An 
excuse  was  issued  only  if  a  student's  parents  requested  one 
on  grounds  of  religious  belief. 

Perhaps  as  a  reflection  of  his  sociological  sense,  Dr. 
Straughn  made  a  special  effort  to  foster  student  identification 
with  the  institution.  To  promote  involvement  and  commitment, 
he  encouraged  the  creation  of  a  Student  Government  Associa- 
tion;  and,  he  also  initiated  the  publication  of  the  first  school 
newspaper  The  Spotlight.  Most  of  the  articles  in  the  news- 
paper highlighted  the  accomplishments  of  the  athletic  teams, 
the  plays,  and  departmental  activities.  Then,  in  1918,  for  the 
first  time,  the  school  published  a  school  yearbook,  The  Caron- 
towan.  Interestingly,  the  title  of  the  publication  means  "The 
Little  Town  on  the  Hill"  —  a  title  consistent  with  Straughn's 
effort  to  foster  the  student's  sense  of  being  part  of  a  com- 
munity. 

On  the  academic  side,  Straughn  took  steps  to  upgrade 
the  training  of  teachers.  In  the  first  year  of  his  administration, 
the  separate  town  and  country  grade  schools  of  the  Mansfield 
area  were  consolidated  and  the  students  were  bused  by  horse 
and  wagon  to  the  newly-built,  twelve  room  Model  School  (now 
Belknap  Hall).  As  a  result,  the  enrollment  in  the  Model 
School  nearly  doubled  from  about  200  to  350  students.  Also, 
along  with  the  expansion  of  the  Model  School,  Straughn  de- 
veloped specialized  training  for  rural  school  teachers.  In 
1915,  a  highly-publicized  series  of  lectures  were  given  by 
several  prominent  Superintendents  of  schools,  and  rural  school 
experts  on  the  unique  problems  of  Rural  Schools.  Then,  in 
a  Model  Rural  Practice  School  was  established  to  train  teach- 
ers about  the  specialized  needs  of  rural  school  students. 

Meanwhile,  the  growth  of  enrollment  in  the  music  pro- 
gram necessitated  the  purchase  of  a  building  about  fifty  yards 
northwest  of  North  Hall  which  was  used  as  the  Music  Prac- 
tice Hall. 

The  steady  growth  in  enrollment  was  accompanied  by  an 
increasing  diversity  in  the  student  body.   By  1919,  about  two- 


MODEL  SCHOOL.  Seated  at  the  middle  table  (left  to  right), 
Phyllis  Owen  Swinsick  and  Matilda  Jupenlaz  McClelland. 


thirds  of  the  students  were  from  outside  Tioga  County;  and, 
although  the  school  remained  all-white,  there  was  a  broader 
diversity  of  religious  and  ethnic  backgrounds.  In  fact,  at  the 
time,  there  was  a  special  train  which  brought  students  from 
the  Scranton  and  Wilkes-Barre  area. 

Throughout  the  decade,  the  school  stressed  self-sufficiency. 
In  the  kindergarten,  the  Montessori  Method  was  adopted  on 
the  grounds  that  it  fostered  independent  learning;  and,  in  the 
Normal  School,  the  importance  of  self-sufficiency  was  a  com- 
mon theme  in  lectures  and  in  vesper  services. 

The  outbreak  of  World  War  I  reinforced  the  ethos  of 
self-sufficiency.  In  1917,  school  administrators  set  out  a  plan 
under  which  the  school  produced  its  own  food  supply;  and,  a 
140  acre  farm  was  purchased.  Within  a  year,  the  farm  pro- 
vided most  of  the  potatoes,  beets,  carrots,  beans,  onions,  cab- 
bage, and  other  staples;  the  school  raised  its  own 
poultry,  sheep,  and  cattle;  and,  a  well  was  drilled  and  a 
reservoir  was  constructed  on  top  of  Normal  Hill  so  that  the 
water  could  flow  to  the  buildings  through  gravity  —  thereby 
reducing  the  need  for  an  outside  energy  source. 


72 


In  1917,  the  school  added  a  hospital  with  a  permanent 
apartment  for  a  regular  nurse.  It  was  expected  that  a  new 
hospital  would  enable  the  school  to  provide  better  medical 
care.  The  following  year,  the  school's  effort  to  "take  care  of 
its  own"  was  successfully  demonstrated  during  a  severe  epi- 
demic of  Spanish  influenza.   As  described  in  the  1918  catalog: 

"Nearly  )00  cases  were  reported  and  attended.  Ten  nurses 
and  two  medical  doctors  made  their  home  in  the  dormitories, 
and  all  cases  were  isolated  in  the  hospitals  and  rooms.  Every 
resource  of  the  school  was  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  medical 
attendants,  classes  suspended,  and  the  best  of  care  given. 
Several  severe  cases  of  pneumonia  developed,  but  no  lives  were 
lost.  After  a  week  classes  were  resumed,  and  all  students  ex- 
cept a  very  few,  were  back  at  their  studies." 

Throughout  the  decade,  the  success  of  the  athletic  teams 
served  to  reinforce  the  spirit  of  the  student  body.  In  1912, 
a  track  team  was  organized  and  by  1917  and  again  in  1919, 
the  teams  won  first  place  at  the  Annual  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania Relay  Carnival  —  widely  recognized  as  "the  biggest 
annual  athletic  event  in  the  world."  Likewise,  the  football, 
basketball,  and  baseball  teams  were  "winners."  The  1915 
football  team  claimed  the  Championship  of  all  New  York  and 
Pennsylvania  Normal  Schools,  and  the  1919  Basketball  Team 
was  undefeated. 


1900's:     AWAITING  THE  TRAIN. 


Due  to  the  large  crowds  at  the  basketball  games,  in 
1919,  the  east  side  of  the  Gymnasium  was  extended  20  feet 
to  make  room  for  seven  tiers  of  seats  to  accommodate  700 
spectators.  Also,  due  to  an  increased  interest  in  tennis,  sev- 
eral new  tennis  courts  were  constructed. 

Unfortunately,  Orson  Wilcox,  one  of  the  most  outstand- 
ing athletes  of  the  decade  never  had  the  opportunity  to  realize 
his  dream  of  professional  status.  While  serving  in  France  dur- 
ing World  War  I,  he  was  stabbed  to  death  by  some  Parisian 
thugs. 

Unlike  some  other  schools,  Mansfield's  enrollment  did  not 
decline  during  World  War  I  because  Mansfield  offered  train- 
ing not  afforded  in  most  other  schools.  In  1917,  it  was  the  only 
Normal  School  that  organized  a  Military  Company,  and  one 
year  later,  the  federal  government  established  a  unit  of  the 
Students  Army  Training  Corps  (SATC)  at  Mansfield.  The 
Corps  consisted  of  about  200  male  students  who  were  directed 
by  an  officer  of  the  U.  S.  Infantry. 

In  short,  despite  hard  times  and  a  war,  Mansfield  con- 
tinued to  prosper  throughout  the  decade. 


1910:     NEW  AUSTIN  ORGAN  INSTALLED  IN 
ALUMNI  HALL 


73 


1911:  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF 
DOMESTIC  SCIENCE 


Some  one  has  said  that  the 
mission  of  the  ideal  woman  is 
to  make  the  whole  world  home- 
like; but  before  this  ideal  state 
of  affairs  can  be  realized,  the 
institutions  which  we  call 
homes  must  be  made  homelike. 
When  is  such  a  place  "home- 
like"? Is  it  when,  upon  enter- 
ing, one  is  met  by  a  maid  in 
dainty  cap  and  apron,  who  ush- 
ers you  into  a  reception  room 
where  shades  are  drawn  to  ex- 
actly the  right  place  to  give  the 
correct  and  subdued  light  — 
and  to  keep  things  from  fad- 
ing; where  the  polished  floor  is 
covered  with  exquisite  rugs,  the 
mantel  loaded  with  bric-a-brac, 
the  hearth  neatly  swept  and  its 
andirons  carefully  burnished; 
where  dainty  gilt  chairs  are  ar- 
ranged with  utmost  precision 
—  in  a  word,  where  things  look 
as  if  they  were  not  intended  to 
be  used  even  though  they  are 
costly? 

Is  this  the  place  in  which 
mother  and  father  can  rest 
after  their  day's  labors  and  en- 
joy their  books  and  papers; 
where  boys  and  girls  would 
rather  bring  their  friends  than 
to  meet  them  upon  the  streets 
or  in  cheap  places  of  amuse- 
ment? 

Yes,  home  is  where  parental 
love  and  devotion  may  express 
themselves  unhampered.  This 
will  carry  with  it  the  idea  of 
enough  of  this  world's  goodj  to 
make  pecuniary  concern  un- 
necessary. But  the  best  homes 
will  add  to  these  very  important 
factors,  a  breadth  of  intelli- 
gence and  culture  on  the  part 
of  the   home   makers   and   skill 


in  the  arts  of  home  making 
such  as  can  use  to  advantage 
the  material  abundance  with 
which  they  may  be  surrounded. 

It  is  for  the  accomplishment 
of  these  ends  that  Domestic 
Science  is  finding  its  way  into 
the  schools.  With  no  thought 
of  subtracting  anything  from 
the  broadest  culture  that  the 
schools  can  give,  or  of  putting 
cooking  and  sewing  in  the  place 
of  wisdom  and  womanliness,  it 
is  noted  that  a  woman's  efficien- 
cy is  greatly  increased  (no  mat- 
ter how  much  or  what  else  she 
may  know)  by  making  her  able 
to  perform  these  requisites  of 
the  home,  and  enabling  her  to 
see  in  them  enough  to  call  forth 
her  largest  wisdom  in  their  en- 
thusiastic mastery. 

To  meet  this  growing  de- 
mand of  the  times,  the  depart- 
ment of  Domestic  Science  has 
been  established  here.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  "simple"  matters  of 
cooking  and  serving,  (each  of 
which  really  contains  great  pos- 
sibilities) this  department  will 
deal  with  the  chemistry  of 
tools,  the  construction  of  suit- 
able menus,  food  value  of  the 
various  edible  products,  etc., 
with  textiles,  suitability  and  rel- 
ative values  of  various  dress 
materials,  with  personal  adorn- 
ment considered  from  the  eco- 
nomic and  the  artistic  points  of 
view,  with  house  decoration, 
furnishing  and  care,  and  with 
the  many  other  problems  that 
enter  into  the  acts  of  "complete 
living". 

Source: 

The  Normal  Quarterly 

November  1911 


\ 


74 


MANUAL  TRAINING  DEPARTMENT 


75 


1912:     SMILES?    Photographers  encouraged  the  sober,  serious  look. 


77 


lvJ-Z'       fl'lansfield     (^eleoratei     S^emi-centennial     in     f<\ed    and    (/Slack 

Black     a  n  fc     1R  e  6 


BLACK  hangs  the  cloud  of  ignorance. 
And  black  is  sorrow's  somber  pall, 
Black  scowls  the  frown  of  discontent, 
In  darkest  shade  the  vicious  crawl. 
From  out  this  dismal,  noisome  gloom 
There  comes  a  wail  of  sin  and  woe,-- 
"Your  brothers  perish  in  the  dark, 
A  better  way  they  fain  would  know." 

SK  1VE,  Give,"  a  thousand  voices  cry— 
^•^   "Oh,  ye  to  whom  life  has  been  kind,= 
Give  us  your  sight  to  guide  our  steps. 
The  halting  footsteps  of  the  blind. 
Give  knowledge  with  its  piercing  ray, 
The  poor  befriend,  the  vile  uplift, 
Give  sympathy  for  those  who  mourn, -- 
Give  us  yourself—a  priceless  gift." 

BH,  never  since  the  birth  of  time 
Has  evil  been  o'ercome  by  right 
Without  the  heart-blood's  utter  gift, 
Without  the  sacrificial  might ; 
Despised,  rejected,  worse  than  lost 
Are  gifts  without  the  giver's  heart, 
The  poor,  the  dull,  the  vicious  spurn 
The  help  that  is  from  life  apart. 


CJi  HALL  pleasure-lovers  lightly  cry, 

***    "  These  sights  offend,  these  sounds  annoy, 

And  turn,  self-satisfied,  to  grasp 

With  dainty  hand,  life's  tinseled  toy? 

Shall  brooding  student  coldly  claim 

"  My  life  is  mine,  my  very  own, 

My  right  it  is  to  stand  aloof, 

To  cultivate  myself  alone?" 

7^  EVELOP  seIf--'Tis  God's  command, ~ 
**'    And  in  the  task  no  labor  shirk, 

That  thou  may'st  come  at  length  to  prove 

How  noble  is  God's  highest  work. 

Rejoice  in  light,  but  know,  O  Man, 

Though  broad  and  strong  and  brave  and  wise, 

Thy  life  must  still  be  incomplete 

Without  the  glow  of  sacrifice. 

/^  H,  glorious  red  of  sacrifice! 

'■*    Oh,  mighty  power  so  strangely  blest, — 
The  Master's  plan  for  fullest  life, 
A  joy  unknown  to  selfish  breast; 
Across  the  world-cloud's  blackness  cast, 
Thy  hue  doth  gleam  in  color  bright  ; 
Sometime  the  darkness  shall  be  past 
Through  power  of  sacrificial  might. 


Eli.iabctb  Ocifren  Smith. 


78 


School  Motto 


a 


i  aracter 

is     the    essential 


Scholarship 

ii       the     enrichment 


S. 


ervice 


the    end    of-    all 
thu     endeavors 


wor, 


79 


jttgttMIM* 


t^.*     *^R»*     *^»*   .  *^Ri.*- -Vfc*  ..*<^»*     *^^*    -VR**   .  -VR»*   .  *^fc*.  ..Vfc*-    .*^»*     *^»*   ,*^»*-..*^»*   s*SKf:.-*JKf:.*^?. ...?&*     *^t'     *^»*     \T/   .*<^*.  ,T<» *,   %Wt -. ••  * -  .  »W» *-. .-  * -.  .-VR» V  .*Clb  .     <&»  .  .-*^R»*  ..  *^R» *..  .<*£&%  *WK 


ANNIVERSARY  SONG 


1912:     SEMI-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION 


Air 


"FAIR  HARVARD" 


HISTORICAL  ADDRESS 

(Excerpts) 

"We  are  here  to  celebrate  this 
marvelous  school  .  .  .  1  have  labored 
fifty-eight  years  for  this  important 
and  magnificant  institution,  and  1 
am  proud  of  its  success." 

".  .  .  always  recall  the  purposes 
of  its  founders.  Strive  to  make 
education  universal;  that  the  rich 
and  the  poor;  the  child  of  him  who 
has  power  and  place,  and  of  him 
who  treads  the  lowly  paths  of  life, 
shall  receive  alike  the  blessings  of 
education  at  Mansfield  .  .  .  Invite 
equally  and  alike,  without  distinc- 
tion of  sex,  or  color,  or  race,  or 
creed,  or  party,  the  children  of  all 
who  may  desire  to  participate  of 
the  opportunities  here  offered.  That 
is  the  highest  purpose  for  which 
Mansfield  may  be  praised." 


SIMON  B.  ELLIOTT 

He  was  one  of  the  founders 
and  most  ardent  supporters 
of  Mansfield  for  many  years. 
In  1912  he  gave  the  Histori- 
cal Address. 


Fair  Mansfield,  we  now  to  thy  Jubilee  throng, 

And,  with  blessings,  surrender  thee  o'er, 

By  these  festival  rites,  from  the  age  that  is  past, 

To  the  age  that  is  waiting  before. 

Oh,  relic  and  type  of  thy  founders'  desire 

That  has  long  kept  their  memory  warm, 

Oh,  fruit  of  their  toiling  and  star  of  their  hope, 

Bright  rising  through  calm  and  through  storm! 

To  thy  halls  we  were  led  in  the  bloom  of  our 

youth, 
From  the  home  of  our  earlier  years, 
When  our  fathers  had   warned  and  our  mothers 

had  prayed, 
And  had  blessed  us  through  fast  falling  tears; 
Thou  then  wert  our  parent,  the  nurse  of  our  soul, 
We  were  nurtured  and  moulded  by  thee, 
Till,  frighted  and  treasure  of  knowledge  and  hope, 
We  were  launched  upon  Destiny's  sea. 

Now,  as  pilgrims,  we  come  to  re-visit  thy  shrine, 

On  the  morn  of  thy  glad  Jubilee, 

And,  with  kindlings  of  spirit  at  memory's  flame, 

Pledge  anew  our  allegiance  to  thee. 

Here  the  good  and  the  great  in  the  years  that  are 

gone, 
Consecrated  to  labor  and  care, 
Poured  the  oil  of  their  love  on  the  fire  of  their 

zeal, 
That  thy  name  might  be  honored  and  fair. 

Farwell!    Be  thy  destinies  honored  and  bright, 

While  thy  children  thy  motto  defend, 

And,  through  "Character,  Scholarship,  Culture," 

prepare 
For  "Service,"  man's  worthiest  end; 
Nor  let  Wisdom  out-worm,  moor  thy  bark  to  its 

side 
As  the  current  of  Progress  glides  by  — 
Be  the  Bearer  of  Light  and  the  Herald  of  Love 
While  the  red  and  the  black  wave  high. 


Adapted  from  "Fair  Harvard"  for 
Mansfield  Semi-Centennial,   1912 


1 

i 

I 
ra 

I 

§ 

( 
I 

'4 

i 


I 

i 
i 

i 

Kg 
1 

SB 
1 

i 

95 

i 

A 

§5 
1 

1 

Sg 

1 


85 

■   'JK'  .'JK*  ,*^,v  'JK'  ,'JKt*.. ,*»*»•.  sJK:. s&s  S-&S  *%*.*. sJnt:*txKt**wK*?. s.JKr\**&i:. .%«.•■. .%»►:.. -%»»•   ■*•*••.. ..vw.*.. .<%«.?.. . '<&*?■. ..-•*«.*, s&s.. ..*««.•, ..••^.•, ..%»•-.  .*•<»*.. .-\W.  .■■.*•■•. ,•-..». -. .-^a .••t^w.t-. ..-%«•*.. ..U&-.. .,%j 


80 


D 

E 

L 

P 

H 

I 

C 

S 


The  fraternity  was  disbanded  by  Dr.  Straughn  in  1914  but  it  continued  to  meet  on  a  regular  basis  long  afterward.  Left  to 
right  —  first  row  —  Robert  Dix,  Clarence  Mott,  William  "Slim"  Lloyd,  Olan  Mittan,  Harold  Strait,  Hormer  Dudley.  Second  row 
—  Tracy  Laurenson,  William  "Buddy"  Norman,  Sheldon  "Jack"  Frost,  Paul  Allison,  Burr  Deivey,  Charles  Dickinson,  Went- 
worth  (Babe)  Vedder.  Third  row  —  Virgil  Dudley,  Harold  Adams,  Myron  Baxter,  Rayburn  Smith,  Earl  Hobbs,  Dewey  Miller. 
Fourth  row  —  Fred  Hardy,  Leonard  Reibe,  Sanford  Vedder,  Professor  George  B.  Strait,  Clark  James,  Everett  Stephens. 

81 


1910-19:      MANSFIELD  FAIR 


MUSIC  STUDIO 


82 


NEW  MODEL  SCHOOL 


CLIONIAN  -  DELPHIC  GATHERING 


-     *    jEt"-  A   ' 

>  ,•■.. 

a    -4-  -i^X^* 

Jl.  &.    A     3 

iV  1  KW 

^^$&Mam 

nm 

iisi 

filfll 

H^     - 

'-BJlI 

STUDENT  WORKERS 


CAMPUS  DRILL 


83 


CLASSROOM  LECTURE 


DORMITORY  LIVING 


TENNIS  TOURNAMENT 


COMMENCEMENT 


84 


1914:  Dr.  William  Ringgold  Straughn  Appointed  Principal 


DR.  STRAUGHN 


PROFILE 

Dr.  Straughn  was  born  April  23,  1882,  in  Mar- 
della  Springs,  Wicomico  County,  Maryland,  son  of 
Reverend  John  Lee  Straughn,  a  Methodist  Minister. 

He  received  his  early  education  in  the  public 
schools  of  Maryland  and  Delaware,  later  entering 
Baltimore  City  College,  from  which  he  was  gradu- 
ated with  honors  in  1902.  From  City  College  he  en- 
tered Johns  Hopkins  University,  from  which  insti- 
tution he  was  graduated  in  1905.  While  taking  his 
post-graduate  work  at  Johns  Hopkins  he  taught  in 
the  public  schools  of  Baltimore,  and  in  Baltimore 
City  College,  later  going  to  Millersville  (Pa.)  State 
Normal  School  as  head  of  the  department  of  English 
and  Pedagogy.  There  he  remained  for  six  years  — 
the  last  two  years  as  assistant  to  the  Principal.  In 
1908  he  received  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
from  Kansas  City  University. 

While  at  Millersville  he  was  elected  City  Super- 
intendent of  Schools  in  DuBois,  Pa.,  remaining  about 
two  and  a  half  years,  until  elected  Principal  of  Mans- 
field Normal. 

He  was  a  member  of  the  American  Political  Sci- 
ence Association,  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Club,  and  of 
a  number  of  literary  organizations. 

For  several  years  he  was  a  reporter  on  Balti- 
more daily  newspapers,  and  also  an  occasional  writer 
for  magazines,  both  of  poetry  and  prose.  His  first 
book  was  "Home  Authors  —  Pennsylvania." 

Dr.  Straughn  lectured  at  Teachers'  Institutes, 
High  School  Commencements,  and  on  special  occa- 
sions. On  literary  and  educational  questions  he  was 
within  his  realm  and  held  a  unique  place.  Among 
the  leading  educators  of  the  State  he  stood  as  a  po- 
tent factor.  By  his  prudence  Mansfield  Normal  under 
his  leadership  made  marvelous  strides  and  took  her 
place  on  the  pinnacle  with  similar  institutions. 

Dr.  Straughn  was  a  profound,  broad  and  keen 
thinker,  and  a  man  of  liberal  thought.  His  affable 
manner,  his  generous  desire  to  aid  the  humblest  stu- 
dent was  at  all  times  in  evidence. 

Source:      The   Carontawan,    1918 


85 


86 


GONDOLIERS 


1915-1916:     RELAY  TEAM.     Left  to  right  —  Irvin  Frances,  Kim  Marvin,  Emory  Rockwell   (coach),  Grant  Carpenter,  and 
T.  Foley. 

87 


1916-1917:    Announcements 

DANCES  —  Only  the  old  dances  are  permitted.  A  committee  from 
the  faculty  is  always  in  charge.  On  each  Wednesday  evening,  imme- 
diately after  supper,  the  younger  ladies  may  dance  in  the  lower  corri- 
dor of  North  Hall.  Victrola  music  is  used.  On  Friday  evenings,  from 
6:30  to  7:15,  all  of  the  students  who  care  to  dance  are  permitted  to  use 
the  gymnasium  —  one  of  the  largest  in  the  state.  A  new,  hardwood 
floor  has  recently  been  constructed.  Piano  music  is  furnished  by  the 
students  and  members  of  the  faculty.  All  of  the  dances  are  very  in- 
formal, and  because  of  the  care  taken,  and  exercise  and  pleasure  de- 
rived, cannot  be  objected  to  by  even  the  most  pronounced  opponents 
of  dancing.  Only  one  formal  dance  is  given  a  year.  This  is  to  familiarize 
students  with  social  customs. 

LITERARY  —  Four  Literary  Societies  have  taken  the  place  of  the 
exclusive  fraternities.  They  are  open  to  boys  and  girls.  Members  of 
the  faculty  attend  the  meetings  and  act  as  directing  critics.  The  Normal 
Spotlight  (purely  a  student  publication)   appears  every  two  weeks. 

DINING  ROOM  —  Students  are  carefully  assigned  to  places  by  the 
preceptress.  At  the  week  end  students  are  permitted  to  visit  at  other 
tables.  In  this  way  there  is  a  freedom  in  the  dining  room  that  adds  to 
the  pleasure  and  profits  of  school  life. 

HEALTH  —  We  take  every  precaution  to  insure  the  health  and 
safety  of  the  students.  The  water  and  the  milk  are  pure  (frequently 
tested).  The  water  at  present  is  from  mountain  streams  and  private 
springs,  and  in  a  few  months  we  expect  to  have  our  own  private  supply 
from  several  artesian  wells  (now  being  driven),  thus  affording  the  most 
complete  assurance  of  protection  to  health.  The  school  owns  a  herd  of 
cattle,  but  also  purchases  a  large  supply  from  a  local  dairyman,  who  is 
well-known  for  sanitary  precautions  adopted  by  him. 

RELIGIOUS  SERVICES  —  Attendance  on  Sunday  mornings  is  com- 
pulsory, at  the  church  of  the  choice  of  the  student,  unless  excused  for 
religious  reasons.  A  short  Vesper  service,  lasting  a  half  hour  on  Sun- 
day evening,  is  conducted  by  the  Principal  or  a  member  of  the  faculty. 

RESTRICTED  ACTIVITY  —  There  are  no  saloons,  public  bowling 
alleys  or  billiard  rooms  within  ten  miles  of  this  Normal  School. 

MOTION  PICTURES  —  The  Normal  School  is  in  possession  of  two 
high  grade  motion  picture  machines.  One  is  a  Pathescope  (French 
made)  which  uses  non-inflammable  films;  the  other  is  a  No.  6B  Powers, 
of  the  latest  type,  which  uses  the  so-called  standardized  films.  The  pur- 
pose of  the  school  in  installing  these  machines  is  to  present,  from  time 
to  time,  the  students  and  others  interested  with  wholesome,  elevating 
pictures  —  the  kind  that  are  educative  as  well  as  entertaining.  To  this 
end,  films  will  be  displayed  which  are  adaptations  of  recognized  works 
of  drama,  fiction  and  comedy. 


Model  3074 

FOR  THE  NORMAL  FIGURE 
Made  of  fancy  material,  trimmed 
with  lace.  Has  low  bust  and  long 
skirt,  9 '  7 -inch  front  clasp  and  4 
supporters.  WHITE.  Sizes  19-2S 
Price  $1.50.  This  is  one  of  the 
newest  Kabo  models  and  is  very 
popular  at  the  price. 


Advertisement  which  appeared  in 
The  Spotlight    (May   1917) 


88 


*  -i  9   *  * 


- 


#i^. 


*^rs 


K8p«#.i 


^^WiCs,-'-' 


m 


'■::  ... 


MANSFIELD,  HAIL! 


▼rttteo  to  1917. 

Vigoroso. 


Will  George  Butler,  Mus.  Doc 
Class  of  1897 


Hitw  1 1 


m 


m 


1.  Old  Mans- field,  high   up  -  on    the 

2.  The  world     is     bet  -  tcr    for    the 

3.  We    nev  -   er    can    for -get    the 

4.  The   vis   -  ion  that    we  caught ba 


-T- 


i 


east  -  em  hill,  DeartMans- field.hai!  to  thee! 
bea  -  con  light  Which  thou  hast  shed  a- broad, 
days  we've  spent  With  -  in  thy  hal-low'd  walls, 
-neath  thy      spell    Has      o  -  pened  up      th:     way 

4- 


mm 


-p— r 


g 


TT^ 


FT 


Thy  loy  -  al  sens  and  daughters 
Strong  hearts  are  stronger  for  the 
We'll  learn  sometime  what  all  your 
To         op    -   por-  tun  -  i    -  ty     and 


IS 


with  a  will  Sa  -  lute  in  rrel  -  o  -  dy. 
test  -  ing  fight  That  leads  men  up  to  God. 
les  -  sons  meant  When  lar  -  ger  du  -  ty  calls, 
serv  -  ing     well       Up  -  on       the  KingJshigh-way. 


■ n b»-    i  I 


:&— fc 


r^fm 


_ 

/  \n      m 

i 

1 "  V    '     J 

«   .      S      «         € 

*. 

.  -  *  i 

We   bring 
In         all 
For     ev  - 
We    love 

a      lau  -  rel  wreath     of  praise,  And  pledge  our  love  thro'     a 
the    va  -  ried  walks      of     life.       In    peace-  fu  I  paths  and  stre 
'ry    law    and    rule       of  thine-       Is    made      to      fit      our  life 
the  mem  -  'ry      of       thy  ways.Strong  lads      and    lass  -  ies    fai 

i 

S3 

3 

r 

the  days; 
of   strife, 
de  -  sign, 
as     fays; 

t-  }■  . 

i"V   I'll          i                i 

s  b  ii    »    -V-*- 

_* = b— 

-r-        L     I—  ■   (■ 

■*  •     *      *       # 

r  .  r  i   i 

1— 

-H — F- 

i    u  i    r  ' 

— «< ■ 

wm 


r — h — b- 


TTT  £  &'1    f 


=£ 


1 


Our      Al    -  ma    Ma  -  ter,  dear,  all    hail  to  thee!  Old  Mans- field,  hail  to  thee! 

We     find  thy  sons  and  daughters  true  to  thee,  Old  Mans- field,  hail  to  thee! 

We'll  con    •  se- crate  our  lives  to  Truth  and  thee,  Old  Mans- field,  hail  to  thee! 

Our     Al    -  ma  Ma -ter,  dear,  all    hail  to  thee,  Old  Mans- field,  hail  to  theel 


mBtft^HtH^Ftfrt^pri 


Copyrighi  1917  by  Will  George  Butlet 


f^V 


Old  Pennsylvania  of  Mine! 


Maestoso  t  tvirUaso. 

Words  and  Mnsic  by  Will  George  Butleb,  Mna.  Doo. 

,     i      i            h.    i      !     1      hi 

i 

Q>  7  J  I    i «— i—  - 

Ld-r— *— * •" 

j.  j  i  j 

J? — *— J 1_ 

L 

t 

1    Old     Penn  -  syl  -  van  -  i    - 

2.  With  -  iu       the  shade  of 

3.  I         love     thy    for  -  est  - 

4.  The     great    red  down,  0 

5.  We  thought    it    but     a 

6.  In    Flan-decs'  fields,  in 

•*  '    4     m — *-J 

a       of    mine,    I 
rort   Duquesne,  In 
cov  -ered  hills  Whe 
men    of     toil!  Tim 
na-tion's  birth,   But 
Pi  -   car  -  dy,    In 

m    .    -+-     m       -*- 

a     »    M_f_L>  •  ,    ^    r  - 1 

bow    me     at    thy    sa-cred  shrine  And 
>eace,   the     far  -  mer  sows  his  grain,  And 
re  sing  the    syni  -  pho  nies    of  mills,  Where 
glows   a  -  bove   the    bat -tie's  spoil,  Was 
now    we  know  that   all   the   earth   Was 
Saint  Go -bain,    in      It  -  al  -    y      Thy 

"*""  "P"    *       *      -   -    -      -         ! 

fe&B  •!  » 

L-- » — •- 

»  ■  §m^}w —=-- 

-*-•    * — j m — 

Er*-^t 

j»  '  w    i 1 — 

r — k— ' — ^— 

i w — » 1 

1 

V      i          | 

1 

'3 

*?= 

_, H    . 

— f*-j — -H 

i 

^=^k 

I 

— •— - 

-     f»    -I 

1 . 

)5 - 

r 

there 

bend 

coal 

first 

wak 

mar  - 

be  -  neath  God's  vault 

-  ing  har  -  vests    rich 
and  iron   and    stone 

dis-oerned   by      tons 

-  ing    to      the      rev    - 
tyred  sons  were    glad 

_i_J — r-_Szn 

-  ed  dome     I        swear 
ly  grow  Where  Sua  - 

and  wood  Were  stored 
of     Penn  Who  here 
eil  -  le     That    ush   - 
to    fall    That  Lib   - 

-'  "  *-f — '—^ — «-i 

a    vow    for    home,  sweet  home!  The 
que  -han-na'a     wa  -  ters  flow.  Where 

by  Him  who  called  them  good.     I 
de  -  clared  the  great    A  -  men!   Thro' 

era   in      the    gold   -   en  day!  And 

er  -  ty    might  Live      for     all.     Old 

_    -»-    :£:     -«-•-*--- 

•*-■!—      1—        f—        1-     -S-      -«- 

ge  : 

— # — 1» »  — 

•    - 

»  ~ — » — • — »— 

—m-- 

r— i— 

-j 

1 

k*— r- 

=t= 

I      •         '       ' 

L-1 

-^ — r-      h 

i 

~8» 

■[■- 

m^m 


S^~i.S 


m 


$*-*»- 


^1=8=*=^ 


m 


Key  -  stone  State  that  binds  the  whole,  With  pride  we  look  np  -  on  thy  scroll  And 
once  the  red  man  held  his  rule  Now  reigns  the  com  -  mon  pub  -  lie  school,  And 
love  the  thrift  that  seeks  these  stores  Wrought  by  the  sons  of  ma  -  ny  shores,  Who 
Val  -  ley  For  -  ge's  win  -tier's  snows,  Through  Get-tys-burg's  deep  bit  -  ter  throes  The 
so  thy    In  -  de  -   pen-dtnee  Bell    Pro-  claims  the    tid     ings  ''God  moves  well, "And 

Penn  -  syl  -  va  -  ni    -   a,       to    thee  The  world  stands  debt  -  or,    purged  and  free,  To 

"     "     "*"  -         ->-.  _   .  1 

= m * — i—*-1 — * a 


m 


->-! — r 


-v-r 


-t — i 


1      1      J 

i 

N 

1 

f> : * !— J- 

-t|— *!—  f- 

=s~:  -* —2- 

— -j— 

—m- 

-£ 

H 

5'     ^.-4   «    * 

read      a  -  mong    the 
where  Wy  -  om  -  ing's 
by        their  sweat    of 
mar-  sballed  mes-  sen 
sings  with    all  earth's 
thee      we  pledge  our 

m  •    * — m — «— 

fr3H>— l • — • — •— 

I ^_- ^ ^ K 

bat    -  tie   scars  Thy 
war    cries  rang   Re  - 
brow  and  brawn  Have 
gers      of     light   Set 
flags    on-furled  The 
heart    and  hand,  The 

m  -  -f"    ff     f- 

«    -      ! * *~ 

glo   -   ry    writ    in 
ver  -   ber  -  afces    the 
brought  ns     to     the 
pin  -  ioned   dark  -  ness 
ho    -    ly     free  -dom 
fair  -   est  state    in 

gold 
an  - 
ireak 
in 
of 
all 

0   ■ 
— •— = 

— m— 

-  en 
vil's 

-ing 

•  to 
the 
the 

=*= 

-aJ — 

stajs! 
'olang. 
dawn! 
Sight.' 
world! 

land! 

IS 

41 

-^ — p  '    l^ — i 1 — 

bt^_ 

-r— I r- 

> 

H * — i — i — 

h— 

—\f- 

— & — 

-1 — 

41 

Copyright,  1919.  by  Will  George  Butler. 

Copies  of  this  song  for  school  or  community  singing  can  be  had  at  25  cents  a  dozen, 
or  §2.00  a  hundred,  if  cash  accompanies  order.      Address: 

MANSFIELD  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   Mansfield,  Pennsylvania. 


90 


DR.  WILL  GEORGE  BUTLER.  For  many  years  he  was  Mansfield's 
most  publicly  acclaimed  professor.  A  composer  and  musician,  he 
wrote  the  Alma  Mater,  "Mansfield  Hail"  and  numerous  other  musical 
compositions  including  "Old  Pennsylvania  of  Mine"  and  "Long  Live 
America".  In  1931  he  presented  President  Herbert  Hoover  with  a  copy 
of  "Long  Live  America"  after  the  hymn  was  officially  selected  by  the 
George  Washington  Bicentennial  Commission. 


PHILOSOPHY 

OF 

WILL  GEORGE  BUTLER 


DELIVER  a  message  of  Love  in  every- 
thing that  you  do.  The  world  may  be  slow 
to  recognize,  but  it  will  surely  get  the 
message. 

If  you  will  love  largely  enough  and 
be  kind,  some  day,  when  you  are  not  here, 
people  will  caress  the  inanimate  objects 
you  have  touched  and  meditate  deep  and 
long. 

He  that  loves  most,  lives  most,  for 
love  is  the  ruling  passion  of  Immortality. 

The  tree  of  Love  bears  the  fruit  of 
Kindness.  One  is  the  cause,  the  other,  the 
effect.    Neither  can  exist  alone. 

The  love  we  radiate  will  live  after  us. 
May  the  hate  we  have  scattered  abroad  be 
interred  with  our  bones. 

The  KIND  of  love  that  produces  help- 
fulness is  active  love,  and  there  IS  no  other 
kind. 

If  you  will  love  intensely  enough  the 
world  may  hate  and  crucify  you,  but  a 
Passion  for  humanity  on  Calvary  is  trium- 
phant and  will  draw  all  men  unto  it.  Love 
suffers  long,  is  kind  and  learns  to  kiss  the 

Will  George  Butler 
Source:     The  Spotlight,  March  1917 


91 


1917:  THE  SPOTLIGHT  STAFF.  Left  to  right,  first  row  —  Marjorie  Reed,  contributing  editor;  B.  B.  Powell,  editor; 
Elaine  Manley,  contributing  editor.  Middle  row  —  Donald  B.  Rockwell,  associate  editor;  Myron  B.  Deily,  associate  edi- 
tor; Prof.  Rupert,  faculty  adviser;  Harold  Strait,  business  manager.  Top  row  —  Maurice  Woodrow,  Rev.  Dimmick,  contribut- 
ing editor;  Harry  Taylor,  assistant  business  manager;  Joseph  Clarke,  contributing  editor. 


92 


->  •:♦><♦>>:♦:••:♦:•.>»:•';•»>:>»:< >»x>»x ;»x>»>>»>  •:♦>:•»:••:♦>•:♦>  •»:••»:••:♦>  •:<>  •»>  •:♦>  •:♦>  .»>  •»>  .»>  <♦>  :♦>  »>  .»>  .»>•:♦>  .»>  .*;.»>  :♦ 


1918:  JUL,  2>ea„, 

ZJne    Senior     L^ta.55     f-^reiident      oDeliveri      Ualedictoru     ^Atddi 


reiS 


EXCERPT  FROM  ADDRESS 

"...  People  in  general,  and  especially  the  generations  that 
are  to  follow,  will  judge  us  not  so  much  by  the  wealth  we 
amass  as  by  the  service  we  render  to  our  country  and  to  the 
world.  The  bases  will  not  be  for  what  we  do  for  ourselves 
but  what  we  do  for  humanity. 

.  .  .  Too  soon  our  memories  of  Mansfield  and  the  associations 
formed  here  may  become  but  dreams  of  the  distant  past. 
Perhaps  in  that  afterglow  of  life,  when  the  past  is  more 
vivid  than  the  present,  memories  of  Mansfield  will  return 
to  us  more  clearly  ..." 


He  was  described  in  the  Carontawan 
(1918)  as  follows: 

"Our  Worthy  President!  Look  at  him!  That 
patrician  brow!  Those  deep-set  eyes!  That  aristo- 
cratic nose.  And  forgive  him  these,  he  can't  help  it. 
He  is  an  all-round  man;  athletics,  Lit  work, 
studies  and  social  duties  all  claim  a  part  of  his  time. 
He's  dignified,  efficient  and  responsible.  We're  proud 
of  our  president." 


After  leaving  Mansfield,  Mr.  Dean  went  to  France  and 
served  in  World  War  I.  Then  he  joined  the  Postal  Service. 
Throughout  his  life  he  lived  the  words  of  his  valedictory  ad- 
dress, and  he  always  spoke  fondly  of  Mansfield. 

In  1980,  upon  his  death,  Mr.  Dean  expressed  his  lasting 
commitment  to  Mansfield.  He  left  over  $380,000  to  the 
school.  The  interest  on  the  endowment  is  used  to  provide 
scholarships  for  needy  students. 


* 

i 


8 

$ 


:♦: 
I 

:♦: 


:♦>•:«••:♦>•:«•  •:♦>  <♦:•  <♦:•  •»:••»:••:♦>•:♦>  <«••:♦>  •:♦>  •:«•  •:♦>  a-  •:♦>•:♦:•  •:♦>  •:♦>  •:♦>  •:«••:«•  •»>  •:♦:•  •:«•  •:«•  •:♦><«•  •:♦:•  •:♦>  •:♦:•  •:♦>  ■:♦>  •:«■ 


93 


1917-1920:       jClfe     at      WansfJd 


1917 

September  11  —  Arrived  in  Mansfield  by  Erie 
Flyer.  Thence  to  a  supper  of  spuds.  Home  was 
never  like  this! 

September  25  —  Military  Corn  Soup  for  din- 
ner —  one  could  occasionally  find  a  kernel. 

September  28  —  Dr.  Straughn's  Sociology 
class  defines  love. 

November  15  —  Girls  have  knitting  craze; 
carry  it  to  chapel,  but  are  gently  and  firmly 
barred  by  Dr.  Straughn. 

November  30  —  Dance  after  supper,  during 
which  Ray  and  Laura  had  a  falling  out.  She  has 
demanded  her  picture. 

December  2  —  Dr.  Swift  of  Anti-Saloon 
League  spoke  at  Vespers.  Gertrude  Smiles  is  thrill- 
ed thru  and  thru. 


1918 

January  14  —  Chief  attraction  —  the  Pond. 
Even  faculty  were  there  with  skates  on. 

February  8  —  Dr.  Straughn  dismisses  girls 
from  chapel  to  give  some  paternal  advice  to  boys. 

March  6  —  Hartley  Dean  calls  a  class  meet- 
ing to  decide  the  "kind  and  cut"  (quoting  Hart- 
ley)  of  the  girls'  class  day  dresses. 

March  8  —  Dr.  Straughn's  calm  announce- 
ment "No  more  Sunday  visiting  until  further 
notice." 

March  13  —  Dr.  Straughn  tells  boys  to  wear 
their  flannel  shirts  again  at  the  first  Gym  Social 
in  Spring  Term. 

September  16  —  A  telegram!  M.  S.  N.  S. 
will  have  an  S.  A.  T.  C. 

September  17  and  18  ■ — ■  Maleless  classes.  All 
boys  working    (?)    at  the  Fair. 

September  24  —  More  new  men.  Tables  made 
larger.  Megaphones  in  common  use  to  talk  with 
the  hostess. 

October  5-6-7  —  In-flu  the  "flu".  -  Nuff  sed! 


October  8-9-10  —  "Flu,"  "Flu,"  "Flu." 

October   11-12-13-14-15   —  Flu  still  fluing. 

October   31   —  "The  Masquerade  Ball." 

November  11  —  Confirmation  of  German's 
rumored  surrender!!  Unbounded  excitement!! 
Greatest  in  the  annals  of  the  Normal.  Alternate 
dancing  and  parading.  Pseudo  cremation  of  the 
ex-kaiser.    Score  one  for  Peace!!! 

November  18  —  the  latest  attraction  — 
Army  Shoes. 

December  4  —  "The  Birth  of  a  Nation." 
Better  late  than  never.  Mansfield  always  gets 
there  give  her  time. 

December  7  —  First  in  the  annals  of  the 
school  —  A  "Military  Ball",  from  7  p.m.  until 
11:45   p.m.    Evryone  had   a  fine  time  and    11:45 


came  too  soon. 


1919 


January  1 5  —  Absence  of  fried  potatoes  for 
breakfast.    Yea  for  Steward  Brooks. 

February  12  —  The  "Y"  house  is  opened. 
Twenty  minute  calls  made  by  the  girls  (properly 
chaperoned)   lest  they  go  astray. 

February  18  —  An  extended  "suffrage  meet- 
ing" in  the  Library.  Weighty  question  under  dis- 
cussion. 

March  12  —  Boy's  night  at  the  "gym". 
Foote  and  Kernan  give  a  thrilling  exhibition  of 
"shimmy  dancing." 

April  24  —  Track  team  left  for  Philadelphia. 
Sent  off  with  cheers  from  the  students  on  the 
Arcade. 

April  26  —  The  dancers  frolic  for  an  hour 
and  a  half  in  honor  of  our  Relay  Victory  at 
Philadelphia. 

September  12  —  Gym  social.  Everyone  out 
for  the  first  dance.  How  nice  the  Gym  looks 
with  new  seats. 

September  14  —  First  Sunday.  Girls  experi- 
ence first  attack  of  "homesickness".  Dr.  Straughn 
speaks  in  Vespers. 


September  20  —  Tennis  courts  are  filled  and 
"bench  tennis"  very  popular. 

September  23  —  No  more  sitting  in  back 
seats  during  chapel  exercises.  We  get  our  cell 
numbers. 

October  8  —  Everyone  is  happy  or  at  least 
could  be.    Cider  5*  a  glass  at  Love's. 

October  12  —  Boys  "strike"  for  better  eats. 
Great  confusion  as  they  left  dining  room. 

October  14  —  The  "sentenced"  is  pro- 
nounced, "strikers"  are  social-privileged."  No 
more  Sunday  visiting  until  after  Nov.  7. 

November  1  —  Mansfield  plays  at  Strouds- 
burg.  With  the  beginning  of  the  coal  strike,  we 
have  "lightless"  suppers,  too. 

November  25  —  Dr.  Straughn  gives  the  boys 
a  little  advice  on  how  to  get  their  lights  out  at  ten. 

November  29  —  Dance  again,  even  a  "Jazz 
Band"  at  the  Gym. 


1920 

January  27  —  Boys  overstep  the  half-hour 
privilege  at  9:30  p.m.  As  a  result  they  now  study 
until  9:45. 

February  8  —  Boys  anxiously  awaited  the 
arrival  of  the  new  nurse.  Dr.  Straughn  very  wise- 
ly selected  a  very  motherly  woman. 

February  26  —  Boys  do  not  eat  too  much, 
or  rather  too  long  at  your  Sunday  dinner  parties, 
for  social  privileges  may  be  deprived. 

May  3  —  Dr.  Straughn  announces  that  Mans- 
field is  to  be  one  of  the  four  places  in  the  State 
to  have  an  Ambulance  Corps.  Cram!  Cram! 
Cram!    Cram!    Exams. 

May  6  —  Too  many  Love  sets  are  at  the 
Tennis  Courts.  Some  are  deprived  of  social  priv- 
ileges. 

Source:   Excerpts  from  "Chronicles" 
that  appeared  in 
Carontawans,  1918-1920 


94 


DRILL  AND  DISCIPLINE 


95 


1920:   The    New    Normal    School    Course 


The  new  course  of  study  as  adopted  and  approved  by  the 
Department  of  Instruction  on  March  23,  1920  is  perhaps  the 
most  advanced  and  far  reaching  educational  program  ever 
attempted  in  Pennsylvania.  It  has  been  carefully  planned, 
criticized  and  revised  through  months  of  labor,  and  has  the 
approval  of  the  leading  educators  of  the  day.  It  places  the 
training  of  teachers  on  the  same  broad  basis  as  the  training 
required  for  any  of  the  great  professions,  dignifies  and  exalts 
the  Normal  Schools,  which,  beginning  with  next  September  go 
on  a  collegiate  basis  of  two  years,  and  the  graduates  here- 
after automatically,  by  the  requirements  for  admission,  are 
four  year  high  school  graduates,  and,  by  the  requirements  for 
graduation,  also  will  be  received  in  the  Junior  year  at  college. 
In  other  words  the  New  Course  is  two  years  of  college  work, 
with  all  the  advantages  which  come  to  a  young  man  or  young 
woman  who  also  holds  a  life  diploma  to  teach  in  any  grade 
from  the  kindergarten  up  to  and  including  the  high  school. 

Fifteen  units  of  high  school  work  are  required  for  ad- 
mission. A  Secondary  Department  will  be  maintained  to  give 
students  who  lack  required  entrance  units  an  opportunity  to 
make  up  these  separately  or  in  connection  with  the  Normal 
Course,  if  the  program  will  permit.  Students  living  in  towns 
that  maintain  four-year  high  schools  must  obtain  their  required 
units  at  home,  (except  under  very  special  conditions),  but  the 
Secondary  Department  will  be  of  benefit  to  those  who  have  no 
high  school  opportunities  at  home,  or  who  have  only  three- 


year  high  schools,  in  which  case  they  can  board  at  the  Normal 
with  all  the  advantages  it  offers,  at  as  small  expense  as  in  a 
neighboring  town.  A  student  may  complete  the  required  fif- 
teen units  in  the  Secondary  Department  in  whatever  time  his 
ability  will  permit,  and  is  not  kept  back  by  pupils  of  slower 
growth.  The  tuition  is  free  to  all  who  are  seventeen  years  old. 

After  students  have  been  in  attendance  in  the  Regular 
Normal  Course  a  semester,  they  will  elect  the  group,  as  Kin- 
dergarten-Primary, Intermediate  Grades,  Grammar  and  High 
School,  or  Rural,  as  major,  with  broad  opportunities  for  elec- 
tives  in  all  college  subjects.  However,  graduation  from  one 
group  does  not  limit  the  teaching  to  that  group,  but  the  di- 
ploma is  good  for  any  grade  of  teaching  from  Kindergarten 
up  to  and  including  High  School. 

The  special  departments,  as  Music  and  Drawing  Super- 
visors', Home  Economics,  continue  and  will  require  three 
years'  attendance.  State  certificates,  without  further  exam- 
inations, will  be  granted.  The  special  Kindergarten  course 
now  maintained  will  be  combined  with  Group  I  of  the  Normal 
as  Kindergarten-Primary   (two  years),  with  life  diploma. 

Extension  and  Correspondence  courses  will  later  be  avail- 
able under  the  new  plan. 


Source:      The   Normal  Quarterly,   May   1920 


96 


1920-1929 


A  STRAIGHT  PATH  TO  A  HIGHER  LIFE 

Is   Offered   Through   the   Courses   at 

Regular  Normal  —  Group  I,  II,  and  IV  for  grade  teaching,  two 
years  in  length.  College  credit  of  two  years  allowed.  Group 
III,  preparing  for  teaching  in  Junior  and  Senior  High  Schools, 
three  years  in  length.  College  credit  of  two  to  three  years, 
depending  upon  electives  taken. 

Music  Supervisors'  —  Prepares  for  the  teaching  and  the  super- 
vision of  music  in  the  grades  and  high  schools.  Three  year 
course.  Best  positions  in  the  state  opened  to  graduates  of  this 
course. 

Home  Economics  —  Prepares  for  teaching  and  supervision  in 
the  grades  and  high  schools.  Three  year  course.  One  of  the 
best  courses  that  a  young  lady  can  take.  The  students  manage 
their  own  cottage  under  teacher  supervision. 

WILLIAM  R.  STRAUGHN,  Ph.  D.,  Principal 


In  1920,  a  new  era  of  expansion  began  when  the  Com- 
monwealth purchased  the  school  from  the  stockholders,  and 
the  State  Department  of  Education  announced  further  changes 
in  the  Normal  School  teacher  training  curriculum.  Under 
the  new  standards,  only  high  school  graduates  could  be  ad- 
mitted, and  the  two-year  Normal  course  became  recognized 
as  two  years  of  regular  college  work.  A  year  later  in  1921, 
the  State  Legislature  made  music  a  required  subject  in  ele- 
mentary schools  and  the  demand  for  music  teachers  increased 
sharply.  Mansfield,  along  with  West  Chester  and  Indiana, 
were  made  the  official  training  centers  for  Public  School  Music 
Supervisors,  and  eventually,  Mansfield  became  the  first  state 
teachers  college  in  Pennsylvania  to  grant  a  degree  in  music 
education. 

To  meet  the  new  demands  in  education,  Dr.  Straughn 
shifted  the  school's  programs.  By  1922,  he  phased  out  the 
special  programs  in  art,  elocution,  business,  and  college  pre- 
paratory; and  he  upgraded  the  teacher  education,  music,  and 
home  economics  programs.  In  teacher  education,  four  curric- 
ula were  made  available:  Kindergarten-Primary,  Intermediate 
Grades  4-6;  Grammar/Junior  High  School,  7-12;  and,  Rural 
School  Teaching.  In  the  music  program,  the  conservatory 
course  remained,  but  it  became  overshadowed  by  a  new  pro- 
gram in  Public  School  Music  Supervision.  In  home  economics, 
the  program  was  reorganized  not  only  to  meet  the  need  for 
home  economics  teachers,  but  to  meet  the  expectations  of  the 
"new  woman"  —  that  is,  the  woman  who  had  just  gained  the 
right  to  vote,  who  was  intelligent,  and  who  wanted  to  be  the 
ideal  homemaker.  In  fact,  one  college  brochure  describing 
home  economics  highlighted  a  quote  attributed  to  Mrs.  Calvin 
Coolidge:  "I  look  for  a  revival  of  the  homey  household  arts. 
Such  a  revival  may  not  bring  about  the  peace  of  nations,  but 
I  firmly  believe  it  will  aid  in  bringing  peace  within  our  homes, 
and  this  will  be  more  far-reaching  than  we  realize." 

During  the  20's,  prospective  students  were  told  that 
"there  is  but  little  sickness  in  Mansfield."  The  area  was  com- 
monly described  as  "The  Garden  of  the  Six  Nations"  —  allud- 
ing to  the  Indian  tribes  that  once  lived  in  the  region.  Also, 
with  the  growing  popularity  of  the  automobile  and  the  newly 
constructed  Route  6,  the  brochures  emphasized  that  "Mans- 
field is  favorably  situated  in  relation  to  Pennsylvania's  im- 
proved roads  .  .  .  The  Susquehanna  Trail  (Route  15)  and 
the  Roosevelt  Highway   (Route  6)   cross  at  Mansfield." 


97 


During  this  time,  the  enrollment  expanded  to  about  one 
thousand  students,  and  the  school  had  some  trouble  accommo- 
dating the  growth.  As  a  result,  admission  standards  became 
more  selective,  the  free  tuition  policy  was  eliminated,  an  in- 
creasing number  of  students  were  housed  off-campus,  the 
school  year  was  reduced  from  40  to  36  weeks,  the  summer 
school  program  was  greatly  expanded,  and  a  branch  of  Mans- 
field was  established  at  Muncy. 

Indicative  of  the  pressure  for  housing,  in  1927,  prospec- 
tive students  were  advised  that  all  rooms  had  to  be  converted 
to  doubles.  In  fact,  some  of  them  were  informed  that  they 
might  have  to  temporarily  share  a  bed. 

By  the  mid-20's,  Dr.  Straughn  had  become  a  prominent 
advocate  of  raising  the  State  Normal  Schools  to  a  collegiate 
status.  In  1926,  the  State  Council  of  Education  passed  a  reso- 
lution authorizing  Mansfield  to  offer  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
grees in  elementary  education,  secondary  education,  music, 
and  home  economics.  However,  due  to  a  legislative  error, 
Mansfield  officially  remained  a  Normal  School  until  May  1'3, 
1927.  On  that  day,  Mansfield  Normal  became  the  first  state 
teachers  college  in  Pennsylvania.  Principal  Straughn  became 
President  Straughn. 

Meanwhile,  the  school  constructed  a  new  house  for  the 
President,  a  new  YMCA  building,  a  heating  plant,  a  new 
junior  high  school,  and  plans  were  prepared  for  the  con- 
struction of  a  new  auditorium  to  replace  the  one  in  old  Alumni 
Hall. 

Despite  the  newly  attained  collegiate  status  of  the  insti- 
tution, students  were  referred  to  as  "boys  and  girls"  rather 
than  "ladies  and  gentlemen"  or  "males  and  females."  The 
terminology  reflected  the  continuing  paternalistic  perspective 
of  the  administration.  In  Dr.  Straughn's  view,  student  life  was 
to  be  closely  supervised  and  it  was  to  be  based  on  the  theme 
that  Mansfield  provided  "A  Straight  Path  to  a  Higher  Life." 

Students  were  regularly  lectured  about  proper  etiquette. 
Although  church  attendance  became  "advised"  instead  of  "re- 
quired," Straughn  emphasized  traditional  religious  values. 
Students  were  told  that  their  dress  should  be  "simple,"  and 
that  "elaborate  day  and  evening  dresses  should  not  be  worn." 
As  a  general  rule,  lights  were  supposed  to  be  out  at  ten  o'clock 
in  order  that  students  received  the  proper  rest.  To  maintain 
the  beauty  and  orderly  appearance  of  the  campus,  Dr. 
Straughn  informed  students  that  he  would  personally  enforce 
punishment  of  those  who  walked  on  the  grass. 

The  students  of  the  20's  were  mostly  females.  In  fact, 
usually  there  were  about  three  or  four  females  for  every  male 


student.  The  imbalance  was  obviously  favorable  for  the  male 
who  wanted  a  date,  but  it  often  meant  that  many  females  had 
to  organize  their  own  activities.  Thus,  it  is  not  surprising  that 
most  of  the  new  organizations  of  the  20's  were  for  females: 
Girls  Athletic  Club,  Girls  Hiking  Club,  Girls  Outdoor  Club, 
Domicilian  Club,  Girls  Dramatic  Club,  The  Downtown  Wom- 
en's Council,  and  the  Girls  Glee  Club.  Most  of  the  school  rules 
relating  to  curfews  and  smoking  were  more  restrictive  for  the 
females  than  for  the  males.  However,  it  is  also  noteworthy 
that  while  "the  boys"  were  required  to  pay  a  deposit  fee  for 
damages  of  ten  dollars  (§10.00),  "the  girls"  only  had  to  pay 
five  dollars  ($5.00). 

In  sports,  the  competition  became  keener  and  the  teams 
did  not  do  as  well  as  in  former  years;  however,  the  1926  and 
1929  basketball  team  did  claim  the  state  championship.  Ten- 
nis lost  some  of  its  popularity  as  more  students  turned  to 
swimming,  hiking,  and  other  outdoor  activities.  Musical  pro- 
grams, operas,  plays,  and  carnivals  were  quite  popular,  and, 
the  main  social  event  of  the  year  became  the  Senior  Prom.  In 
1921,  the  school  newspaper  was  renamed  The  Semaphore,  and 
then  in  1926,  The  Flashlight. 

In  general,  the  Roaring  Twenties  were  reflected  in  life 
at  Mansfield.  But,  just  as  the- Stock  Market  Crash  of  '29  was 
a  setback  in  progress  for  the  society  in  general,  so  too  it 
slowed  growth  at  Mansfield. 


MANSFIELD  GRADUATES 
AGAIN  LEAD 


In   Wilkes-Barre   Examinations  All 
Win   High   Positions. 


Last  June  when  examinations  were  given  in 
Wilkes-Barre  for  selection  of  candidates  to  fill  city 
teaching  positions,  there  were  representatives  from 
five  Normal  Schools,  including  Mansfield.  The  posi- 
tions were  awarded  according  to  the  ratings  and  all 
Mansfield  graduates  passed  with  highest  averages 
and  were  awarded  the  positions.  This  same  thing 
has  occurred  many  other  times  and  we  are  proud 
of  the  Alumni  and  the  School  that  has  such  an  en- 
viable record. 

Source:      The  Semaphore 

November  27,  1920 


98 


INTERIOR  OF  YMCA 


Y.   M.  C.  A. 

"Erected  in  1920  in  the  rear  of 
the  gymnasium,  "The  Y"  is  to  be 
devoted  exclusively  to  the  religious 
and  recreational  activities  of  the 
boys.  They  have  their  own  building, 
which  contains  reading  room,  rest 
room,  and  a  large  auditorium.  The 
interior  is  as  cozy  as  it  is  beautiful. 
A  large  fire-place  is  in  one  end  of 
the  building.  Pennants,  athletic 
trophies  and  pictures  of  school  or- 
ganizations create  an  atmosphere  of 
activity  and  loyalty.  A  large  porch, 
ten  feet  wide,  runs  almost  the  entire 
length  of  the  building.  The  struc- 
ture cost  $10,000.  Bowling  alleys 
will  soon  be  added.  This  building  is 
under  the  supervision  of  a  director. 
It  is  felt  that  the  use  of  this,  as  plan- 
ned, will  be  a  powerful  uplift 
among  all  boys,  as  it  is  in  no  way 
sectarian.  So  far  as  we  know,  this  is 
the  only  building  of  its  kind  at  any 
of  the  schools,  and  is  strictly  in  line 
with  the  purposes  of  this  school  to 
remain  at  the  front  in  developing 
young  men." 

Source: 

The  Normal  Quarterly 

August  1920 


EXTERIOR  OF  YMCA 


99 


1920:     A  NEW 
HOUSE  WAS 
CONSTRUCTED  FOR 
THE  PRINCIPAL 


100 


/ / lanifield   the   ^J\eudt 


one 

The  Thirteen  Normal  Schools  are  passing  thru  a  reconstruction.  We  are  proud  that  Mansfield  has  caught  the 
spirit,  answered  the  challenge.  Today,  at  the  close  of  the  first  year  of  reconstruction,  it  stands  out  as  setting  a  high- 
water  mark  among  the  Normal  Schools  in  Pennsylvania. 

The  idea  behind  the  program  of  reconstruction  is  to  make  the  teacher-training  colleges  of  the  State  more  effi- 
ciently meet  the  responsibility  of  fitting  teachers  to  instruct  our  youth  and  mold  public  opinion.  To  do  this  properly, 
each  School  must  reach  out  to  the  people  with  an  interest  more  than  purely  local.  The  School  must  have  a  vision 
State-wide  in  its  conception,  with  an  ambition  unlimited  in  the  purpose  of  service  to  humanity  and  society  in  general. 
Such  a  program,  efficient  in  the  State,  could  not  fail  to  be  felt  nationally,  it  would  help  solve  the  problems  of  adjust- 
ment to  effects  of  the  World  War. 

Mansfield  has  admirably  answered  the  challenge.  We  need  only  recall  a  few  instances  for  proof  that  our  Normal 
stands  upon  a  high  plane  of  accomplishments  and  indeed  deserves  the  title  of  "Keystone". 

In  November  of  this  year,  Mansfield,  aided  by  the  efforts  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  secured  and  made  successful,  the 
First  Annual  Student  Conference  of  State  Normal  School  Young  Men's  Christian  Associations.  By  making  this  a  suc- 
cess, has  been  instituted  a  program  State-wide  in  its  influence.  Its  aim  to  help  the  Schools  train  and  develop  young 
men  for  Christian  leadership,  is  big  enough  to  make  it  everlasting  important  and  desirable  to  continue. 

Our  Normal  is  the  first  in  the  State  to  provide  its  Y.  M.  C.  A.  with  a  building  and  our  local  Association  is  proof 
of  our  advanced  position  in  this  respect. 

Mansfield  has  been  one  of  the  three  selected  to  maintain  a  Special  Course  in  Music  and  its  supervision  for  public 
schools.  Our  Conservatory  of  Music  has  become  State-wide  in  reputation  thru  "Old  Pennsylvania  of  Mine",  written  by 
our  Supervisor,  Dr.  Butler.    We  rejoice  with  pride  in  this  progressive  position. 

Our  Y.  M.  C.  A.  has  caught  the  spirit  of  Community  Service  and  thru  the  splendid  help  of  Dr.  Straughn  and  the 
co-operation  of  the  School,  their  Gospel  Team  of  young  men  was  permitted  the  chance  to  reach  the  public  in  twenty- 
two  community  programs.  Their  aim  is  to  encourage  young  people  to  be  strong  in  "Playing  the  Game  and  Winning  in 
Life,"  answering  the  call  of  an  age  which  is  demanding  of  them  "For  Man's  sake  to  be  Godly  and  for  God's  sake  be 
Manly."  This  is  a  new  program  for  any  Normal  School  and  has  opened  a  big  field  for  the  right  kind  of  Service  as  well 
as  one  of  the  best  means  for  development  of  Christian  leadership.  The  Y.  W.  C.  A.  has  also  sent  out  a  Gospel  Team  of 
young  ladies  and  their  program  is  large  for  next  year. 

May  14,  1921,  the  High  Schools  of  this  District  were  brought  together  by  our  Normal  for  the  first  time  in  a  Field 
Meet.  Interest  in  this  was  large  and  the  meet  will  be  an  annual  institution  from  now  on.  This  gives  an  incentive  to 
proper  development  and  training  of  young  men  and  young  ladies  in  clean  and  wholesome  athletics  which  contribute 
toward  success  in  later  life. 

Mansfield  State  Normal  School  is  "there",  she  has  "delivered  the  goods"  of  a  big  contract.  To  her  belongs  the  high 
position  she  has  won  with  merit.  To  her  also  comes  the  responsibility  of  maintaining  this  position  and  setting  the  pace 
for  the  whole  teacher  training  force  of  Pennsylvania.  She  can  do  it.  She  will  do  it  as  long  as  her  aims  are  high  and 
energy  boundless.   This  year  passes  on  to  the  next  the  torch  held  high.  May  it  ever  "Light  the  Way  to  Better  Teaching." 

—GEORGE  E.  HUNT 
Source:      The  Semaphore,   June   1920 


101 


1920's:      HOME  ECONOMICS  PROGRAM  EXPANDS. 


102 


1930's:      MUSIC  SUPERVISOR'S  PROGRAM  EXPANDS. 
Students  became  known  as  "soupies". 


CLASS  OF  1923 


103 


1920's  DORM  ROOM 


1926:     STATE  CHAMPIONSHIP  TEAM 


L-i 


1920's:      ROAD  CONSTRUCTION.    With  more  cars  and  improved  roads,  it  became  easier  to  travel  to  Mansfield.    Commuting, 
going  home  on  weekends,  and  visiting  by  friends  and  family  became  more  commonplace. 


104 


1920's:      THE  POOL.   In  order  to  swim  in  the  pool  an  individual  had  to  pass  a  special  physical  examination.    Male  and  female 
students  usually  swam  at  different  times. 


105 


106 


NORTH  HALL  RECEPTION  ROOM 


'C^Ti' 


■W\?l 


9 


ft 


i  cf  - 


.J 

[ 

rr 

&I 

1 

1             ' 

HP 

"ijflffc-- 

108 


1926:     THE  MANSFIELD  STATE  NORMAL  BAND.   Professor  John  Myers  is  the  director. 


1927:  Mansfield   Becomes  Teachers    College 

Tuesday,  October  25,  1927,  was  a  memorable  date  in 
the  history  of  Mansfield  State  Normal  School.  At  11  o'clock 
on  that  day  Mr.  Henry  Klonower,  representing  the  State  De- 
partment of  Public  Instruction,  presented  to  the  school  through 
Dr.  William  R.  Straughn,  a  decree  which  gave  the  school  full 
power  to  give  four  year  courses.  With  this  came  the  power 
to  grant  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 


109 


Mansfield  Students  of  the  "Roaring  Twenties" 


no 


MUSIC 


J10&ii'aF'M» 


©bAmAtic 


Illustrations  by  "Tibby"      (Stephen  Budash  '28) 


111 


1920's:      FROM   MANSFIELD  TO 
THE  MAJOR  LEAGUES 


MIKE  "Gazook"  GAZELLA.  Playing 
with  the  New  York  Yankees,  he  shared 
the  limelight  with  such  stars  as  Babe 
Ruth  and  Lou  Gehrig. 


JOE  SHAUTE.  In  1904,  he  became 
the  first  major  league  pitcher  to  win 
twenty  games.  At  the  time,  he  pitched 
for  the  Cleveland  Indians. 


112 


RULES   FOR  THE  SOPHOMORE  HOP 

After  the  dance  Saturday  night  it  was  felt  that 
some  new  rules  should  be  formed,  so  the  self- 
appointed  committee  for  Bigger  and  Better  Dances 
got  busy  and  this  is  the  result  of  their  labors: 

1.  Must  not  neck  while  dancing.  (There  is  a  time 
for  everything) . 

2.  Girls    should    touch    lightly    partners'    elbow. 
(And  no  love  pats). 

3.  Must  dance  at  least  13  V2  inches  apart. 

4.  Dance  with  head  and  body  erect,  so  that  there 
will  be  no  friction. 

5.  Fellow  must  not  stick  out  hips  so  girls  can  ride 
them. 

6.  Should  take  slow  stately  steps  regardless  of  the 
music. 

7.  Dresses  should  be  at  least  six  inches  below  the 
knees.    (Short  dresses  will  not  be  tolerated). 

8.  Must  not  crowd  the  faculty  corner. 

9.  Conversation    while   dancing   must   pertain   to 
school,  weather  and  true  stories. 

10.  No  moonlight  dances  as  they  are  suggestive  of 
most  anything  in  the  minds  of  SOME  people. 

Source:      Flashlight,  February  27,  1928 


RULE:      NO  WALKING  ON  THE  GRASS 

With  the  approach  of  spring  comes  danger  to 
the  college  campus.  With  the  melting  of  winter 
snows  and  the  downfall  of  spring  rains  the  campus 
becomes  soft  and  muddy.  The  greatest  care  must  at 
this  time  be  taken  to  insure  a  beautiful  lawn  later  in 
the  spring  when  students  will  appreciate  it  the  most. 

If  thoughtless  individuals  go  rambling  across 
the  lawns,  sliding  down  the  terraces  and  cutting  the 
sod  up  in  general,  they  are  due  for  a  much  deserved 
punishment.  Dr.  Straughn  will  deal  personally  with 
any  offenders.  He  realizes  the  value  of  a  beautiful 
campus  and  the  necessity  of  unlimited  care  of  it 
at  this  time  of  the  year.  He  wants  every  student  to 
feel  some  responsibility  in  gaining  this  end,  a  beau- 
tiful campus.  Later  in  the  spring  many  visitors  will 
be  coming  to  M.  S.  T.  C  and  no  student  would  be 
proud  of  lawns  made  unsightly  by  terraces  that  were 
cut  up  and  lawns  zig-zagged  by  a  network  of  paths. 

Come  on,  everybody,  let's  co-operate  with  Dr. 

Straughn  and  help  to  keep  the  best  looking  college 

campus  in  the  state.  It's  part  of  your  duty  -  don't  fail. 

Source:      Flashlight,   March   19,   1928 


1920:  Rule  Bending 


Cigarette  smoking  was  forbidden  to  women,  so 
in  the  afternoon  when  classes  were  over,  there  was 
an  exodus  to  the  cemetery  on  Pickle  Hill.  Students 
smoked  nervously  behind  the  monuments  and  yet 
felt  secure  in  the  knowledge  that  a  graveyard  was  a 
most  unlikely  place  to  look  for  transgressors.  It  was 
a  bit  difficult  to  be  decorous,  choking  and  coughing 
and  scrunched  down  behind  a  tombstone. 

The  main  objective  in  those  days  at  Mansfield 
was  getting  away  from  the  campus  on  weekends,  to 
go  to  Elmira  to  to  parties  and  dances  not  subject  to 
early  curfew  and  chaperones.  It  was  a  matter  of  ac- 
quiring a  friend  and  co-conspirator  in  Mansfield  and 
to  whose  house  one  could  sign  out  for  two  days.  Com- 
munity students  were  always  geographically  popular 
as  .  .  .  well,  popular. 

Dancing  in  those  days  was  a  close  encounter  of 
the  Twenties  kind  —  campy,  cozy,  and  cohesive.  It 
involved  the  male  clutching  his  partner  to  his  manly 
chest  while  skylarking  around  the  dance  floor  cheek 
to  cheek.  Invariably  after  a  gym  dance  some  of  the 
girls  were  invited  into  the  dean's  office  for  a  lecture 
on  correct  and  ladylike  deportment.  And  it  was  a 
matter  of  extreme  bitterness  that  the  females  were 
always  held  solely  responsible  for  the  "improper" 
shenanigans.  Imitations  of  the  dean  delivering  her 
saintly  sermons  were  a  part  of  all  dorm  entertain- 
ments. And,  of  course,  when  tar  paper,  to  dim  the 
daylight  was  tacked  over  the  gym  windows  for  the 
Frosh  Frolic  (at  4  p.m.)  the  decoration  committee 
received  a  memorable  exhortation  on  "propriety" 
and  "seemly  behavior." 

In  the  late  Twenties  the  MSC  water  tower  hill 
was  a  forest  of  trees  and  bushes,  a  veritable  lovers' 
nest,  and  officially  off  limits,  but  a  scene  of  consider- 
able illicit  necking  (a  dowdy  word  that).  To  lolly- 
gag  in  the  shadow  of  a  hemlock  was  shockingly  sin- 
ful and  invited  harsh  penalties.  Even  so,  the  "shad- 
ows" were  often  reserved  by  resourceful  Romeos. 

The  MSC  girls  loved  tennis  and  they  were  mad 
at  the  current  fashions,  so  they  staged  a  fashion  re- 
bellion which  brought  forth  a  stern  admonition  and 
a  warning  that  calves  were  in  and  knees  were  out. 
Tennis  being  what  it  is  the  beleaguered  dean  found  it 
difficult  to  enforce  her  idea  of  decorum  in  the  midst 
of  a  full-speed  rally. 


And  students  certainly  did  protest  in  those  days, 
and  criticized  professors  and  staged  a  rally  now  and 
then.  One  lady  teacher  with  a  penchant  for  the 
young  men  in  her  class  gave  all  A's  to  the  goldbrick- 
ing  males  and  C's  and  D's  to  the  females.  The  re- 
action was  vocal,  loud,  hostile,  and  definitely  unlady- 
like and  soon  heard  by  the  dean  of  instruction.  After 
investigation  he  negotiated  a  mutual  concession  deal 
between  the  teacher  and  the  indignant  girls  with 
ERA  in  their  hearts  and  term  grades  on  their  minds. 
There  is  strength  in  union  and  a  collective,  indecor- 
ous tantrum  won  that  round. 

Source:      Phyllis  Owen  Swinsick, 

"The  Good  Old  Days  at  Mansfield 
Offer  Moments  of  Hilarity" 
Wellsboro    Gazette,    November    24, 
1982 


113 


Frosh    Rules    For    Girls 


Mansfield,  Pa. 
September  10,  1929 
Dear  Mother, 

We  arrived  safely  at  Mans- 
field about  4:30.  I  met  several 
nice  girls,  and  I  hope  I  like 
school.  Everything  seems  so 
large  and  I'm  afraid  I'll  get  in- 
to the  wrong  room. 

When  unpacked  I  missed  my 
ivory  comb.  I  believe  it's  on  my 
dresser;  also  my  white  pumps 
at  the  foot  of  my  bed  and  I 
must  have  my  bathrobe,  as  it's 
so  cold  up  here  in  the  hills.  To- 
night for  dinner  we  had  boiled 
potatoes  and  roast  beef  and 
gravy.  Nobody  ate  much.  I 
was  hungry,  but  didn't  eat.  If 
you  have  time,  send  me  a  choc- 
olate cake  and  some  sandwich- 
es and  a  few  pickles,  too;  any- 
thing will  taste  good. 

I  must  go  to  a  meeting  for 
the  freshmen,  will  write  later. 

Love, 
Mary 


The  purpose  of  initiating  the  Fresh- 
men is  to  help  them  become  better  ac- 
quainted with  upperclassmen  and 
rules  of  M.  S.  T.  C.  Remember,  girls, 
we  were  all  frosh  at  one  time,  so  be 
a  sport!  All  rules  last  for  a  period  of 
one  week  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Begins  September  16,  continues  to 
September  22: 

1.  Know  school  songs  and  cheers 
by  the  end  of  the  first  week. 

2.  Know  Social  Regulations  in  a 
general  way  by  October  1st.  Examin- 
ation will  be  given  by  Tribunal. 

3.  Don't  cut  chapel,  classes,  or 
friends. 

4.  Freshmen  girls  shall  announce 
arrival  of  callers  on  social  evenings 
—  as  appointed  by  Tribunal. 

5.  Freshmen  may  not  wear  athletic 
letters  or  numerals  earned  in  any 
other  school  or  college  except  Mans- 
field. 

6.  Deference  must  be  shown  to  fac- 
ulty and  upper  classmen. 

(a)  Open  doors  for  faculty  and  up- 
perclassmen. 

(b)  Rise  when  spoken  to  by  faculty 
and  upperclassmen. 

(c)  Do  not  talk  back  to  upperclass- 
men when  being  instructed  by  them. 

7.  Freshmen  may  not  use  the  up- 
holstered furniture  until  after  Thanks- 
giving. 

8.  All  freshmen  must  stay  in  M.  S. 
T.  C.  the  second  week-end  unless  giv- 
en special  permission  by  Tribunal. 

9.  Freshmen  must  greet  all  persons 
they  meet  on  campus. 

10.  All  freshmen  must  attend  all 
college  athletic  events,  all  class  meet- 
ings and  pep  meetings. 

11.  By    October    1st    all    freshmen 


must  pay  class  dues,  $1.00,  and  stu- 
dent government  dues,  50e. 

12.  All  frosh  girls  must  wear  two 
green  head  bands  touching  the  top  of 
the  eye-brow.  After  September  20th, 
these  bands  must  be  transferred  from 
the  head  to  the  arm,  until  October  1. 

13.  Wear  lisle  stockings  for  a  per- 
iod of  two  weeks,  beginning  Septem- 
ber 16. 

Note  —  Lisle  stockings  will  be  nec- 
essary for  gymnasium  work. 

14.  No  cosmetics  or  jewelry  of  any 
kind  may  be  worn  for  a  period  of  one 
week,  beginning  September  16. 

15.  No  dates  to  be  accepted  by 
Frosh  unless  granted  permission  by  a 
member  of  the  Tribunal.  If  the  Trib- 
unal sees  fit  such  date  must  be  accom- 
panied by  a  chaperone. 

16.  A  green  crepe  made  of  crepe 
paper  must  be  hung  in  the  middle  of 
the  door  of  each  frosh's  room.  Names 
must  be  placed  above  these  crepes. 

17.  All  frosh  must  sit  in  their  des- 
ignated section  at  chapel. 

18.  Frosh  girls  must  not  converse 
with  frosh  fellows. 

19.  Frosh  girls  must  surrender  ten- 
nis courts  after  their  first  set,  to  the 
uperclassmen,  during  first  month  of 
school. 

20.  Roll  call  will  be  taken  at  all 
times  when  freshmen  are  assembled 
by  Tribunal. 

21.  If  at  any  time  the  members  of 
Tribunal  are  in  need  of  assistance, 
frosh  must  do  so  joyfully. 

22.  Tribunal  will  give  permission  to 
any  upperclassmen  to  punish  any  dis- 
respectful frosh  when  reported. 

Source :      The  Flashlight 

September   13,   1929 


114 


STUDYING  IN  THE  LIBRARY 


115 


116 


STRAUGHN  AUDITORIUM 


1930-1939 


STRAUGHN  AUDITORIUM 


The  Great  Depression  stymied  the  growth  of  the  col- 
lege. After  having  an  enrollment  of  over  one  thousand 
students  during  the  1920's,  there  was  a  steady  enrollment 
decline.  In  the  fall  of  1930,  there  were  746  students  enrolled; 
by  1935,  the  figure  slipped  to  600,  and  by  1939  to  about  570 
students.  Still,  throughout  this  period,  Mansfield  remained 
one  of  the  largest  of  the  fourteen  state  colleges,  usually  fourth 
in  enrollment  behind  Indiana,  West  Chester,  and  Slippery 
Rock. 

Despite  a  decrease  in  enrollment,  Mansfield  developed  in 
other  respects:  several  new  buildings  were  constructed,  aca- 
demic standards  became  more  vigorous,  and  the  school  as- 
sumed a  more  collegiate-like  atmosphere. 

The  decade  began  in  the  fall  of  1930  with  the  dedication 
of  Straughn  Auditorium,  a  beautiful  building  named  in  honor 
of  the  college  president.  The  fact  that  the  building  was  named 
after  Straughn  reflected  his  tremendous  influence  and  respect 
among  both  faculty  and  students.  At  the  same  time,  while  the 
construction  of  Straughn  Audiorium  represented  the  beginning 
of  a  new  era,  the  closing  up  of  the  North  Hall  "Well" 
symbolized  the  end  of  a  former  era.  For  almost  fifty  years, 
students  could  stand  in  the  heart  of  North  Hall  and  look  up- 
ward with  awe,  often  hearing  the  sounds  of  music  at  the  very 
top  of  the  building.  During  the  annual  Christmas  celebration 
students  on  each  floor  gathered  at  the  well  to  sing  in  unison. 
But,  in  the  interest  of  safety,  the  state  requested  that  the  well 
be  sealed  off  on  each  floor. 

In  1931  it  was  expected  that  students  would  spend  four 
years  preparing  to  be  teachers.  As  a  consequence,  a  wide 
range  of  other  changes  took  place.  Course  offerings  were  ex- 
panded, library  holdings  increased,  and  social  life  began  to 
reflect  the  differences  between  the  two-year  and  the  four-year 
student. 

The  students  of  the  30's  remained  mostly  females  who 
were  interested  in  becoming  teachers.    For  example,  in  1932, 


117 


about  75%  of  the  students  were  females.  There  were  no 
blacks,  and  no  foreign  students.  There  were  only  seventeen 
students  from  New  York  state,  and  one  each  from  New  Jersey, 
North  Carolina,  and  Massachusetts.  With  regard  to  religious 
preference,  most  of  the  students  were  Protestants.  For  ex- 
ample, among  the  music  students  in  1932,  there  were  twelve 
Methodists,  four  Presbyterians,  three  Lutherans,  two  Baptists, 
and  one  each  of  the  Church  of  Christ,  United  Brethren,  Evan- 
gelical, and  Episcopalian  faiths.  At  the  time,  there  were  no 
Jews  and  four  Catholics. 

Interestingly,  during  this  time  the  Irish  influence  which 
had  begun  in  the  20's  became  more  pronounced  as  students 
shared  in  special  interest  in  the  Irish  music,  and  literature. 
Also,  it  is  noteworthy  that  debating  became  quite  popular. 
In  fact,  in  1931  Mansfield  State  Teachers  College  formally 
established  debate  teams  and  engaged  in  debates  with  Clarion, 
Bloomsburg,  Elmira,  and  Kalamazoo  Teachers  College.  The 
topics  were  as  follows:  resolved,  that  the  present  chain  store 
tendency  is  detrimental  to  the  American  people;  resolved, 
that  state  medicine  should  be  adopted;  and,  resolved,  that  the 
European  indictment  of  American  culture  is  justified. 

In  1933  the  school  began  to  restrict  enrollment  to  200 
freshmen  and  admission  standards  were  upgraded.  Fresh- 
men were  expected  to  be  in  the  upper  half  of  their  high  school 
class,  and  before  being  accepted,  each  one  had  to  have  a  per- 
sonal interview  to  demonstrate  that  he  was  "free  from  any 
physical  or  mental  defect."  Indicative  of  the  "bright  new 
Mansfield  student"  of  the  30's  is  the  fact  that  over  10%  of 
students  in  the  freshman  class  of  1933  had  been  either  the 
valedictorian  or  salutatorian  of  their  high  school  class. 

Due  to  the  increasing  cost  of  providing  activities  for  stu- 
dents, in  1933  the  school  began  to  impose  a  student  activity 
fee.  The  fees  were  used  to  support  a  wide  range  of  new 
activities.  During  this  time,  the  popularity  of  the  YMCA 
and  YWCA  began  to  wane  in  favor  of  a  host  of  newly  organ- 
ized Greek  fraternities  and  sororities  among  which  were 
Kappa  Delta  Pi,  Phi  Sigma  Pi,  Phi  Mu  Alpha,  Pi  Gamma  Mu, 
Landa  Mu,  and  Omicron  Gamma  Pi.  At  the  same  time 
the  initiation/hazing  of  freshmen  became  quite  popular; 
student  government  assumed  a  more  direct  role  in  student 
affairs;  Homecoming  Day  was  instituted  (1936);  and,  the 
tennis,  wrestling,  and  football  teams  gained  prominence.  In 
1935,  and  again  in  1937,  the  wrestling  teams  were  undefeated ; 
and  in  1938,  the  football  team  was  undefeated.  In  fact,  the 
1938  football  squad  is  considered  one  of  the  best  in  the  col- 
lege's history  insofar  as  only  two  points  were  scored  against 
the  team. 


Amidst  the  many  changes  among  the  students,  there 
were  also  transitions  in  the  leadership  of  the  institution.  In 
1936,  after  twenty-four  years  of  service.  Dr.  Straughn  died  at 
the  age  of  fifty-four.  His  friend,  Dr.  Arthur  Belknap,  then 
served  as  acting  president,  until  the  appointment  of  Dr. 
Joseph  F.  Noonan  about  a  year  later. 

Dr.  Noonan  was  the  first  Catholic  to  become  president 
of  the  college  and  his  selection  by  the  Board  met  with  some 
religious  prejudice.  Nonetheless,  Noonan  quickly  proved  his 
administrative  skill  in  reshaping  the  institution  so  that  it  would 
be  less  paternalistic  and  more  "student-centered."  He  initi- 
ated a  re-organization  of  the  Student  Government  Association 
so  that  it  would  have  more  influence,  and  he  urged  student 
groups  to  become  affiliated  at  the  national  level.  He  also  in- 
stituted an  advisory  system  under  which  each  faculty  member 
was  assigned  responsibility  for  12  to  15  students.  To  broaden 
the  intellectual  experience  at  Mansfield,  Noonan  invited  a 
wide  range  of  lecturers  to  visit  the  campus. 

During  Noonan's  administration,  a  major  construction 
program  was  undertaken  to  upgrade  the  facilities.  Three 
buildings  were  completed:  an  arts  building,  to  house  the 
music  and  home  economics  departments,  art  and  health  class- 
rooms, and  the  home  management  apartment;  a  new  gym- 
nasium; and  a  new  elementary  training  school  building  (later 
named  Retan  Center). 

The  site  of  the  construction  of  the  Arts  Building  be- 
came somewhat  controversial  because  it  greatly  changed  the 
visual  appearance  of  the  campus  from  downtown.  Many 
townspeople  wanted  the  lawns  preserved  so  that  North  Hall 
would  remain  more  dominant  in  its  appearance.  Moreover, 
many  of  them  felt  that  it  detracted  from  the  beauty  of 
Straughn  Auditorium.  Nonetheless,  the  administration  was 
unable  to  find  another  suitable  site. 

At  the  same  time,  with  the  construction  of  the  new  gym, 
the  old  one  became  the  Student  Center.  And,  with  the  new 
Education  Center,  the  former  Model  School  Building  (Belk- 
nap Hall)  was  converted  into  college  classrooms  and  offices. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  throughout  the  30's,  the  state  col- 
leges often  charged  that  the  state  was  "starving"  them  in 
order  to  feed  the  state-related  schools  such  as  Penn  State.  As 
a  result,  many  people  were  surprised  that  Mansfield  received 


118 


the  large  appropriation  for  construction.  It  is  difficult  to  as- 
sign credit  for  Mansfield's  success  in  gaining  support  from 
Governor  Earle's  administration,  but  certainly  some  of  it  must 
be  given  to  Mary  Mclnroy  (later  Mary  Mclnroy  Shaffer).  A 
Mansfield  graduate,  she  had  become  quite  active  in  Demo- 
cratic politics  during  Governor  Earle's  administration.  Her 
service  as  chairperson  of  the  college  Board  of  Trustees  during 
this  period  was  probably  a  helpful  factor  in  the  college's  suc- 
cess in  obtaining  state  support.  But  in  1938,  with  the  election 
of  a  Republican  governor,  both  she  and  President  Noonan 
were  removed  for  political  reasons. 

On  August  1,  1938,  Dr.  Lester  Ade,  former  State  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction,  succeeded  Dr.  Noonan  as 
president  of  the  college.  That  same  year,  the  state  began  to 
require  four  years  of  training  in  order  for  one  to  receive  a 
teaching  certificate,  thereby  setting  the  stage  for  further 
changes  at  Mansfield  during  the  40's. 


GLIMPSE  OF  NORTH  HALL  WELL.  Imagine  looking  up- 
ward five  stories  with  students  from  each  floor  gathered  at 
the  well  and  singing. 


THE  WELL.  According  to  a  legend,  at  one  time,  a  lovely 
music  student  sitting  on  the  rail  of  the  well  on  the  upper- 
most floor  of  North  Hall.  Inspired,  she  began  singing  the  Alma 
Mater  with  such  beauty  that  all  of  the  girls  living  there  im- 
mediately stopped  what  they  were  doing  and  went  to  listen 
to  her  in  awe.  In  their  presence  the  young  lady  sang  with  even 
greater  enchantment.  But  soon  she  reached  a  point  of  such 
emotion  that  she  slipped  and  fell  into  the  well.  Of  course, 
upon  seeing  her  fall,  the  students  screamed  with  horror,  but 
the  young  lady  did  not.  Instead,  as  she  fell,  she  continued  to 
sing  the  Alma  Mater.  In  fact,  for  the  few  moments,  it  could  be 
heard  above  the  screams.  It  is  said  that  the  young  lady  was 
the  most  beautiful  woman  ever  to  appear  on  the  Mansfield 
campus  and  that  her  spirit  still  seeks  the  hearts  of  Mansfield 
music  students.  It  is  also  said  that  if  one  looks  closely  at  the 
floor  of  the  well  one  can  find  the  imprint  of  her  body.  It 
moves  in  the  rhythm  of  the  Alma  Mater. 


119 


120 


SCIENCE  BUILDING 


^^?. 


V-L-t-t  ■? 


l^«*i 


STRAUGHN  HALL   (Back  View). 


Editorial : 
DRESS  CONSCIOUSNESS  AT  MANSFIELD 

Watch  people  as  they  go  about  the  campus.  Is 
that  a  more  becoming  coiffure?  Is  that  a  more  care- 
fully gowned  girl?  Is  that  scheme  of  contrasting 
colors  better  than  that  girl  has  usually  worn?  Every 
girl  is  trying  to  sell  her  personality,  especially,  future 
teachers.  Girls  should  wrap  their  personalities  at- 
tractively. 

Source:      Flashlight,  February  27,  1932 


1933:  THE  ROSS  MULTIPLE  PIANO.  It  was  patented  by 
Prof.  R.  Wilson  Ross  of  the  music  department.  Its  purpose 
was  to  enable  a  music  teacher  to  instruct  five  or  more  students 
at  one  time  with  the  "equal  efficiency  of  the  usual  private 
lesson." 

122 


CAFETERIA  BREAKFAST 
A  NEW  FEATURE 

A  formal  breakfast  at  a  fixed  hour 
became  a  thing  of  the  past  at  the 
Mansfield  State  Teachers  College  this 
week,  when  the  institution's  new  caf- 
eteria plan  became  effective.  Students 
now  enjoy  individual  service  from 
7:00  to  9:00  each  morning,  a  real 
convenience  for  those  who  have  no 
early  classes. 

There  is  a  possibility  that  the  ser- 
vice may  be  extended  later  to  include 
luncheon. 

Source:      The   Flashlight 

September   17,    1934 


MONOPOLY  STARTED  AT 
MANSFIELD 

Monopoly,  the  game  which  is 
sweeping  the  country  today,  was  be- 
ing played  in  Mansfield  more  than  20 
years  ago,  according  to  Dr.  William 
E.  Straughn,  president  of  the  college, 
who  gave  the  details,  which  follow: 

In  the  fall  of  1914,  Dr.  Scott  W. 
Nearing,  then  instructor  in  economics 
at  the  Wharton  School  of  Finance, 
Philadelphia,  devised  a  game  which 
he  named  Real  Estate.  This  he  used 
in  his  classes  to  demonstrate  the  work- 
ings of  great  corporations  and  com- 
panies. During  the  Christmas  holi- 
days, several  of  Dr.  Nearing's  students 
introduced  the  game  in  Mansfield, 
where  it  became  quite  popular.  Some 
outfits  have  been  preserved  to  date. 

When  Monopoly  first  made  its 
appearance  last  spring,  Dr.  Straughn 
and  other  Mansfield  people  recognized 
it  immediately  as  Real  Estate  under 
another  name.  Excepting  minor  vari- 
ations, the  two  games  are  identical. 

Source:      Flashlight 

February,   1936 


1936:      "MY   MARYLAND"   OPERA. 


123 


TABLE  TENNIS 


CLASS    IN    HOUSECLEANING.     Miss    May    Matson,    Home 
Economics  Instructor,  is  supervising. 


MISS  LU  HARTMAN,  Professor  of  Home  Economics 


124 


HOME  ECONOMICS  COTTAGE 


J   W      BH^BI 

MMH 

W                                          * 

■i                 — 

126 


Arcade 


127 


16t'9"M 


128 


MRS.  GRACE  STEADMAN,  Professor  of  Music. 


RECOLLECTIONS:      POLITICS  AND  THE   BOARD 

by 

Mary  Mclnroy  Sheffer   ('21) 

I  was  appointed  as  a  trustee  of  the  Mansfield  State  Teach- 
ers College  by  Gov.  Earle  (elected  in  1934)  and  David  L.  Law- 
rence, Democrat  state  chairman.  My  mentor,  Emma  Guffey 
Miller,  Democrat  National  Committeewoman  and  sister  of 
U.  S.  Senator  Joseph  F.  Guffey,  requested  that  my  appoint- 
ment be  made  with  the  understanding  of  the  other  board  mem- 
bers that  I  be  named  chairman  of  the  board. 

I  had  requested,  and  Gov.  Earle  nominated,  one  holdover 
from  the  old  board,  Mrs.  Mary  V.  Darrin.  Her  appointment 
had  been  made  originally  by  Gov.  Pinchot.  She  was  the  sister 
of  the  late  E.  A.  Van  Valkenburg,  well  known  Philadelphia 
newspaper  publisher  and  editor  and  one  of  former  Pres.  Theo- 
dore Roosevelt's  closest  friends.  Both  Miss  Marion  Stone,  an- 
other member,  and  Mrs.  Darrin  were  my  very  dear  friends. 

One  of  my  first  unexpected  observations  in  presiding  at 
board  meetings  was  that  Dr.  Straughn  was  accustomed  to  out- 
lining and  really  conducting  the  business  of  the  meetings.  The 
fact  that  I  had  my  agenda  set  up  seemed  to  irritate  Dr. 
Straughn.  In  retrospect,  I  can  understand  and  sympathize 
with  his  position. 

Dr.  Straughn  passed  away  on  August  21,  1936.  At  his 
funeral  I  had  a  very  upsetting  experience  when  I  heard  some- 
one say  loud  enough  for  me  to  hear,  "Wouldn't  you  think  she'd 
have  the  good  taste  to  stay  at  home?"  This  was  simply  an 
example  of  some  of  the  encounters  I  would  be  experiencing  as 
a  board  member. 

I  soon  learned  that  any  decision  concerning  the  college 
was  expected  to  have  the  approval  of  four  townsmen  of  Mans- 
field: Percy  Coles,  pharmacist;  Edwin  Coles,  editor  of  the 
weekly  Mansfield  Advertiser;  A.  H.  Vosburg,  local  banker 
and  owner  of  the  town's  only  ice  cream  parlor;  and,  Herbert 
Peterson,  local  merchant  and  Chamber  of  Commerce  presi- 
dent. These  gentlemen  were  leading  Republicans  in  town,  and 
our  board,  with  one  exception,  was  made  up  of  Democrats! 

The  Board's  immediate  concern  was  to  find  a  new  presi- 
dent for  the  college.  We  expected  to  conduct  a  search,  but 
we  had  learned  that  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  In- 
struction, Dr.  Lester  K.  Ade,  already  had  someone  in  mind 
whom  he  expected  us  to  elect  to  the  position  of  president. 

Dr.  Ade's  preemptory  attitude  did  not  "set  well"  with 


me  as  chairman  of  the  board.  He  was  persistent  and  began 
calling  the  men  board  members  individually  to  Harrisburg 
for  conferences  and  to  see  favor.  This  further  annoyed  me, 
especially  since  I  had  learned  that  his  proposed  nominee,  a 
former  school  official  in  a  distant  part  of  the  state,  had  already 
been  requested  to  relinquish  his  position  there. 

The  "cat  and  mouse"  game  grew  in  intensity.  At  each 
of  our  board  meetings,  one  of  the  gentlemen  members  would 
quote  Dr.  Ade  and  speak  in  defense  of  his  candidate.  In  the 
meantime,  Mrs.  Darrin,  Miss  Stone  and  I  stood  firm  and  con- 
tinued to  seek  a  desirable  candidate  of  our  own  selecting,  not 
one  dictated  to  us. 

Having  learned  of  a  very  fine  school  superintendent  in 
Mahonoy  City,  Schuylkill  County.  Miss  Stone  and  I  went  there 
to  observe  Dr.  Joseph  F.  Noonan.  We  were  delighted  with 
what  we  saw  and  heard,  and  then  we  contacted  the  president 
of  the  local  school  board.  He  stated  that  he  didn't  know  how 
the  board  would  get  along  without  Dr.  Noonan,  but  that  he 
would  not  stand  in  his  way  were  we  to  select  him. 

Since  I  was  employed  in  Harrisburg  I  was  commuting  to 
Mansfield  practically  every  weekend  for  Saturday  morning 
board  meetings.  One  of  the  gentlemen  would  get  up  to  nom- 
inate Dr.  Ade's  candidate  or  speak  in  opposition  to  anyone 
else  being  nominated,  and  I  would  rap  my  gavel  and  an- 
nounce the  meeting  in  recess.  Our  campaign  grew  hotter, 
especially  since  we  hadn't  consulted  the  gentlemen  in  town 
about  what  their  wishes  were. 

Finally  on  March  13,  1937  the  gentlemen,  quite  worn  out. 
ceased  their  opposition,  and  Dr.  Noonan,  after  a  favorably 
received  personal  appearance  before  the  board,  was  elected. 

Dr.  Ade  wasn't  giving  up  easily  and  continued  agitation 
against  our  selection,  but  the  appointment  was  finally  made 
effective  May  1st. 

Dr.  Noonan  assumed  office  immediately  and  began  a  de- 
tailed reorganization  of  all  branches  of  the  school's  admini- 
stration and  activities.  One  of  his  first  expressed  views  was 
that  we  needed  another  building  to  take  care  of  the  proposed 
increase  in  official  activities.  He  also  called  for  a  greatly  in- 
creased budget  to  include  erection  of  the  new  building.  The 
board  stood  solidly  behind  his  recommendations.  One  of  them 
was  the  need  for  a  replacement  for  a  disintegrating  water 
reservoir.    This  was  done  in  due  time. 

As  I  look  back  now  on  what  was  really  only  a  two-year 
(1937-39)  association,  it  seems  incredible  to  me  that' Dr. 
Noonan  and  the  board  accomplished  so  much. 


129 


Even  before  Dr.  Noonan  was  officially  appointed,  there 
was  a  new  problem  to  be  faced.  A  rumor  had  been  circulated 
all  over  Tioga  County  that  Dr.  Noonan  was  Roman  Catholic 
and  that  I  was  personally  interested  in  turning  MSC  into  a 
Catholic  school.  Further,  it  was  rumored  that  the  Pope  would 
be  dictating  the  administration  of  the  college.  Remember,  this 
was  not  many  years  after  the  hotly  contested  presidential  cam- 
paign between  Herbert  Hoover  and  Alfred  E.  Smith  for  the 
U.  S.  presidency. 

On  Dr.  Noonan's  arrival  on  campus,  crosses  in  various 
parts  of  the  country  were  burned,  reputedly  by  anti-Catholic 
Ku  Klux  Klan  members.  I  was  referred  to  as  "that  girl"  who 
would  be  introducing  religious  controversy  into  school  affairs. 
Many  folks,  whom  I  considered  friends,  no  longer  spoke  to  me. 
Neither  did  the  townsfolk.  My  father  was  bombarded  by 
phone  calls  and  even  personal  attacks  by  former  friends.  To 
add  to  the  controversy  was  the  fact  that  our  Democrat  county 
committee  chairman,  Joseph  T.  King,  prominent  Lawrence- 
ville  businessman,  was  of  the  Catholic  faith. 

Some  of  the  attacks  on  me  were  so  vicious  that  my  father 
would  not  allow  me  to  drive  alone  at  night.  I  always  had  to 
be  home  at  an  appointed  hour  since  he  feared  someone  might 
"run  me  off  the  road." 

Somehow  I  lived  through  the  controversy,  and  eventually 
it  died  down.  Dr.  Noonan's  accomplishments  and  his  com- 
plete dedication  to  the  welfare  of  the  college  became  more 
and  more  apparent. 

But  ...    ! 

A  new  controversy  developed.  Dr.  Noonan's  recommen- 
dation for  the  new  Home  Economics  building  on  the  north- 
west corner  of  the  campus  was  approved  by  the  board  as  was 
the  budget,  including  costs.  The  project  was  ready  for  de- 
velopment. But  it  seemed  we  had  omitted  one  of  the  un- 
written laws.  We  hadn't  consulted  the  town's  businessmen 
about  where  we  would  locate  the  building. 

The  corner  selected  was  locally  and  vocally  opposed.  It 
developed  that  the  townspeople  objected  because  the  view 
of  North  Hall  from  the  main  street  would  be  obstructed. 

On  the  day  that  I  turned  the  first  shovel  full  of  soil  for 
the  foundation  of  the  building,  there  were  only  four  people 
to  witness  the  occasion:  Miss  Stone,  Mrs.  Darrin,  Dr.  Noonan 
and  Herbert  Peterson,  Chamber  of  Commerce  president. 

Later  in  Straughn  Hall  there  was  an  official  dedication 
ceremony.  I  had  asked  Gov.  Earle  to  officiate  at  the  dedica- 
tion.  There  was  a  hue  and  cry  that  the  "Governor  will  never 


come  here!"  But  we  went  on  with  our  plans.  I  was  to  speak 
and  introduce  the  Governor.  To  local  amazement,  Gov.  Earle 
arrived  by  plane.  He  landed  in  Williamsport  and  drove  in 
just  in  time  for  the  program.  The  auditorium  was  filled  with 
many  folks  who  were  convinced  he  would  not  attend.  I  am 
forever  grateful  to  him. 

I  truly  enjoyed  every  moment  of  my  time  as  a  member 
of  the  board.  I  recall  that  whenever  our  board  meetings  pre- 
ceded the  college's  luncheon  hour,  the  trustees  were  invited 
to  stay  for  lunch.  One  of  my  "pride  and  joy"  duties  included 
entering  the  dining  room  in  North  Hall,  accompanied  by  Dr. 
Noonan  and  others,  to  the  head  table  while  the  students,  al- 
ready at  their  tables,  stood  and  turned  toward  us.  I  could  not 
help  but  remember  how  I  had  stood  at  attention  during  my 
undergraduate  days  when  Dr.  Straughn  and  his  entourage 
entered  the  dining  room. 

In  the  fall  of  1938,  Arthur  James  was  elected  governor 
and  the  Republican  Party  returned  to  state  power.  Our  board 
met  with  Dr.  Noonan  and  after  summarizing  our  brief  but 
very  busy  tenure,  it  was  agreed  that  on  the  day  after  the  in- 
auguration in  January  1939  each  board  member  would  volun- 
tarily write  and  send  a  letter  of  resignation.  This  was  a  usual 
procedure  since  college  trustees  were  subject  to  political 
patronage. 

Imagine  our  surprise  the  second  day  after  the  inaugura- 
tion when  each  of  us  received  a  certified  letter  notifying  us 
that  under  provisions  of  the  law  we  had  been  removed  from 
the  board!  We  did  not  need  a  3?  postage  stamp  and  letter 
of  resignation  as  we  had  planned. 

We  had  never  inquired  if  Dr.  Noonan  had  political  views. 
I  assumed  because  of  his  very  successful  administration  of 
college  affairs  that  he  would  be  retained.  Soon,  however,  he 
was  dismissed.  In  turn,  he  was  elected  president  of  the  East 
Stroudsburg  STC.  He  remained  there  until  he  resigned  to 
enter  business  in  Philadelphia. 

I  am  one  of  twenty-one  first  cousins  in  the  Mclnroy  fam- 
ily on  my  father's  side.  Seventeen  of  us  graduated  from  Mans- 
field. 

I've  always  felt  indebted  to  MSTC  for  the  teacher  train- 
ing I  received  there  and  the  friendships  I  made  that  continue 
to  this  day.  I  had  many  activities  and  duties  in  the  State  De- 
partment of  Labor  and  Industry  and  in  branches  of  the  Demo- 
crat Party,  but  I  hold  my  responsibilities  at  Mansfield  in  un- 
surpassed regard.  Mansfield  has  a  proud  heritage  and,  in  my 
opinion,  has  always  lived  up  to  it! 


130 


1 


I  ft 


DR.  JOSEPH  F.  NOONAN 
President,  1937-39 


1938:  GROUND  BREAKING  (Arts 
Building).  Miss  Mary  Mclnroy,  Chair- 
man of  the  Board  of  Trustees  is  stand- 
ing with  the  shovel. 


1940:     NEW  GYMNASIUM. 


1939:  DEDICATION  OF 
BUILDING.  Gov.  Earle  is 
ground. 


THE   ARTS 
in  the  fore- 


1940:      ARTS    (Home  Economics 
and  Music)    BUILDING. 


1940:     NEW  EDUCATION  CENTER. 


INITIATION 


WRESTLING 


MADRIGRAL  SINGERS 


132 


MODEL  SCHOOL 


Front  row  —  Bonner,  Zavacky,  Brannan,  Cecere,  Dowd,  Sito,  Cheplick,  Sloan,  Lentini,  Carter.  Second  row  —  Terry,  Feldman, 
Manley,  Scanlon,  Yurcic,  Smith,  Lock,  Jones,  Silvi,  Cunningham,  Sheesley,  Benson.  Third  row  —  Mahon,  assistant  manager; 
Butsavage,  trainer;  McGinley,  Kisiliewski,  Marcikonis,  Hazelwood,  assistant  coach;  Brion,  Dwyer,  Taylor,  Casselbury,  Coach 
Martin,  graduate  manager  VanNorman. 


133 


*c*o£"r         st 


1939:     MAP  OF  GROUNDS  AND  BUILDINGS 


134 


DR.  LESTER  ADE 
President,   1940-41 


1940-1949 


DR.  WILLIS  PRATT 
President,  1941-43 


The  40's  were  turbulent  times  for  Mansfield  as  the  war 
brought  many  changes:  there  were  three  different  presidents; 
the  enrollment  fluctuated  dramatically;  cooperative  nursing 
programs  were  instituted,  and,  the  sex  and  age  composition 
of  the  student  body  changed.  At  the  beginning  of  the  decade 
the  student  body  consisted  of  mostly  females,  during  the  war 
it  became  almost  exclusively  females,  but  then  during  the  post- 
war period,  with  an  influx  of  ex-GI's,  it  became  mostly  males. 

The  40's  started  with  great  expectations.  The  campus 
had  a  forward-looking  appearance  with  the  new  buildings 
constructed  in  the  late  30's  and  most  people  felt  that  the  in- 
stitution was  well-prepared  to  experience  an  era  of  expansion. 
In  the  fall  of  1940,  the  new  president.  Lester  Ade,  established 
an  Educational  Museum  in  the  former  Model  School  to  en- 
hance the  image  of  Mansfield  as  the  center  for  educational 
resources  in  the  region.  In  addition,  during  his  administration, 
a  Psycho-Educational  Clinic  was  created  to  serve  the  needs  of 
school  children  in  the  region  who  were  experiencing  difficul- 
ties in  adjusting  to  educational  and  social  situations. 

In  October  of  1941,  Dr.  Ade  was  succeeded  by  Dr.  Willis 
Pratt  —  a  35  year-old  native  of  Pittsburgh  who  had  been  the 
superintendent  of  schools  in  Erie  County.  Quickly,  Dr.  Pratt 
sought  to  redefine  the  college's  role  in  what  he  termed  "the 
struggle  to  maintain  the  democracy."  As  a  consequence,  he 
organized  a  wide  range  of  war-related  activities.  For  example, 
a  special  Red  Cross  Nursing  Home  course  was  organized;  a 
national  defense  book  campaign  was  held;  and  Student  Cadet 
Nursing  programs  were  established  in  cooperation  with  Rob- 
ert Packer  Hospital  (Sayre)  and  the  Hahnemann  Hospital 
School  of  Nursing  (Scranton).  At  the  same  time,  too,  as  a 
war  emergency  measure,  in  1942,  the  school  announced  a 
special  three-year  program  to  enable  students  to  attain  the 
bachelor  degree.  Under  the  plan,  for  the  first  time,  students 
attended  school  for  three  straight  years  without  a  summer 
break.  In  January  1943,  as  a  further  effort  to  meet  the  war- 
time demands  for  training,  Mansfield  began  to  admit  high 
school  seniors  who  had  completed  all  but  the  last  half-year 

135 


of  the  standard  secondary  course.  To  facilitate  educational 
opportunities  for  full-time  workers,  the  college  offered  a  va- 
riety of  courses  on  Saturdays. 

In  June  of  1943,  the  trend  of  two-year  presidents  con- 
tinued when  Dr.  Pratt  accepted  a  commission  in  the  Military 
Government  Division  of  the  United  States  Army,  and  Mr. 
James  Morgan  became  the  president.  Unlike  his  predeces- 
sors, Mr.  Morgan  was  thoroughly  familiar  with  Mansfield. 
He  had  come  to  Mansfield  in  1921  as  Dean  of  Instruction  and 
he  had  gained  a  great  deal  of  respect  and  popularity.  As  ad- 
vice to  students,  he  often  referred  to  a  philosophical  quote 
attributed  to  William  James:  "The  great  use  of  life  is  to  spend 
it  for  something  that  outlasts  it." 

Among  students,  President  Morgan  was  affectionately  re- 
ferred to  as  "The  Prexy."  Morgan  fostered  student  pride  in 
the  efforts  of  the  institution  to  meet  national  needs,  and  he 
took  special  steps  to  honor  the  fifteen  Mansfield  students  who 
died  in  the  war. 

During  the  war,  due  to  an  uncertain  male  enrollment  and 
the  rationing  of  gas  and  tires,  it  was  necessary  to  curtail  the 
male  intercollegiate  sports  program.  Though  disheartening 
for  the  few  remaining  male  students,  the  action  did  have  a 
positive  side  insofar  as  it  afforded  a  unique  opportunity  for 
female  students  to  use  the  sports  facilities  to  develop  their 
talents  through  an  intramural  program.  It  is  noteworthy  too 
that  during  the  war,  females  assumed  many  leadership  roles 
in  the  institution  which  had  previously  been  held  by  male 
students.  For  example,  in  1940,  for  the  first  time,  a  female 
(Margaret  Thomas)  became  editor  of  the  Flashlight. 

In  1946,  with  the  return  of  male  students,  intercollegiate 
sports  enjoyed  a  spectacular  revival.  In  fact,  both  the  un- 
defeated 1946  football  team  and  the  1947  team  won  the 
state  championship.  With  the  influx  of  GI's,  enrollment  soared 
and  the  school  faced  a  shortage  of  housing.  To  accommo- 
date students,  Alumni  Hall  was  used  for  temporary  housing. 
At  the  same  time,  as  the  traditional  teacher  training  pro- 
grams regained  popularity  and  enrollment  climbed,  the  school 
eliminated  a  program  under  which  about  100  Penn  State 
freshmen  attended  Mansfield  before  going  on  to  University 
Park. 

By  1949,  the  campus  began  to  once  again  settle  back  to 
the  atmosphere  of  the  "pre-war  era."  The  green  skivvies  and 
military  jackets  became  less  apparent.  The  "bull  sessions" 
reverted  from  war  stories  to  dating,  new  cars,  and  "what  I'll 
do  when  I  graduate."   It  was  a  period  of  settling. 


1940's:     SHUFFLEBOARD 


1940's:     BOXING 


136 


1940's:      RECOMMENDED   WARDROBES 


Female   Students 

The  dormitory,  the  classroom,  and  the  village 
of  Mansfield  naturally  govern  the  appropriate  type 
of  dress.  Since  youthful  simplicity  characterizes  the 
wardrobe  of  the  well-bred  student,  sports  clothes  and 
tailored  frocks  are  first  on  the  list  which  follows: 

1.  Three  wool  skirts 

2.  Six  sweaters  or  blouses 

3.  Two  cotton  dresses 

4.  Two  simple  silk  or  wool   dresses 

5.  One  evening  gown 

6.  One  heavy  coat 

7.  One  sports  jacket 

8.  One  pair  of  sport  shoes 

9.  One  pair  of  evening  slippers 
10.  One  pair  of  dress  slippers 


-'3  ^     *^PJ»  -»• 

7»J  i  i        ^ 

m 

V 

Male   Students 

It  is  suggested  that  a  standard  of  personal 
grooming  and  appropriateness  be  set  up  and  main- 
tained dictating  the  type  of  informal  and  formal 
clothing  to  be  selected. 

1.  Slacks  and  sweaters  or  jackets 

2.  One  dark  suit  or  one  mixed  color  suit 

3.  One  light  topcoat 

4.  One  heavy  topcoat 

5.  One  pair  of  sport  shoes 

6.  One  pair  of  dress  shoes 

Source:      MSTC    Catalog,    1940-41 


137 


v    %^v ,  %^r.  .-%»s.  .-%»r-.  ,-^»^.  ,--%^r*  .••*!»%  ,.-ti»^  .^  ,*•*»*-..  .\t/,,vi'  .  .%«,*    •**»*. .  %*»•  ..%».*.. ..*^»*-. ..%»■*,, ..■•«»»  ,*a»*.. ,.%»•.. .--vlV;. .*^t*-  ,-vlv- ,-*jiv,  VIV  ,»^v.  ,*^  .-•?»?. ^aEwBBK 


i 

i 

i 

i 

i 

eg 

$ 
95 

$ 
69 

i 
i 

35 

i 

i 


i 

a* 


ra 
95 

§ 

36 

* 

J. 


1942-1946:  Anne  Gordon  Goes  To 
Mansfield  State  Teachers  College 


Anne  Gordon  was  a  high  school  senior  when  she  ate  a 
special  salad  prepared  by  Jane  Martin,  a  Mansfield  home- 
making  student.  It  was  so  good  that  Anne  became  interested 
in  going  to  Mansfield  to  learn  homemaking.  In  turn,  she 
attended  a  conference  for  homemakers  at  Mansfield  at 
which  she  was  informed,  "Homemaking  isn't  just  cooking 
and  sewing:  it  is  everything  which  makes  for  more  effec- 
tive and  happy  personal  and  family  living." 

Anne  next  met  with  Miss  Wittemeyer,  her  high  school 
guidance  instructor.  Miss  Wittemeyer  was  quite  enthusias- 
tic in  supporting  Anne's  interest  in  Mansfield.  She  praised 
the  program. 


Miss  Wittemeyer  told  Anne:  "Today,  in  professions 
and  industries,  women  are  placed  on  pretty  much  the  same 
level  as  men.  This  means  that  the  work  of  women  in  the 
home  has  been  revised,  that  attitudes  have  changed,  and 
that  new  demands  must  be  met  if  one  is  to  attain  worthy 
home  membership.  This  is  where  homemaking  education 
may  be  most  practically  applied.  Therefore  Anne,  on  com- 
pleting the  homemaking  education  courses  at  Mansfield  you 


should  be  one  of  the  new  skilled  workers  who  will  help 
make  these  necessary  changes." 

Anne  entered  Mansfield  and  on  Homecoming  Day  she 
met  Jane  Martin.  As  the  girls  entered  North  Hall,  Jane 
asked  Anne:  "And  how  do  you  like  Mansfield  and  home- 
making?" 


"Simply  swell  Jane  —  even  better  than  you  told  me  it 
would  be,"  answered  Anne.  "Not  only  is  there  fascinating 
study  and  experiment,  there's  loads  of  fun  —  never  a  dull 
moment." 

"Well,  the  next  three  years  are  going  to  be  even  more 
exciting,"  predicted  Jane.  "Next  year,  besides  continuing 
your  study  of  foods  and  clothing,  you'll  have  the  course  in 
consumer  education  and  that  unforgettable  course  in  ap- 
plied design,  in  which  you  study  the  history  of  costume  and 
make  those  adorable  marionettes  illustrating  the  dress  of 


Wi-"*  "i^iPi"  ".*^.     .*a^.'  ".*a^.' '  .**^.   '.^^.-"  '-.^i^*"  '.^B*.    '.^^.'  '.^^.    '.^K*i  '  V*V"   .***.   W.'  '.**!*.     .*a^«     *^V   W.     .^V.   '  '.^V  ''.*MJV  ''.*MV*  "-.*»V  "i*MSV"  '".^V"  'i^V  '■'.r4B•.' '  .*JP.     .'A1*.     .V.     .***.     .V.     .***.     .***.     .'.P.   *.^^.'  %^KV* 


138 


K.   'A'«  A*    .-'*•«■*     •****     *****     *****     *»*■*  ...*****.    *****-*«***..****•   .'*'  W   .*«***.•«******.•     *****     *♦*.*     *•*.*%*••     *♦**•     ****•     **JV     *****     *****     **********     *****     *.****♦*.*     *****.***»•     *•*,*     *«*,*     •,*,*     ****•     *«**•     *,*,*     *J 


various  periods.   Remember  the  Queen  Elizabeth  on  my  bed 
at  home?    She  was  my  project." 


After  commencement,  Anne  lay  on  a  hammock  discus- 
sing her  future  with  her  aunt.  The  aunt  asked :  "Anne,  what 
are  you  going  to  do  with  that  degree?" 


X 


'-  »-i. ' 


'<*\r>l 


Anne  smiled.  "Well  Auntie,  with  that  degree,  I  could 
do  a  lot  of  things.    Want  to  know  what?" 

Susan  Gordon  nodded. 

"Well,  I  could  enter  any  one  of  a  number  of  commer- 
cial or  industrial  fields.  I  could  become  a  dietitian,  a  stylist, 
an  interior  decorator,  a  master  saleswoman;  and,  finan- 
cially, I  probably  could  do  better  following  one  of  these 
aspects  of  homemaking  than  following  some  others." 

"Or,  I  can  teach,  work  with  young  people  —  whom  I 
love  —  continue  to  grow  in  my  profession,  and  contribute 
something  to  the  community." 

"Or,"  interposed  Susan  Gordon,  "marry  some  nice 
young  man,  be  a  homemaker  for  yourself  rather  than  for 
somebody  else,  and  forget  all  these  ideas  of  being  a  career 
woman." 


Anne  laughed.  "Not  so  fast,  Auntie.  Just  'some'  nice 
young  man  won't  do.  It's  got  to  be  a  particular  nice  young 
man;  and  right  now  he  has  all  he  can  manage  if  he  is  to 
complete  his  medical  course  next  year." 

"No,  I'm  not  ready  to  marry  yet  anyway,  Aunt  Sue," 
continued  the  girl.  "First  I  want  to  teach  —  to  pass  on  some 
of  the  skills  I  have  learned  and  the  ways  of  life  I  have 
mastered,  and  to  play  an  active  part  in  the  life  of  my  com- 
munity and  my  country." 


Source:  Abbreviated  account  from  a  brochure  entitled 
Anne  Gordon,  Homemaker  which  was  used  to  advertise  the 
Homemaking  Department  during  the  early  1940's.  Anne 
was  a  mythical  student  who  represented  the  ideals  of  the 
department. 


*::^:>:»: ;•»•:»:•:»: -a*  ^^-^  •:«•  •:♦>■  •:«• 


:♦; 
I 

* 


* 

n 


:♦: 


* 


V 


$ 


139 


1943:      MR.  JAMES  MORGAN,  President 


140 


'WAR  YEARS"  BAND    (all  female) 


141 


1943:      MANSFIELD  GRADUATE  IS 

CHIEF  JUSTICE  OF  THE 
PENNSYLVANIA  SUPREME  COURT 


CHIEF  JUSTICE  GEORGE  MAXEY 
He  graduated  from  Mansfield  in   1896. 


GEORGE  W.  MAXEY  was  born  in  Forest 
City,  Susquehanna  County,  on  February  14, 
1878,  son  of  Benjamin  and  Margaret  Evans 
Maxey.  He  attended  the  public  schools  of 
his  native  town.  He  was  graduated  from 
the  State  Normal  School  at  Mansfield  in  1S96, 
from  the  College  Department  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan  in  1902,  and  the  Law 
Department  of  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania in  1906.  He  was  admitted  to  the  Bar 
and  immediately  began  the  practice  of  law  at 
Scranton.  He  was  elected  district  attorney 
in  1913  and  was  re-elected  in  1917.  In  1919 
he  was  elected  judge  of  the  Court  of  Com- 
mon Pleas  of  Lackawanna  County  for  a  ten- 
year  term  and  was  re-elected  in  1 929  as  the 
candidate  of  both  the  Republican  and  Demo- 
cratic narties.  He  was  elected  justice  of  the 
Supreme  Court  of  Pennsylvania,  November 
4,  1930,  for  the  full  term  of  twenty-one 
years,  term  to  begin  on  January  5.  1931,  but 
due  to  the  resignation  of  Chief  Justice  von 
Moschzisker,  effective  November  24,  1930, 
and  the  consequent  promotion  of  the  senior 
Justice  Robert  S.  Frazer,  to  the  office  of 
Chief  Justice,  there  impended  a  six  weeks' 
vacancy  on  the  Supreme  Court.  Thereupon, 
the  then  justice-elect,  was  commissioned  as  a 
justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  f-ir  six  weeks, 
by  Governor  John  S.  Fisher.  He  entered 
upon  his  six  weeks'  appointive  .erm  on  No- 
vember 24,  1930,  and  his  full  elective  term 
on  January  4,  1931.  He  became  Chief  Jus- 
tice on  January  4,  1943.  His  term  expires 
on  the  first  Monday  of  January,  1952.  He 
married  Miss  Lillian  Danvers,  of  Scranton, 
in  1916.  They  have  three  children,  Mary,  now 
Mrs.  George  J.  Schautz,  Jr.,  Dorothy,  now 
Mrs.  Lesley  McCreath,  Jr.,  and  Lillian  Lou- 
ise. The  honorary  degree  of  Doctor  of  Laws 
has  been  conferred  uoon  him  by  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania,  Temple  University,  and 
The  Citadel,  the  Military  College  of  South 
Carolina.     He   resides    in    Scranton. 


1945:      HUGH  JENNINGS,   FORMER  MANSFIELD 

STUDENT  IS  ELECTED  TO  THE 

BASEBALL  HALL  OF   FAME 


"Baseball  buffs  recognize  the  name  immedi- 
ately, but  those  who  do  not  will  recognize  that  his 
record  speaks  for  itself.  Hughie  was  an  18-year 
major  league  veteran  who  attended  Mansfield  in 
1886  .  .  .  He  then  went  on  to  play  shortstop  for 
Baltimore  of  the  National  League  in  his  prime." 

Jennings'  real  fame  came  after  his  playing  days 
as  a  manager  for  the  Detroit  Tigers.  He  still  owns  a 
major  league  record  by  winning  American  League 
pennants  in  his  first  three  years  as  a  manager. 

While  Jennings  was  managing  his  last  years 
with  the  Tigers,  two  names  were  dominating  the 
Normal  School's  athletic  teams.  They  were  Joseph 
Shaute  and  Michael  Gazella.  Both  were  outstanding 
collegiate  football  and  basketball  players,  but  it 
would  be  on  the  baseball  field  that  they  would  play 
professionally. 


Source:  Stan  Heaps,  "Early  Sports 
at  Mansfield  State  Normal  School," 
pages  75-93.  In  From  Buckskin  to 
Baseball,  edited  by  Paul  O'Rourke. 
Wellsboro :  Tioga  County  Historical 
Society,  1978. 


142 


1946:      UNDEFEATED  CHAMPIONS    (Victory  Squad) 

Front  row  —  R.  Martin,  P.  Volante.  Second  row  —  R.  Kodish,  W.  Wood,  G.  McEneny,  R.  Leskinski,  N.  Faduska,  J.  Azain,  R. 
Magalski,  F.  Marra,  J.  Dunbar,  A.  Amendola,  D.  Cheplick,  J.  Bobkowski,  R.  Grant.  Third  row  —  Dr.  Nosal,  L.  Scudder,  J. 
Walsh,  L.  Overdorf,  R.  Kirshner,  R.  Bowman,  P.  Pazahanick,  J.  Katusz,  T.  Novak,  P.  Cunningham,  S.  Malle,  C.  Kovaleski,  J. 
O'Donnel,  J.  Harrington,  Mr.  Van  Norman.  Fourth  row  —  Mr.  Pearcy,  Mr.  Casey,  Mr.  Decker,  T.  Randon,  B.  Johnson,  C.  Wa- 
silewski,  F.  Raykovitz,  T.  Dombroski,  E.  Wilson,  A.  Sundberg,  V.  Magdelinskas,  F.  Juzinak,  L.  McGinley,  R.  English. 


143 


144 


BIG  BAND  ERA 


1947-48:  Smoking  and  Skirt  Length 


THEY   JUST    FOUND    A   GIRL    WITH  THE    RIGHT-LEN<5TH 

SKIRT. " 


STUDENTS  OPINION  ABOUT  NEW  STYLE  SKIRTS 

"I  think  that  the  new  style  is  perfect.  Although  I  do  not  wear  long 
dresses,  I  definitely  believe  that  the  style  is  here  to  stay.  It  makes  a 
woman  look  more  feminine  than  the  ordinary  short  dresses." 

— Beverly  Evans,  Corning,  N.  Y. 

"Women  are  not  going  to  accept  the  longer  lengths  because  they 
dress  to  please  the  men  and  the  men  are  definitely  not  in  favor  of  the 
changed  styles.  I  don't  intend  to  conform  to  the  idea.  I  definitely  be- 
lieve that  they  will  be  on  their  way  out  within  the  next  year." 

— Donna  Jean  Fox,  Susquehanna,  Pa. 

"I  think  they  look  silly.  I  am  definitely  against  it.  I  feel  that  a 
dress  is  like  a  sentence,  it  should  be  long  enough  to  cover  the  subject." 

— Stanley  Evans,  Olyphant,  Pa. 

"I  am  definitely  against  the  long  skirts.  Some  Madame  Fifi  from 
Paris  gets  a  crazy  notion  of  lowering  the  skirts  and  our  giddy  stylists 
follow  her  with  the  monkey  see,  monkey  does  attitude." 

— Francis  Stracka,  Peckville,  Pa. 

Source:      The  Flashlight,  October   1947 


FEMALE  SMOKERS  ORGANIZE  CLUB  IN   NORTH  HALL 


One  of  the  most  informal  and  necessary  (to  some  stu- 
dents) organizations  on  the  college  campus  is  the  "600  Club." 
This  group  is  made  up  of  all  those  who  indulge  in  the  habit, 
be  it  bad  or  good  as  you  may  think,  of  smoking.  The  room 
set  aside  for  this  congregation  of  girls  is  situated  on  the  beau- 
tiful and  picturesque  sixth  floor  of  North  Hall.  From  the  win- 
dows of  this  large  and  spacious  room  one  may  see  the  breath- 
taking view  of  the  town  and  surrounding  countryside,  if  you 
can  see  it  through  the  blue,  dense  smoke  always  being  emitted 
from  its  doors  and  cracks. 

Miss  Patricia  Rohrery  is  the  ringleader  of  the  group  being 
honored  by  the  members  as  holder  of  the  office  of  president. 
Her  henchmen  are  Miss  Patricia  Wells,  who  keeps  track  of 
all  the  latest  gossip  which  flows  freely  from  the  walls,  "Bub- 
bles" Dader,  who  rakes  in  all  the  "dough,"  and  those  girls 
from  the  respective  classes  who  try  in  vain  to  keep  in  line  all 


their  members,  Jean  Ford,  Senior;  Lyn  Fehr,  Junior;  Elaine 
Davis,  Sophomore;  and  Audrey  Gombert,  Freshman. 

In  room  "600"  anything  can  happen  and  it  usually  does. 
The  chorus  girls  —  Mary  McCawley,  alias  Minnie  the  Mooch- 
er,  Mary  Jane  McNett,  Pat  Rohrery,  Elaine  Davis,  Lyn  Fehr, 
and  Lou  Lehner  —  liven  up  the  girls'  lonely  hours  by  present- 
ing their  nightly  skits  and  floor  show.  Those  who  are  inter- 
ested may  play  cards,  gossip,  put  up  their  hair  (or  let  it  down), 
and  last,  but  not  least,  study  and  smoke. 

All  kidding  aside,  the  girls  appreciate  some  place  where 
they  can  go  for  a  cigarette  and  relax  when  the  burdens  of 
work  and  classes  seem  too  much  to  bear.  The  girls  care  for 
their  own  room  and  they  certainly  do  a  fine  job  of  it.  More 
power  to  you,  girls. 

Source:      The  Flashlight,  December  1948 


145 


146 


1948:     MAY  COURT 


PHI  MU  ALPHA  MUSIC  FRATERNITY 


147 


1949:      MOUNTIE  BAND.  Professor  Bertram  Francis,  director. 


148 


1949:      GRADUATION  PROCESSION 


149 


«fVT-  - 


Ml^****^ 


*■ 


-»    ■     ■  *J 


*•«.«. 


■*■->■ 


t*1-   :j!^H 


Bl% 


&V 


V--4T 


%>t.A 

ft  J^i    - 

**"      « 

■*■       Jl 

i  i  i^a  * 

*fNi 

*  vsT  * 

Editorial:      ETIQUETTE  AT  MANSFIELD 

One  obvious  effect  of  the  war  on  the  college  student  of  today 
has  been  an  increase  in  the  maturity  of  his  attitude  and  behavior. 
It  is  no  longer  considered  smart  to  carry  a  flask  on  the  hip,  to  play 
practical  jokes,  or  to  act  in  as  ill-mannered  a  fashion  as  possible. 

However,  there  is  still  a  noticable  lack  of  common  courtesy 
among  these  young  men  and  women,  these  persons  to  whom  the 
world  of  the  immediate  future  will  look  for  leadership.  For  ex- 
ample, here  at  Mansfield  we  may  observe  a  lack  of  proper  respect 
for  supervisors  and  also  a  dearth  of  common  consideration  for 
other  members  of  the  faculty.  Thoughtless  delays  in  keeping  ap- 
pointments and  carelessness  in  carrying  out  assignments  may  mean 
loss  of  valuable  time  and  even  extra  work  on  the  part  of  instruc- 
tors. Even  such  common  courtesies  as  standing  when  elders  enter  a 
room  or  talking  in  a  friendly  manner  with  members  of  the  faculty 
are  often  denounced  by  our  unthinking  students  as  "apple-polish- 
ing". This  is  unfortunate  evidence  that  such  persons  are  still  im- 
mature. 

The  situation  which  often  develops  during  the  showing  of 
movies  in  Straughn  Hall  is  another  case  in  point.  Often  the  show 
cannot  really  be  enjoyed  by  everyone  because  certain  individuals 
laugh  raucously  at  very  witty  remarks  from  the  screen,  while  others 
strain  their  ears  to  catch  the  dialogue.  Even  this  practice  is  not 
quite  as  disturbing  as  the  loud  and  would-be  clever  remarks  made 
during  the  more  serious  scenes. 

A  stranger  entering  the  college  dining  room  would  be  at  quite 
a  loss  to  know  just  what  the  rules  of  procedure  really  are.  People 
barge  in  front  of  him  in  line;  slices  of  bread  fly  under  his  nose  as  he 
sits  at  the  table;  and  at  last  he  realizes  what  is  missing  — ■  etiquette. 

Then  there  is  the  everlasting  rivalry  between  the  sexes.  The 
girls  think  that  the  boys  are  extremely  rude  because  they  do  not 
"dress  up"  for  dates  and  because  they  do  not  perform  all  the  every- 
day courtesies,  but  when  a  boy  docs  hold  a  door  open,  "Miss  Prim" 
often  passes  through  without  so  much  as  a  "thank-you"  and  gives 
him  a  disdainful  look  as  if  he  were  a  paid  doorman. 

These  discourteous  practices  are  not  habitual  with  the  majority 
of  the  students  here  at  Mansfield,  but  it  is  the  conspicuous  minority 
who  make  the  bad  impressions. 

Wouldn't  it  be  a  wise  idea  for  all  of  us  to  concer.trate  on 
thoughtfulness,  and  to  try  a  bit  harder  to  observe  the  rules  of  good 
manners?  — Doris  Perschau 

Source:      Flashlight,  February  15,  1950 


1950-1959 


The  early  1950's  were  a  period  of  relative  calm.  There 
was  a  sense  of  passive  contentment  with  no  hurry  for  change, 
just  a  desire  for  steady  progress  at  Mansfield.  With  fewer 
and  fewer  veterans,  the  institution  once  again  became  more 
akin  to  an  extended  high  school  than  an  extended  army  bar- 
racks. In  fact,  by  the  fall  of  1950,  there  were  only  about  150 
veterans  on  campus. 

Students  of  the  early  50's  were  moderate  in  prayer  and 
politics.  They  worried  a  bit  about  atheism  and  communism 
but  they  shunned  radicalism.  Editorials  in  the  Flashlight  ad- 
dressed such  matters  as  "getting  along  with  others,"  "eti- 
quette," "the  importance  of  air  raid  drills,"  "curbing  cheat- 
ing," and  "school  spirit."  Assemblies  were  attended  but  not 
a  source  of  much  excitement.  The  once-popular  YMCA  and 
YWCA  groups  lost  their  appeal  and  were  replacd  by  an  active 
but  less  zealous  Student  Christian  Association. 

During  this  time,  the  athletic  teams  did  not  fare  too  well, 
in  part  because  several  star  athletes  were  drafted  for  the 
Korean  War.  But,  there  was  a  special  moment  of  school  pride 
when  Pete  Dokas  was  selected  to  play  for  the  North  in  the 
1950  Blue-Gray  Football  Classic  in  Alabama. 

"Clean-cut"  was  the  proper  look  and  "straight"  the  proper 
manner.  Students  were  generally  content  to  follow  the  rules 
and  they  dutifully  participated  in  such  activities  as  "Courtesy 
Week."  "Religion-in-Life  Week,"  and  the  May  Day  celebra- 
tion. The  Freshman  Initiation  program  continued  to  be  viewed 
as  a  way  of  promoting  school  spirit,  but  the  hazing  activities 
became  less  "rough."  In  fact,  in  1954,  the  initiation  involved 
not  only  the  traditional  campus  clean-up,  but  also  a  com- 
munity clean-up.  Throughout  the  borough  freshmen  washed 
windows,  raked  lawns,  and  cleaned  awnings. 

Thomas  Halloran,  the  Student  Council  president  in  1955, 
typified  the  ideal  student  of  the  50's.  With  dogged  determin- 
ation, he  organized  a  campaign  to  refurbish  and  transform  the 
old  "Y"  Hut  into  a  Student  Union  where  students  and  faculty 
would  have  a  place  to  relax  and  share  their  good  times  at 
Mansfield.  His  effort  was  a  striking  success  that  quickly  earn- 
ed him  the  appreciation  of  students.  In  fact,  in  1950  he  was 
one  of  three  persons  to  whom  the  yearbook  was  dedicated. 


151 


Meanwhile,  the  campus  itself  began  to  change.  In  1950, 
the  era  of  modernization  started  with  the  demolition  of  "Old 
South"  —  the  oldest  building  on  campus.  As  the  wrecking 
crews  smashed  the  structure  a  note  of  nostalgia  filled  the  air. 
Somehow  it  hurt  to  see  the  graceful  old  hall  destroyed  and 
replaced  by  "New  South"  —  by  contrast,  a  stark  and  simple 
structure  that  seemed  to  hint  at  the  direction  of  the  future. 

About  the  same  time  too,  a  new  science  building  was  con- 
structed and  North  Hall  underwent  renovation:  in  1950,  the 
kitchen  was  modernized;  and,  in  1953,  the  ten  ornamental 
cupolas  were  removed. 

In  May  1957,  Mansfield  celebrated  its  centennial.  Shortly 
after,  Dr.  Lewis  Rathgeber  assumed  the  presidency  and  a  ma- 
jor expansion  program  was  initiated.  Only  35  years  old,  Rath- 
geber had  the  distinction  of  being  one  of  the  youngest  college 
presidents  in  the  country.  Yet  what  he  lacked  in  experience, 
he  balanced  with  his  bubbling  determination  to  uplift  Mans- 
field. He  set  the  tone  in  his  first  convocation  with  students 
when  he  told  them:  "The  college  will  develop  an  atmosphere 
in  which  the  intellectual  processes  will  be  so  stimulated  that 
Mansfield  will  produce  graduates  second  to  none  in  the 
nation." 

When  Rathgeber  became  president,  Mansfield  was  often 
described  as  the  last  among  the  fourteen  state  colleges,  and 
very  quickly  he  sought  to  remedy  the  situation.  He  courted 
the  Democratic  political  powers  of  Pennsylvania  in  the  inter- 
est of  the  institution,  while  at  the  same  time  he  consciously 
reshaped  it.  Steadily,  Mansfield  moved  toward  becoming  a 
multi-purpose  institution. 

Stressing  the  need  to  generate  what  he  termed  "an  in- 
tellectual renaissance  at  Mansfield,"  Rathgeber  pressed  for  the 
expansion  of  the  library,  the  creation  of  more  liberal  arts 
courses,  and  an  expansion  of  international  education  pro- 
grams. He  hired  more  faculty  members,  especially  persons 
with  doctorates.  And,  in  his  attempt  to  enliven  the  institu- 
tion, he  invited  a  wide  range  of  notable  Americans  to  speak 
at  Mansfield  including  Eleanor  Roosevelt,  Governor  David 
Lawrence,  syndicated  columnist  Victor  Reisel,  and  the  histor- 
ian Henry  Commager. 

From  the  perspective  of  some  people,  Rathgeber  was  too 
bold  and  he  wanted  too  much  change  too  quickly.  However, 
among  students  he  was  generally  popular.  He  advocated 
greater  student  freedom  yet  he  also  stressed  the  need  for  stu- 
dents to  assume  more  responsibility  for  the  enforcement  of 
rules.  He  consistently  involved  himself  directly  with  students 
and  seldom  missed  a  student  function. 


In  the  summer  of  1959,  "Old  Alumni"  was  razed  and  re- 
placed by  "New  Alumni"  —  a  new  library  and  administration 
building.  And,  by  the  fall  of  1959,  only  two  years  after  Rath- 
geber's  arrival  there  was  not  a  single  structure  on  the  cam- 
pus which  had  not  undergone  renovation,  repainting,  or  major 
repair. 

In  November  1959,  President  Rathgeber  announced  that 
the  Departments  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 
would  be  dissolved  and  replaced  by  the  Departments  of  Edu- 
cation, Health  and  Physical  Education,  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, Humanities,  and  Social  Sciences.  He  felt  that  such  a 
change  would  enable  Mansfield  to  take  maximum  advantage 
of  the  eventual  transformation  of  Pennsylvania  State  Teachers 
Colleges  into  multipurpose  institutions.  In  other  words,  Rath- 
geber wanted  to  prepare  the  institution  for  its  change  from 
Mansfield  State  Teachers  College  to  Mansfield  State  College. 


Editorial:      KOREA   OR  COLLEGE? 

To  many  of  us  September,  1950,  meant  a  new  era  in  our 
lives,  looking  ahead  to  a  great  career  —  a  college  education. 
To  countless  others  this  month  held  an  entirely  different  fu- 
ture. For  many  of  the  youths  of  our  country  it  meant  induc- 
tion and  mobilization  in  the  armed  forces.  Thousands  of  boys 
who  planned  for  college  will  never  get  that  opportunity  and 
thousands  more  may  never  return. 

I  am  of  the  opinion  that  the  men  who  remain  in  the  col- 
leges and  universities  throughout  the  nation  have  assumed  the 
notion  that  they  don't  rightfully  deserve  the  opportunity 
of  an  education  while  others  have  had  to  make  a  sacrifice. 

This  is  the  wrong  attitude.  We  can't  all  make  a  direct 
contribution  to  this  present  conflict  —  that  is  quite  definite, 
but  there  is  one  thing  we  can  do  as  potential  teachers. 

While  military  personnel  and  the  leaders  of  civilian  de- 
fense are  spending  billions  of  dollars  in  preparation  of  war, 
let  us  devote  our  time  and  effort  in  preparation  of  peace. 
We  have  an  urgent  need  for  highly  trained  men  in  all  profes- 
sions, especially  educators  who  believe  that  democratic  ideals 
and  principles  begin  in  the  school  and  the  home.  This  is  our 
duty  as  well  as  a  professional  service. 

In  this  way  we  will  be  reassuring  our  people  at  home 
and  those  abroad  that  young  America  is  growing  in  strength 
and  that  its  teachers  will  be  responsible  for  the  promotion  of 
democracy  for  this  generation  and  for  those  who  will  follow. 

— Ray  Kepner 

Source:      Flashlight,  October  1950 


152 


A 
S 
S 
E 

M 
B 
L 
Y 


153 


STUDENTS  STUDYING  IN  OLD  ALUMNI  HALL.     Though   the  building  had  been  condemned,  it  was  temporarily  used  for 
housing  during  the  post-war  college  boom. 


154 


Editorial:      CHOWLINE  CHARGER 

One  of  the  most  vicious  species  of  campus  pests,  which 
multiplies  rapidly  and  is  very  difficult  to  exterminate,  is  the 
Chowline  Charger.  Like  most  beasts  of  prey,  the  Charger 
has  a  ravenous  appetite  which  must  be  satisfied  only  at  the 
expense  of  innocent  bystanders. 

The  female  of  the  species  is  usually  more  subtle  and  dis- 
arming while  chowline  charging,  but  is  as  odious  as  the  male. 
A  female  of  a  harmless  species  may  defend  herself  against  a 
Female  Charger  by  staring  at  the  latter  coldly  and  fixedly  un- 
til shame  forces  it  to  retreat.  An  innocent  male,  unfortunately 
often  fails  to  fend  off  a  Female  Charger's  attack,  mistaking 
the  beast  for  a  Young  Lady  until  the  damage  is  done. 

The  best  defense  against  a  Chowline  Charger  is  a  dem- 
onstration of  bravery  and  outraged  scorn.  Victims  must 
work  together  to  defend  and  eventually  rid  our  campus  of 
this  common  disgrace.  — Frances  Hendricks 

Source:      Flashlight,  February   1951 


KNICKERBOCKER  QUARTET.  Standing,  left  to  right  — 
Gerry  Darrow,  Blaine  Ballard,  Harley  Rex.  Seated  —  Ben 
Evans.  In  1953  they  appeared  on  the  popular  Arthur  Godfrey 
TV  Show  (CBS).  It  was  a  talent  competition  and  they  won 
second  place. 


155 


1951-52:     NEW  SCIENCE  BUILDING.     South  Hall 
(men's  dormitory)    was  also  constructed  at  this  time. 


PLAYING  CANASTA.     It  was  the  most  popular 
card  game  of  the  early  '50's. 


///  _j 

SjS"                        ^ 

/// > 

-  ,&&'              -*7' 

/j/ * 

■tf         -^y 

"MR.  MSC"  OF  THE  SCIENCE  LAB 


STUDY  TIME 


156 


OMICRON  GAMMA  PI  SORORITY 


157 


DINING  HALL.     Bob  Zukowski,  standing. 


159 


THE  WALK  TO  NORTH  HALL 


160 


»••     -'**     ^tV*"*iW*    't^lPt     -'A-*-     -'**•     .'**•     *V>     -'♦,-     .****•     .*"tf*.     .'**»*•      ■***■•      -'*-.  .*»**.      .**.""-      -'A*.      /*fc\      ,'a'       .*5:*.      'a"        '*"        '.*"*        'A"       .'W.'.-V.     JM*.     •■M*.       'a"        'A'        'A'        'A"  .«M*      .**«•      .*T*."»      .^ 

V    *^^*    **»•*.  -*•*»*.  *»*»*    '*      ***»v    •***.•    *****    ***»     ••t*!»    -  *»•     **.▼,»     *««»*    *«•«»•  •«*«.•    •<•*•?»*    **?r*-    ***r**    *»«,*    \v    *»^*    •&,-    *&,•    %»•    •&,'    »,fc*    *»^'    *^,*    •,«,•    %**«,*    •,*,*    *,^*  *^>    •jffc,*    •jrfc*    v*l 

1  « 

Ij/Jt— lyJJl      Student  Council    [-^resident    ZJom     ^htalioran     oLeadd  ♦ 

oUrive    for      I  lew  Student      Isfnion     —     J4e     S^ucceedd! 


s 


i 


I 


I 


TOM  HALLORAN.  As  Student  Council  president,  he 
worked  tirelessly  to  have  the  old  "Y"  Hut  reconstructed 
into  a  Student  Union  Center.  Through  his  happy-go-lucky, 
yet  persistent  manner,  he  gained  the  support  of  students, 
alumni  and  friends;  and,  after  months  of  hard  work  his 
dream  was  realized. 

At  the  end  of  his  senior  year,  when  he  stepped  down 
as  the  Council  president,  Halloran  wrote  a  letter  to  fellow 
students  thanking  them  for  their  support.  In  it,  he  des- 
cribed his  stay  at  Mansfield  as  "rich  and  rewarding."  He 


i 

i 
* 

161 


noted  that  there  are  no  limits  to  the  heights  of  attain- 
ment if  one  can  mobilize  the  whole-hearted  support  01 
those  one  is  serving. 

Mr.  Halloran's  lile  has  reflected  the  best  of  his  learn- 
ing at  Mansfield.  He  has  not  only  become  a  successful1 
businessman,  but  also  a  consistently  loyal  supporter  of 
the  school.  It  is  appropriate  that  this  book  is  dedicated 
to  him  in  recognition  of  his  numerous  contributions  to 
Mansfield. 


;♦: 
;♦; 

% 

V 

\ 

% 
;♦: 

\ 
jjj 

% 

% 
* 

* 

* 

ft 

$ 

:♦: 

B 

:♦: 

% 
$ 


1954: 

Letter   to   the    Flashlight 
Concerning   Initiation 

Dear  Sir, 

What  is  the  modern  generation 
coming  to?  The  outlook  is  good. 
The  members  of  the  Freshman  class 
of  Mansfield  State  Teachers  Col- 
lege received  their  initiation  Fri- 
day. Under  the  watchful  eyes  of 
the  Sophomores  they  engaged  in  a 
constructive  program.  Households 
throughout  the  boro  received  a  gen- 
eral cleaning  up.  Windows  were 
washed;  even  the  girls  climbed  lad- 
ders to  reach  the  second  floor  win- 
dows. Lawns  were  raked;  roof  gut- 
ters cleaned  of  debris;  porches 
scrubbed;  awnings  taken  down  for 
the  winter.  To  put  a  fine  finishing 
touch  to  this  unusual  activity  they 
joined  in  group  singing.  A  group 
of  boys  did  their  stint  working  on 
a  digging  chore  on  the  campus. 
Their  spirit  and  morale  were  fine. 

Several  freshmen  were  questioned 
as  to  their  preference  for  the  old 
ways  of  hazing  or  the  new  trend; 
the  majority  preferred  the  new.  To 
these  fine  young  people  of  the  new 
class,  and  the  sophomores  who  in- 
augurated this  new  idea,  the  towns- 
people wish  to  voice  their  appre- 
ciation. 

Don't  look  now,  youngsters,  but 
your  maturity  is  showing. 

Sincerely  yours, 

Mrs.   Edward   Holmberg 

Source :      Flashlight 

October  19,  1954 


162 


c* 

-* 

*$■ 

* 

-~\_ 

"Sc^ 

)i           [~^^i 

x* 

~z.  -a, 

5«Y.'    Af*E     V01*     Su£/ 
PEP    RAIXy     *S     8£ins 
up  AT  the     w*refi    Toi. 

TWIS 
MttP 

+** 

'■"•*'+   .  O.-r.,        you       co-ldn'  + 


httw«     hc^»J 


■>  et  n     ',  n      here   ! 


Cartoons  that  appeared  in  the  FLASHLIGHT 
during  the  '50's.  Ford  Button,  one  of  the  car- 
toonists, has  become  nationally  recognized.  His 
cartoons  have  appeared  in  numerous  magazines 
and  other  publications. 


STUDENT     TEACHING 


BEFORE 


DURING        & 


NAW,  I    WAS 
REACHIN'    FOB    A 

second  bottle 
of    Milk  at  th£ 

DlNeJFe?     TR6LE  it  I 


163 


1955:  Rules 


— Mansfield  is  proud  of  its  tradition  as  the  "friendliest  cam- 
pus" so  you  are  expected  to  speak  to  everyone  you  meet. 

— Students  ill  in  the  infirmary  are  not  permitted  to  have  visi- 
tors.  Each  student  will  supply  his  own  hot  water  bottle. 

— All  students  are  required  to  attend  assemblies  which  are 
held  every  Tuesday  at  2:00  p.m.  in  Straughn  Hall. 

— Study  hours  are  7:30  p.m.  to  10:00  p.m.  Monday  through 
Thursday.  No  student  may  make  noise  that  would  disturb 
others.  Radios  must  be  turned  down  so  that  they  cannot 
be  heard  outside  the  room. 

— Students  under  21  are  not  permitted  to  have  automobiles, 
and  automobiles  may  not  be  washed  or  serviced  on  campus 
parking  lots. 

— There  shall  be  as  many  cuts  allowed  as  a  course  carries 
semester  hours  of  credit  for  special  situations. 

— A  minimum  of  three  systematic  evaluations  of  student 
achievement  shall  be  made  during  each  semster.  Wherever 
possible  more  than  one  type  of  test,  including  the  subjective 
test,  should  be  used  by  the  instructor. 

— All  library  books,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  are  charged 
out  for  2  weeks. 

— Each  student  may  send  twelve  pieces  of  plain  laundry  each 
week  to  a  commercial  laundry  selected  by  the  college. 

— In  case  of  a  fire  in  North  Hall:  turn  on  lights,  put  on  shoes 
and  coat,  close  windows,  raise  shades,  and  secure  bath 
towel. 

— Bath  clogs  may  not  be  worn  to  and  from  bathrooms  during 
study  hours  or  night  quiet  hours.  Radios  may  not  be  played 
after  midnight. 

— Card  playing  is  not  permitted  in  student  rooms  during  study 
or  night  quiet  hours. 

— Students  living  in  Mansfield  in  homes  other  than  their  own 
are  expected  to  follow  the  same  rules  as  students  living  on 
campus. 

— Male  students  must  wear  coats  and  ties  to  dinner  Sunday 
through  Thursday. 


-Men's  rooms  will  be  inspected  during  afternoon  hours.  It  is 
expected  that  beds  will  be  made  before  noon  each  day,  that 
pillows  will  not  be  used  as  cushions,  that  cigarette  butts  will 
not  be  stamped  on  floors,  and  that  students  will  provide 
their  own  ash  trays. 

-Women's  rooms  are  inspected  and  graded  weekly.  Room 
ratings  are  incorporated  into  the  personnel  record  of  each 
student.    Students  are  expected  to: 

1.  Make  beds  immediately  after  breakfast. 

2.  Shake  their  dust  mops  and  dust  cloths  on  the  third 
floor  bridge  or  out  of  the  hall  windows  over  second 
floor  bridge. 

-A  woman  student  who  wishes  to  entertain  her  father  in  her 
room  may  do  so  on  Sunday  afternoons  from  2:00  -  5:00  p.m. 
after  registering  this  intention  in  the  Dean  of  Women's 
Office. 

-After  a  campus  dance  for  which  a  special  late  permission 
has  been  granted  to  the  females,  sophomores,  juniors,  and 
seniors  may  have  automobile  riding  permission  out  of  town 
by  signing  on  a  special  registration  sheet  in  the  office  of  the 
Dean  of  Women.  They  may  ride  within  a  15  mile  radius,  but 
may  not  visit  places  where  beer,  wine,  or  alcoholic  bever- 
ages are  served.    Freshmen  may  ride  ONLY  in  town. 

-Because  of  the  danger  of  accidents,  permission  of  parents 
must  be  granted  before  female  students  may  ride  in 
automobiles. 

-Women  students  are  not  permitted  to  be  in  parked  cars  on 
the  campus  after  7:30  in  the  evening. 

-Female  students  must  be  in  dormitory  by  10:00  p.m.  on 
Sundays  through  Thursdays,  and  by  11:00  p.m.  on  Friday 
and  Saturday  —  unless  a  student  receives  special  per- 
mission. 

-No  student  is  permitted  to  walk  alone  from  the  bus  terminal 
after  10:00  p.m. 

-Card  playing  and  cleaning  of  rooms  on  Sunday  is  not 
permitted. 

Source:      The  Password,  1953-1954 


164 


PROFILE 

Dr.  Rathgeber  assumed  the 
presidency  at  age  35,  thus  mak- 
ing him  one  of  the  youngest  col- 
lege presidents  in  the  country.  A 
native  of  Lock  Haven,  Pa.,  he  was 
a  historian,  as  well  as  an  educa- 
tor. He  received  a  Ph.  D.  from 
the  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

He  was  well-attuned  to  the 
politics  of  Pennsylvania,  and  he 
maintained  close  contacts  with 
the  Democratic  Party  —  a  fact 
which  undoubtedly  helped  Mans- 
field's growth. 

Dr.  Rathgeber,  a  bachelor, 
lived  with  his  mother  in  the  pres- 
ident's house.  At  one  point  dur- 
ing his  administration,  there  was 
a  controversy  because  allegedly 
state  funds  were  used  to  construct 
a  house  for  his  dog.  But,  the  mat- 
ter was  effectively  resolved  when 
the  house  was  used  as  a  center- 
piece for  a  Board  of  Trustees  din- 
ner. Later,  however,  he  left  the 
school  amidst  another  contro- 
versy. 

Despite  problems,  Dr.  Rath- 
geber was  essentially  an  energetic 
optimist.  He  always  enjoyed 
wearing  a  rose  in  his  lapel. 


1957:      DR.  LEWIS  RATHGEBER 


165 


1959:      ALUMNI   ENCOURAGED  TO  REMEMBER 
MANSFIELD   .   .   .   FORMS   MADE   AVAILABLE 

Bequests 

Persons  desiring  to  make  provision  for  a  memor- 
ial or  a  gift  to  continue  some  specified  type  of  edu- 
cation work,  or  who  wish  to  establish  and  maintain 
scholarships,  may  do  so,  feeling  assured  that  their 
wishes,  as  outlined  in  the  deed  of  gift  or  will,  shall 
be  carried  into  effect  as  provided  by  law.  Such  a 
simple  statement  as  follows  will  be  sufficient  in  a 
will: 

Form   of   Will    (Real   Property) 

I  give  and  devise  to  the  Mansfield  Teachers  Col- 
lege, Mansfield,  Pennsylvania  the  following  real 
estate  (here  give  the  description  of  th  Real  Estate). 
This  devise  is  to  be  administered  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  State  Teachers  College  at  Mansfield, 
Pennsylvania,  under  the  Laws  of  the  Commonwealth 
of  Pennsylvania. 

Form   of  Will    (Money   Bequest) 

I  give  and  bequest  to  the  State  Teachers  College, 

Mansfield,  Pennsylvania,  the  sum  of  

dollars,  to  be  paid  by  my  executors 

months  after  my  decease,  to  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  State  Teachers  College,  Mansfield,  Pennsyl- 
vania, to  be  administered  unuder  the  Laws  of  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 


1959:      MRS.  ELEANOR  ROOSEVELT 
SPEAKS  AT  MANSFIELD 


166 


SPOTLIGHT  ON  POLITICS.  Seated  (left  to  right):  Con- 
gressman Green,  President  Rathgeber,  Congressman  Bush, 
Committeeman  Sick,  and  Committeeman  Urell.  Standing  (left 
to  right)  :  James  Idle  and  Samuel  Livingston. 


LyDy.         ff/odernization     at       I tl lanifield  .  .  .  the     Jower     (Jj>cll     ^Jolls 
for    the     tail    time  .  .  .  ^Ariumni    ^rfalt    r\azed    and    f\.entacea 


CLOCK  TOWER  OF  OLD  ALUMNI  HALL 


RAZING   OF  OLD  ALUMNI  HALL 


11 

I       '1 


H 


i|    IS 

n    11 


NEW  ALUMNI  HALL 


167 


1960:      DEDICATION   OF  ALUMNI   HALL.    Gov.   Lawrence    addressed  the  audience. 


168 


"Clearly  the  future  of  higher  education  in 
America  belongs  to  public  institutions.  Already 
they  provide  education  to  a  majority  of  stu- 
dents; within  another  generation  they  will,  it 
is  safe  to  prophesy,  provide  education  for  fully 
three-fourths  of  all  students.  They  cannot 
leave  to  private  institutions  the  responsibility  of 
bold  experimentation.  To  do  so  would  be  to 
contribute  to  the  development  of  class  educa- 
tion in  America  —  and  a  class  education  with 
divisions  along  intolerable  public  and  private 
lines." 

Prof.    Henry    Steele    Commager, 
a    noted    American    historian,    at 
Mansfield  State  College 
May  20,  1960 


1960-1969 


MSC 

FALL  ENROLLMENT 

Year 

Students 

1958 

786 

1959  

857 

1960  

....  988 

1961 

1146 

1962  

1202 

1963  

1350 

1964  

1642 

1965  

1836 

1966  

2160 

1967  

.  2572 

1968  

2754 

1969 

3000  (Est} 

During  the  60's,  Mansfield  became  part  of  the  national 
trend  of  growth  in  higher  education.  It  grew  by  leaps 
and  bounds.  Within  ten  years,  the  enrollment  nearly  tripled 
from  about  1000  to  3000  students.  The  number  of  faculty 
doubled,  and  the  acreage  owned  by  the  institution  also 
doubled.  Many  new  buildings  were  constructed  including  six 
dorms,  a  field  house,  a  gym,  a  music  education  center,  a  dining 
hall,  an  infirmary,  a  new  "Hut",  and  a  student  union  building. 
Moreover,  amidst  the  growth,  there  emerged  a  new  type  of 
student  —  one  less  passive  about  socio-political  issues,  one 
more  insistent  about  individual  rights.  Compared  to  the  50's, 
the  60's  were  very  different. 

In  a  sense,  the  change  at  Mansfield  began  January  8, 
1960  when  MSTC  became  MSC.  The  action  officially  changed 
Mansfield  from  a  teacher-training  institution  to  a  multi-pur- 
pose liberal  arts  college.  Though  President  Rathgeber  had 
been  preparing  Mansfield  for  the  transition,  the  announce- 
ment seemed  to  accelerate  the  transformation. 

To  reshape  the  institution's  image,  Rathberger  took  some 
very  visible  steps.  He  continued  to  keep  the  school  in  the 
public  spotlight  by  inviting  notable  public  figures  to  speak 
on  campus.  They  included  Governor  David  Lawrence,  U.  N. 
Ambassador  James  Wadsworth,  and  Vincent  Price.  At  the 
same  time  he  initiated  a  Fine  Arts  Festival  and  he  foster- 
ed the  school's  involvement  with  the  regional  Science  Fair. 
In  September  1961,  Mansfield  gained  national  attention  when 
TIME  magazine  reported  the  school's  involvement  with  the 
College  Center  of  the  Finger  Lakes.  The  Center  was  a  co- 
operative effort  of  Mansfield  along  with  Alfred  University, 
Elmira  College,  Corning  Community  College,  and  Hobart  and 
William  Smith  Colleges.  Sponsored  by  the  Corning  Glass 
Works,  the  Center  sought  to  recruit  more  scientists  into  the 
region  by  cultivating  opportunities  for  scientific  learning  and 
cultural  appreciation. 

With  the  transition  from  MSTC  to  MSC,  the  academic 
programs  at  Mansfield  also  underwent  a  transformation.  A 
new  general  education  curriculum  was  established  which  re- 
quired students  to  complete  two  years  of  liberal  arts  courses 
before  pursuing  professional  studies.  And,  at  the  same  time, 
the  school  began  to  develop  bachelor  degree  programs  in  the 
arts  and  sciences. 

In  1968,  following  the  election  of  Republican  Governor 
William  Scranton,  President  Rathgeber  resigned.  In  turn, 
Mr.  Costello  served  as  acting  president  for  five  months  until 


169 


the  governor  appointed  Dr.  Fred  Bryan.  At  fifty-five,  the  new 
president  was  a  bit  more  reserved  than  Rathgeber,  but  he 
quickly  gained  admiration  and  respect  for  his  genuine  com- 
mitment. Under  his  leadership,  the  rapid  growth  continued 
rather  smoothly.  In  fact,  in  1965  the  Middle  States  Accredita- 
tion team  made  a  special  note  of  the  high  degree  of  faculty 
morale  generated  by  the  Bryan  administration. 

Interestingly,  during  this  time,  prior  to  the  completion 
of  the  new  dorms,  students  living  within  thirty  miles  were 
asked  to  commute.  In  addition,  to  accommodate  the  increas- 
ing enrollment,  Mansfield  instituted  a  special  admission  pro- 
gram under  which  100  students  could  start  their  freshman 
year  in  the  summer,  but  then  they  had  to  wait  until  the  spring 
semester  to  continue  —  that  is,  after  the  December  gradu- 
ates left. 

In  February  1968,  Bryan  resigned  to  become  a  professor 
of  education  at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh.  Two  months 
later,  he  was  succeeded  by  Dr.  Lawrence  Park,  a  former  vice- 
president  for  academic  affairs  at  the  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Geneseo.  Park  came  to  Mansfield  with  great  expecta- 
tions of  attracting  more  students  to  the  Liberal  Arts  program. 

Politically  most  of  the  MSC  students  of  the  60's  tended  to 
be  Republican.  In  the  1960  Presidential  Election,  they  favored 
Nixon  by  a  2  to  1  margin  over  Kennedy.  In  the  1964  election, 
the  incumbent  Democratic  President  Johnson  was  preferred, 
but  in  1968  the  students  again  expressed  a  clear  preference 
for  Nixon  instead  of  Humphrey. 

Throughout  the  60's  there  was  a  variety  of  protests.  In 
the  early  fall  of  1962,  some  of  the  women  students  of  North 
Hall  staged  a  protest  demonstration  after  the  administration 
curtailed  the  sale  of  concessions  in  the  dorm.  At  one  point, 
signs  demanding  recognition  of  student  rights  were  posted  on 
bulletin  boards  and  hung  in  the  windows  of  North  Hall.  In 
addition,  window  shades  were  pulled  down  to  symbolize  what 
the  students  termed  "the  political  darkness  of  the  dormitory." 

During  the  spring  of  1963,  there  was  further  turmoil 
amidst  allegations  of  administrative  mismanagement.  As  a 
result,  the  governor  appointed  a  special  investigatory  commit- 
tee to  assess  the  situation.  After  months  of  controversy,  Dr. 
Rathgeber  resigned. 

By  the  mid-60's,  the  Vietnam  War  had  become  a  major 
political  issue  on  many  campuses  around  the  country.  At 
MSC,  students  were  initially  very  supportive  of  government 


policies.  In  fact,  in  November  of  1965,  there  was  a  "Rally  for 
Unification"  on  the  Vietnam  issue  and  various  speakers  urged 
students  to  support  American  involvement.  But,  as  support 
dwindled  nationally,  so  too  it  dwindled  at  Mansfield.  In  1967, 
Dick  Gregory  and  in  1968,  Dr.  Benjamin  Spock,  both  out- 
spoken critics  of  the  war,  spoke  on  campus.  And,  in  May  1968, 
MSC  gained  public  attention  when  the  New  York  Times  re- 
ported that  it  was  the  only  state  college  or  university  in 
Pennsylvania  in  which  both  the  president  of  the  student  gov- 
ernment (Michael  Fullwood)  and  the  editor  of  the  campus 
newspaper  (Keith  Smith)  were  opposed  to  the  war.  On  May 
1969,  Muhammad  Ali  addressed  students  on  the  need  to  re- 
sist the  war.  And  then,  on  October  15,  1969  Mansfield  became 
involved  in  the  nationwide  Peace  Moratorium  Day.  The 
events  at  Mansfield  included  a  funeral  march,  a  ringing  of 
church  bells,  and  a  "Do  Your  Own  Thing"  session  in  Manser 
Hall.  As  described  in  the  Flashlight,  "The  purpose  of  the  day 
was  to  educate  people  about  the  Vietnam  War."  Students 
were  told,  "You  can  no  longer  sit  back.  It  is  time  to  take  part 
in  the  action  by  joining  many  thousands  of  your  peers." 

On  the  lighter  side,  there  continued  to  be  an  interest  in 
sports.  During  the  60's,  Mansfield  became  widely  recognized 
as  a  "Basketball  Powerhouse."  The  1960-61  team  finished  its 
regular  season  18-0,  one  of  two  undefeated  college  teams  in 
the  nation  ;  and,  the  1963-64  team  advanced  to  National  Cham- 
pionship Playoffs  in  Kansas  City.  In  the  play-off,  the  team  won 
the  first  two  games,  but  then  it  was  eliminated  by  Pan  Ameri- 
can, the  defending  national  champions.  Despite  the  loss, 
nearly  2000  people  greeted  and  cheered  the  team  members 
upon  their  return  to  Mansfield. 

Throughout  the  60's,  sororities  and  fraternities  became 
more  popular.  The  organization  of  new  fraternities  was  en- 
couraged because  they  provided  an  opportunity  for  student 
social  life,  and  they  also  helped  to  alleviate  the  temporary 
housing  shortage. 

By  the  late  60's  there  was  much  talk  about  lowering  the 
voting  and  the  drinking  age.  It  was  widely  argued  that  stu- 
dents who  could  be  drafted  should  be  treated  like  adults.  At 
Mansfield,  as  elsewhere,  there  was  a  clear  trend  away  from 
paternalism.  The  dress  code  was  eliminated,  dorm  rules  were 
liberalized,  and  the  absence  policy  became  less  restrictive. 
Consistent  with  the  trend,  in  1968,  atheist  Madeline  O'Hare 
addressed  students  about  the  need  to  recognize  the  rights  of 
atheists;  and  in  1969,  the  liberal  Supreme  Court  Justice  Wil- 
liam Douglas  spoke  on  campus  of  the  need  to  recognize  in- 
dividual freedom.  Amidst  the  demand  for  recognition  of  free- 
doms, the  students  and  the  school  entered  the  70's. 


170 


Or  as  Marie   Antoinette   would   say 
.Mansfield." 


"No    more   bread   lines   at 


I960:  PRESIDENT  RATHGEBER  AND  GOVERNOR  LAW- 
RENCE SLICE  CAKE.  This  Flashlight  (October  10,  1960) 
cartoon  illustrated  a  belief  that  Mansfield  got  its  "fair  share" 
of  state  support  during  the  Lawrence  Administration. 


1960:  PROPOSED  CAMPANILE.  Dr.  Stephen  Bencetic 
proposed  the  construction  of  a  campanile  to  preserve  the  clock 
and  the  bell  of  Old  Alumni  Hall,  but  his  proposal  was  deemed 
too  expensive. 


171 


Joe  Alteri   and   his   partner   dance 
during  the  student-faculty  reception. 


In  1960,  the  Student  Council  formed  a 
"Morals  Committee."  It  became  the  sub- 
ject of  much  discussion. 


172 


Students  linger  under  the  "Kissing  Tree" 
upholding  the  tradition  of  many  years. 


This  happy  couple  is  apparently  sharing  a  pleasant 
time  on  the  traditional  stone  bench.  Located  on  front 
campus,  the  bench  has  always  been  traditionally  re- 
served for  engaged  or  married  couples.  It  was  donated 
to  the  college  in  1915  by  the  Delphic  Fraternity. 


MAY  DAY  —  MAY  6,   1961  —  Queen  Patricia  Rex. 


173 


1962-1963:  TURMOIL  AT  MANSFIELD  STATE  COLLEGE 


December  5th: 


FEMALE  STUDENT  COUNSELORS 
PROTEST  DISCRIMINATION 


They  complain  that  the  administration  requires  them  to  work 
more  than  their  male  counterparts,  yet  they  receive  the  same 
pay.  Miss  Florence  Ludy,  Assistant  Dean  of  Women  agrees  with 
students  demand  for  immediate  change.  Dean  Priscilla  Morton 
disagrees.  She  says  it  is  not  timely. 


December  8th: 


FRATERNITY  CLAIMS  MSC   ADMINISTRATION 
VIOLATES  THEIR  CIVIL  RIGHTS 


The  Phi  Sigma  Epsilon  Fraternity  is  asking  area  legislators  for 
aid  in  their  dispute  with  the  MSC  administration  regarding  cam- 
pus privileges. 

January  10th:     MISS  LUDY  WILL  NOT  RESIGN 

Students  are  protesting  the  threatened  dismissal  of  Miss  Ludy. 
Students  say  if  she  goes  they  will  not  comply  with  dormitory 
regulations  ....  Miss  Ludy  decided  to  stay  after  offering 
resignation. 


March   16th: 


MISS  LUDY  LEAVES  CAMPUS  AMIDST 
CONTROVERSY 


She  claims  she  was  harassed  by  other  administrators  and  that 
President  Rathgeber's  mother  struck  her  with  a  rolled-up  news- 
paper.  Students  want  Miss  Ludy  back. 


March  27th: 


RATHGEBER  INVITES   MSC   GIRLS  TO 
DISCUSS  "GRIEVANCES" 


He  issues  "open-door"  invitation  to  all  female  students  to  resolve 
differences. 

March  28th:      MSC   OFFICIALS  CLAIM   MISS  LUDY  WAS 
"IRRESPONSIBLE" 

She  is  described  as  a  "troublemaker". 

March   28th:      RATHGEBER  HAS  NO   PLANS  TO  RESIGN 
He  denies  report. 


March   28th: 


STATE  APPOINTS  3-MAN  COMMITTEE  TO 
INVESTIGATE   MSC   UNREST 


Rathgeber  charges  "partisan  politics."  He  says  the  investiga- 
tion is  a  "political  conspiracy."  He  notes  that  there  is  a  newly- 
elected  Republican  governor.  He  points  to  five  years  of  solid 
growth  and  increased  prestige  at  MSC  under  his  leadership. 


March   28th: 


LT.  GOVERNOR  SHAFFER   MEETS  WITH 
NORTHERN  TIER  LEGISLATORS  ABOUT  MSC 


Representative  Warren  Spencer  reports  that  "the  only  solution 
to  restoring  the  morale  of  the  student  body  is  to  get  rid  of 
Rathgeber." 


March  30th:      GOVERNOR  SCRANTON  DENIES  THE 

INVESTIGATION  IS   DUE  TO  PARTISAN  POLITICS 

Governor's  office  claims  that  there  has  been  a  "mass  of  corre- 
spondence" from  students  alleging  that  the  MSC  administration 
is  undemocratic  and  repressive. 


March  30th: 


STUDENTS  CIRCULATE  PETITION 
SUPPORTING  RATHGEBER 


Four  MSC  students  gathered  nearly  400  signatures  on  a  petition 
in  support  of  President  Rathgeber. 

March  31st:      RULES?   RIGHTS?   PHILOSOPHY  OF  MSC 

FACULTY  VARIES  ON  HANDLING  STUDENTS 

Some  professors  see  need  for  greater  order.  Others,  a  need  for 
more  freedom. 

March  31st:      MSC  STUDENT   PAPER  GOES  UNDERGROUND 

A  clandestine  student  newspaper,  "The  Primer"  is  operating 
underground.  In  an  article  entitled  "The  Students,"  there  is  an 
illustration  of  a  classroom  with  two  vegetables,  preceded  with 
the  following  message:  "See  all  the  MSC  students.  See  them 
all  dress  alike.  Hear  them  all  think  alike.  Think  what  they're 
told  to  think.  Think  .  .  .  Think  .  .  .  Think.  Someday  they 
will  teach  others  to  think.   Won't  that  be  a  riot?" 

April  2nd:     MSC  STUDENT  COUNCIL  PLANS  "PEACEFUL 
DEMONSTRATION"  FOR  BETTER  CAMPUS 
FACILITIES 

North  Hall  is  described  as  "antiquated."  Students  complain 
about  foul  quality  of  water,  and  Rathgeber  agrees  there  is  a 
problem.  But,  he  says  the  water  problem  is  "an  act  of  God"  — 
the  spring  rains. 

April     5th:     MSC  STUDENTS  CALL  OFF  DEMONSTRATION 
AS  FACT-FINDERS  COMPLETE  PROBE 

April  21st:      MISS  LUDY  RETURNS  TO  SPEAK  AT 

MANSFIELD'S   PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH 

Her  topic  —  "Thy  Love  I  Share." 

June  8th:     PROBERS  FIND  "FEAR  AND  TENSION"  AT  MSC 

In  a  15-page  report,  the  investigation  team  comcluded  that  Rath- 
geber was  absent  from  campus  excessively,  that  there  was  over- 
charging for  books,  that  there  was  an  unnecessarily  high  turn- 
over of  faculty,  and  that  the  administration  acted  arbitrarily. 
But  they  also  concluded  that  "Rathgeber  had  the  good  of  the 
college  at  heart." 


August  9th: 


RATHGEBER  SUBMITS  RESIGNATION, 
EFFECTIVE  SEPTEMBER  4th 


September  10th:     GOVERNOR  SCRANTON  SELECTS  COSTELLO 
TO  SERVE  AS  ACTING  PRESIDENT 
Tom  Costello,  Dean  of  Students,  is  appointed  acting-president. 

Source:     Selected  issues  of  the 
Klmira    Star-Gazette, 
December-September   1962-63 


1964:  Dr.  Bryan  Assumes  Presidency 


—"It  is  a  great  priiilcge  to  be  the 
President  of  Mansfield  .  .  .  We 
are  justly  proud  .  .  .  We  are  in- 
tensely interested  in  working  to 
the  future  .  .  .  our  goal  is  to 
have  an  undergraduate  program 
which  is  of  such  quality  that  we 
will  be  worthy  of  the  graduate 
status  we  are  seeking." 

Dr.   Bryan 


PRESIDENT   BRYAN   AND    HOMECOMING    QUEEN    (1966) 
JUDY  REINHART  CHEER  THE  MOUNTIES. 


175 


w    t 


»v*SF'e 


1964:     THE  CHAMPIONSHIP  TEAM 


Row  1  —  Bud  Hulser,  Tom  Wallon,  Terry  Crouthamel,  Jim  Turner.  Row  2  —  Jim  Kinsler,  Joe  Russell,  John  Machulsky,  Paul 
Manikowski,  Lee  Felsburg.  Row  3  —  John  McNaney,  Bob  Brisiel,  Bob  Wolf,  Ron  Markert.  Row  4  —  Trainer  Melvin  Dry,  Dr. 
Bryan,  Coach  Bill  Clark,  Marion  Decker,  Assistant  Coach  Gordon  Preston. 

176 


1964:  Mansfield  Advances  to  National  Playoffs 


A    Word    of    Thanks    from    Coach    Clark 


When  a  team  is  fortunate 
enough  to  extend  an  already  - 
impressive  history  of  past  bas- 
ketball successes,  perhaps  the 
joy  of  victory  on  the  court 
should  be  enough.  Yet,  the 
memories  treasured  by  the 
1963-64  Mansfield  Mounties 
are  highlighted  by  a  sense  of 
gratitude  for  the  loyalty  and 
enthusiasm  of  the  blend  of  col- 
lege and  community  which 
terms  itself  Mansfield. 


The  season  can  be  chronicled  by  the  spontaneous  bursts 
of  pride  in  achievement  which  make  up  so  prominent  a  part 
of  that  intangible  called  "Spirit".  As  squad  members  we  shall 
always  recall  with  a  warm  feeling:  the  standing  roar  of  ap- 
proval as  the  century  mark  was  reached  in  the  season  opener 

—  the  Mountaineer,  the  bell,  the  siren  leading  a  bedlam  of 
noise  in  the  Bloomsburg  tie-breaker  —  the  "pilgrimage  of  the 
500"  to  defend  the  honor  of  "Dogpatch"  —  the  initiation  of 
the  new  scoreboard  so  thoughtfully  provided  by  the  Student 
Council  —  the  three  bus  loads  of  MSC  students  at  Erie  —  the 
cheerleaders  who  "got  there  somehow"  at  Beaver  Falls  —  the 
unscheduled  holiday  after  the  Westminster  game  —  home- 
coming to  fire  engines  and  a  mob  scene  on  Main  Street  — 
an  18-foot  telegram  at  Kansas  City  —  radio  in  the  Hut  and 
impromptu  parades  —  telegraphed  flowers  from  North  Hall 

—  an  airmailed  Flashlight  extra  —  the  pep  band  1200  miles 
from  home  —  return  to  Corning  and  pandemonium  —  Mans- 
field and  2000  people  who  "didn't  know  we  had  finally  lost" 

—  the  "Key  to  the  City"  —  elementary  school  cheerleaders 
and  "We  Love  You,  Mounties"  —  the  fire-station  platform 
and  lumps  in  throats  —  the  kitchen  staff  and  a  beautiful  cake. 

BILL  CLARK,   Basketball  Coach 


177 


1964:      "MAKING  OUT"  RULE 

The  Dorm  Councils  have  made  a  new 
ruling  concerning  dating  behavior  on  cam- 
pus. We  are  sure  that  most  students  will 
agree  that  it  is  a  welcome  "code."  We  re- 
capitulate the  rule  for  those  students  still 
unfamiliar  with  it. 

"No  necking  or  petting  in  public  places  on 
campus.  T/yis  includes  the  North  Hall  well, 
South  Hall  lounge,  the  arcade,  the  Mansfiehlian 
Room,  and  the  benches  scattered  about  the 
campus. 

If  the  students  didn't  initiate  action 
against  public  promiscuity  the  Administra- 
tion would  have  been  forced  to.  However, 
for  couples  who  want  to  exchange  endear- 
ments and  embraces,  the  Mansfleldian 
Room  is  available.  It  is  out  of  the  public's 
eye,  is  comfortable,  and  has  a  television  set. 
Rules  should  be  drawn  up  limiting  the 
hours  that  any  "private  student  area"  can 
be  used  as  a  "hide-a-way".  Also,  a  general 
code  of  behavior  should  be  applicable  to 
such  an  area. 

Perhaps  the  dorm  councils,  in  cooper- 
ation with  the  deans,  would  consider  this 
a  liberal  view.  But  surely  there  would  be 
no  complaints  from  the  students. 

No  one  is  trying  to  stop  "making  out" 
on  the  campus.  The  entire  problem  is  that 
some  rather  selfish  people  just  don't  want 
to  wait  until  they  are  alone  and  in  private 
before  commencing  with  love  making. 

This  is  our  campus,  our  college.  Let's 
express  ourselves  in  a  mature  fashion,  both 
in  our  social  contacts  and  in  our  protests. 
We  will  be  better  people  for  it. 


Source: 


Flashlight 

May  11,  1964 


178 


1965:      WISC    Student    &Ju     Rallies    -Against     "Mot    Protests".. 

L4nification     r^allu     is     ^J^reta 


A  crowd  gathered  in  South  Hall 
Parking  lot  early  last  Wednesday 
night  and  members  of  the  Mans- 
field State  College  Band  played 
the  national  anthem.  Some  of  the 
people  in  the  crowd  sang  along 
while  others  stood  at  strict  atten- 
tion. 

Student  Council  President,  Jay 
Angel,  walked  to  the  microphone 
and  announced  the  opening  of  the 
Mansfield  State  College  Rally  for 
Unification  on  the  Vietnam  issue. 
He  stated  that  the  rally  was  not 
organized  to  support  or  condemn 
government  policy,  but  "to  let  the 
students  of  Mansfield  State  College 
go  on  record  as  being  against  the 
burning  of  draft  cards  and  the  do- 
nation of  blood  to  the  Viet  Cong." 

He  offered  the  microphone  to 
anyone  in  the  audience  who  desired 
to  state  his  views  on  the  issue  ■ — - 
pro  or  con. 

A  Student  Speaks 

The  first  to  take  advantage  of 
the  offer  was  James  Munketterick. 
He  mounted  the  stand,  lit  a  match 
and  proceeded  to  burn  a  small  white 
piece  of  paper  that  looked  like  a 
draft  card.  Then  he  jerked  the 
flame  away  and  asked  his  listeners, 
"Would  you  dare  do  an  idiot  thing 
like  this?" 

He  went  on  to  quote  Barry 
Goldwater,  saying  that  "such  acts 
border  on  treason."  "All  that  anti- 
Vietnam  war  demonstrators  offer 
us,"  continued  Munkitterick,  "is  a 
rejection  of  the  right  of  the  Viet- 


namese people  to  be  free."  He  also 
noted  the  bad  effect  their  riots  have 
had  on  the  image  of  the  American 
college  students.  "Are  they  mod- 
ern-day Nathan  Hales  or  Benedict 
Arnolds?  I  know,"  he  averred.  He 
concluded  by  pointing  out  to  stu- 
dents and  faculty  members  present 
"...  our  one  path  in  this  issue 
is  unity  with  the  government." 

The   Speakers  Continue 

Dr.  George  Bluhm,  chairman  of 
the  Social  Science  Department  and 
local  commander  of  the  American 
Legion,  then  rose  to  speak.  Com- 
menting on  the  makeshift  speakers 
platform,  he  quipped,  "Old  soldiers 
never  die,  they  just  fall  off  tables." 
He  noted  that  since  1608,  no  gen- 
eration of  Americans  has  had  to 
fight  to  defend  the  dignity  of  the 
American  people  and  their  love  for 
freedom. 

Another  student,  Dan  Nichols, 
took  the  microphone.  He  opened 
his  presentation  with  the  reading  of 
a  letter  from  a  friend,  a  twenty- 
year-old  corporal  stationed  near  Qui 
Nhon.  After  vivid  description  of 
the  conditions  in  the  war,  the  letter 
closed  with  this  phrase:  "We're  go- 
ing to  win  this  war  or  I  will  die 
trying."  Nichols  called  on  the  rally 
participants  to  be  willing  to  sacri- 
fice for  the  war  effort  and  received 
oral  support. 

Jay  Angel  then  returned  to  the 
platform  to  read  a  statement  from 
President  Fred  E.  Bryan.  It  ex- 
pressed   his    disappointment    at    not 


SIGNING  PETITION 


being  able  to  attend  the  rally  and 
his  sincere  support  of  the  rally.  It 
called  on  each  to  determine  "... 
how  to  best  support  society." 

A  Thousand   Blank   Spaces 

The  band  again  played  the  Star- 
Spangled  Banner  and  two  minutes 
of  silence  were  observed  in  com- 
memoration of  the  efforts  of  per- 
sons connected  with  the  war.  As  the 
crowd  was  about  to  be  dismissed, 
Professor  Peter  Hill  of  the  Social 
Studies  Department  asked  to  speak. 
He  noted  that  he  disagrees  with  the 
government  policy  on  Vietnam  and 
challenged  the  Student  Council  to 
sponsor  a  forum  to  give  selected 
persons  an  opportunity  to  speak  on 


their  viewpoints,  both  pro  and  con. 
Jay  asked  the  crowd  for  their  opin- 
ion, and  received  strong  approval. 
He  then  indicated  that  the  council 
would  set  up  such  a  forum  in  the 
near  future. 

The  crowd  then  pressed  forward 
to  the  wall  of  South  Hall  where  a 
large  poster  was  mounted.  A 
thousand  blank  spaces  were  wait- 
ing for  them  to  sign  their  names. 
The  top  of  the  poster  read,  "We 
are  opposed  to:  the  burning  of 
draft  cards  and  the  donating  of 
blood   to  the  Viet  Cong." 

Source:      Flashlight 

November    15,    1965 


179 


1960's:      FAMILIAR 
SCENE 

During  the  60's  there 
was  continuous  con- 
struction on  the  cam- 
pus: new  dorms,  new 
dining  hall,  new  gym- 
nasium, new  student 
union,  new  infirmary 
building  .   .  . 


180 


:v 


*\i 


f  &  i^t 


'_i?3  f|W." 

&^~-~' "~< 

HHHB 

***• 

? 

" 

"*/ 

%      - 

■i i  fBJ 

iWE 


J  -  ' 


STUDENT  COUNCIL  (1966).     Seated:  M.  O'Donnell,  S.  Young,  T.  McGuffey,  J.  Haverstick,  S.  Johnson,  J.  Angel,  M.  Palumbo, 
Dean  Costello,  J.  Thomas,  L.  Alderfer,  P.  Dantini.  Standing:  L.  Hess,  D.  Knaus,  A.  Olm. 


181 


1966:  Middle  States  Report 


According  to  a  report  made  by 
the  Middle  States  Education  Com- 
mittee: 

"Mansfield  State  College,  in  recent 
years,  has  weathered  severe  problems 
that  had  brought  it  to  the  brink  of 
chaos  through  serious  unrest  and  in- 
stability that  affected  students,  facul- 
ty, administration  and  trustees.  Of 
great  consequence  to  the  college  and 
to  the  educational  community  gener- 
ally is  the  report  that  can  properly  be 
made  that  Mansfield  College  now 
seems  to  have  many  of  these  problems 
behind  it.  A  sincerely  dedicated  presi- 
dent and  a  loyal  group  of  colleagues 
have  brought  about  changes  in  internal 
and  external  relations/yips  which  give 
promise  of  a  more  hopeful  and  con- 
structive future.  The  president's 
achievements  in  the  space  of  two  years 
have  been  outstanding  in  raising  stu- 
dent and  faculty  morale,  in  winning 
the  loyalty  of  facility  and  staff,  and  in 
elevating  the  hopes  and  aspirations  of 
the  entire  college  community.  It  was  in 
this  changed  and  improved  atmosphere 
that  this  visitation  took  place  and  the 
report  prepared." 

The  preceding  paragraphs  were 
included  in  the  preface  to  the  48 
page  evaluation  report  presented 
to  the  Commission  on  Institutions  of 
Higher  Education  of  the  Middle 
States  Association  of  Colleges  and 
secondary  Schools  in  October,  1965. 

A  central  concern  expressed  by 
the  team  related  to  the  liberal  arts 
program  at  Mansfield,  which  seems 


to  be  given  secondary  consideration 
in  a  number  of  respects.  It  is  rec- 
ommended that  a  separate  admini- 
strative structure  be  established  in 
liberal  arts  equal  to  the  structure 
in  teacher  education.  The  liberal 
arts  office  should  be  concerned  with 
all  liberal  arts  degree  programs, 
faculty  and  students  and  also  for 
all  liberal  arts  departments  serving 
the  education  programs. 

Long  -  term  planning  in  pro- 
grams, faculty,  staff,  and  instruc- 
tional equipment  to  support  the  ac- 
ademic programs  has  been  insuffi- 
cient to  meet  the  projection  of  en- 
rollment and  plans  for  the  physical 
development  of  the  campus.  It  is 
strongly  urged  that  a  plan,  with  em- 
phasis on  academic  planning  and 
development,  be  prepared  to  sup- 
port the  plans  for  these  future  pro- 
jections. 

Faculty  morale,  although  great- 
ly improved  during  the  past  two 
years,  shows  evidences  of  needing  to 
be  strengthened.  Reference  by  some 
students  to  frequent  faculty  ab- 
sences from  class  indicates  the  need 
for  constant  attention  to  building 
faculty  morale  and  to  encouraging 
faculty  involvement  in  the  life  of 
Mansfield.  Participation  in  an  in- 
stitution's growth  and  a  concern  for 
its  advancement  go  hand  in  hand 
with  strengthened  morale. 

Source :      Flashlight 

January  12,   1966 


1966:     GRADUATE 
PROGRAM  LAUNCHED 

Saturday,  January  8,  1966, 
the  Mansfield  State  College 
Board  of  Trustees  at  a  meeting 
took  steps  to  launch  the  col- 
lege's new  graduate  studies  in 
music  and  elementary  educa- 
tion and  to  increase  the  size 
and  effectiveness  of  the  liberal 
arts  program. 

Dr.  Fred  E.  Bryan's  recom- 
mendations, that  the  position 
of  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs 
be  established  and  that  the  du- 
ties of  the  Office  of  Admissions 
and  the  Placement  Office  be 
separated,  were  passed. 

The  Dean  of  Academic  Af- 
fairs responsibilities  will  be  to 
coordinate  the  activities  of  the 
liberal  arts,  graduate  studies, 
and  teacher  education  curricu- 
lums. 

The  changes  were  made  to 
comply  with  recommendations 
of  the  Middle  States  evaluating 
team  which  visited  the  campus 
in  October  of  1965. 

In  asking  for  the  reorgani- 
zation, Dr.  Bryan  told  board 
members  that  it  would  "more 
nearly  reflect  our  multi-purpose 
status  and  help  maintain  our 
high  quality  program  of  teach- 
er education." 

Source :      Flashlight 

January  12,  1966 


182 


1966:      BUS  STOP.     Left  to  right  —  Don  Smith,  Jinny  Breech,  Gene  Grey,  Joe  Kulasa,  Diane  Largey,  Scott  Young,  Ron  Hart- 
man,  and  Janis  Troutman.    Joe  Kulasa  (now  Tony  Craig)   became  a  popular  actor  on  the  soap  opera,  The  Edge  of  Night. 


183 


MSC  ALUMNUS  DEEDS 
LAND  TO  COLLEGE 

A  200-aci'e  tract  of  land 
atop  Armenia  Mountains, 
with  an  elevation  of  1,929 
feet,  has  been  deeded  by  Dr. 
and  Mrs.  Clifford  E.  Scout- 
en,  of  Sylvania,  to  Mansfield 
State  College  Student  Serv- 
ices. 

The  mountain  tract,  en- 
hanced by  three  large  ponds, 
is  just  14  miles  east  of  the 
state  college  and  with  the 
exception  of  a  four  -  mile 
stretch  of  mountain  road,  is 
easily  accessible  by  a  two- 
lane  macadam  highway  (Rt. 
6). 

Dr.  Scouten,  a  native  of 
that  Bradford  County  area, 
was  graduated  from  Mans- 
field State  in  1915.  He  later 
studied  at  St.  Lawrence  and 
the  University  of  Toronto. 
He  was  a  dedicated  teacher 
and  .began  his  30-year  ca- 
reer in  the  profession  in  a 
one-room  school  in  Sylvania. 

Source: 

Mansfieldian,    Fall     1967 


1967-68:  THE  ANTHROPOLOGY  CLUB.  Under  the  leadership  of 
Professor  Avery  Sheaffer,  the  club  engaged  in  numerous  excavation 
projects  throughout  the  region. 


Editorial:      FINANCIAL  LAG 

State  college  students  of  Pennsylvania  may  not  be  getting  their 
full  share  of  state  aid. 

In  1966  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  was  subsidizing  every 
state  college  student  by  $802.59,  but  the  same  year  the  amount  for  sub- 
sidized students  at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh  was  $1712  each,  at 
Temple  University,  $1213  and  at  Pennsylvania  State  University,  $1384. 

The  aid  to  state  college  students  has  lagged  for  some  time  behind 
that  provided  to  Penn  State  students.  Aid  to  Temple  University  stu- 
dents began  to  surpass  that  of  state  college  students  in  1965  and  became 
even  more  apparent  in  1966.  The  University  of  Pittsburgh  students  who 
received  only  about  half  as  much  state  aid  as  state  college  students  in 
1955  received  twice  as  much  aid  in  1966.  Lincoln  University,  a  private 
college,  receives  more  money  for  students'  aid  than  do  the  state  col- 
leges. The  private  medical  schools  received  four  times  as  much  aid  per 
student  as  state  college  students. 

Pennsylvania  is  the  only  state  in  the  United  States  that  gives  money 
to  private  colleges,  and  in  1966  private  colleges  received  $82  million 
while  the  state  colleges  received  $35  million. 

Source:      Flashlight      May   3,    1967 


Editorial:      GROWING  PAINS 

Is  Mansfield  State  growing  too 
fast? 

Already  the  dorms  are  packed  to 
capacity  with  three,  four  and  even  five 
persons  to  a  room.  The  cafeteria  situ- 
ation is  even  worse.  Classrooms  are 
in  demand,  as  are  instructors.  Yet 
next  year  the  enrollment  will  go  up 
even  more. 

It  was  announced  at  the  trustees 
meeting  Saturday  that  applications 
will  no  longer  be  accepted  by  the  ad- 
missions office.  Only  120  will  be  ad- 
mitted.  This  adoption  is  to  be  praised. 

Source:      Flashlight 

January   10,   1968 


184 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES:      President  Fred  E.  Bryan,  Paul  Conner,  Richard  Marshall,  Fred  Jupenlaz,  Robert  E.  Farr,  Donald  P. 
Gill,  Milford  Paris,  A.  F.  Snyder.    (Absent:  Margaret  McMillen,  and  Jo  Hays). 


185 


CASUAL  CAFETERIA 
ATTIRE  OFFICIAL 

It's  official,  the  cafeteria 
dress  policy  has  been  relaxed. 
Final  action  was  taken  on  the 
matter  at  the  dining  room  com- 
mittee meeting  last  Thursday 
evening. 

Under  the  new  policy  wom- 
en will  be  admitted  to  the  caf- 
eteria dressed  in  slacks,  shorts, 
cut-offs  and  sweatshirts.  Men 
are  allowed  to  wear  jeans, 
sweatshirts  and  cut-offs.  The 
only  requirement  for  this  garb 
is  that  it  be  clean  and  neat. 

The  committee,  chaired  by 
Jon  Phillips,  has  been  working 
on  the  revision  since  early 
September.  The  first  step  taken 
included  a  questionnaire  issued 
at  the  first  special  dinner  of 
the  year.  At  that  time  over 
80  percent  of  the  ballots  favor- 
ed a  change. 

The  only  exception  to  the 
casual  rule  is  Sunday  dinner 
and  a  few  of  the  special  din- 
ners. For  Sunday  dinners,  only 
classroom  or  dress  attire  will 
be  permitted.  Some  of  the  din- 
ners, Christmas  for  example, 
will  require  dress. 

The  new  stand  makes 
Mansfield's  policy  among  the 
most  liberal  in  the  state  col- 
leges. 

Source: 
Flashlight 

November  8,   1967 


186 


1968:  Dr.  Lawrence  Park  Assumes  Presidency 


PARK  INAUGURATION.  In  April  1969,  President  Park  was  admin- 
istered the  oath  of  office.  The  ceremony  was  followed  by  an  inaugural 
ball  and  much  pomp  and  pageantry.  Compared  to  his  immediate  pred- 
ecessors, he  appeared  to  be  more  politically  detached.   He  raised  horses. 


187 


MSC   PROFESSOR  PICKETS   NEW  STUDENT  UNION 


"I  feel  that  this  is  an  identity 
crisis  of  the  school  .  .  .  they  are 
taking  away  the  tradition  of  the 
campus."  Strong  words?  Yes. 
Sentiments?  Stronger  yet.  Pro- 
fessor Sanford  Chilcote  of  the 
MSC  English  Department  is  very 
adamant  concerning  the  construc- 
tion of  the  new  student  union 
center  which  is  being  built  direct- 
ly in  front  of  North  Hall,  the 
former  location  of  the  Mountie 
steps.  On  last  Wednesday,  Thurs- 
day, and  Friday  Chilcote  took  it 
upon  himself  to  let  the  admini- 
stration know  his  strong  feelings. 

When  asked  why  he  decided 
to  picket,  he  had  a  quick  reply. 
"This  (the  area)  is  an  object  of 
symbolism,  they  are  desecrating 
the  people,  the  past." 

Chilcote  has  hopes  of  seeing 
stronger  protests.  He  hopes  stu- 
dents will  organize  and  "...  sit 
in  the  trees,  and  refuse  to  move. 
If    the    past    has    no    value  .   .   . 


they've  missed  something."  Chil- 
cote feels  that  there  are  many 
other  places  for  the  building.  He 
spoke  of  the  state's  eminent  do- 
main, he  feels  they  could  have 
moved  the  building  downtown.  He 
said  that  the  present  location  def- 
initely shows  a  "lack  of  taste." 

Apparently  Professor  Chilcote 
does  not  think  it  is  too  late.  He 
said,  "Nobody  is  doing  anything. 
If  it's  in  your  dreams  you  have  to 
do  something.  I  always  have 
hopes.  This  is  as  bad  as  Harvard 
tearing  up  the  commune,  or  Con- 
gress tearing  up  the  White  House. 
It  is  very  analagous." 

"The  past  is  reflected  here. 
This  section  is  symbolic  of  the 
campus,  the  people  who  built  it 
did  it  to  last  —  it  is  being  dese- 
crated." 

Source: 
Flashlight 

March    26,    1969 


188 


1969:    Ali    Speaks    to    Capacity    Crowd 


Cassius  Clay,  undefeated  heavy- 
weight champion  of  the  world,  re- 
cently spoke  to  a  full  house  of 
Mansfield  students,  faculty,  admin- 
istration, and  friends.  He  did  not, 
however,  speak  as  Cassius  Clay,  the 
fighter,  but  as  Muhammad  Ali  the 
minister  of  the  Black  Muslims. 

The  Black  Muslims,  embracing 
the  idea  of  complete  separation  of 
Blacks  and  Whites,  have  three  basic 
aims:  "justice,  freedom,  and  equal- 
ity for  30  million  so  called  Ameri- 
can Negroes."  They  feel  that  the 
only  way  there  can  possibly  be 
peace  is  to  separate.  Ali  cited  sev- 
eral examples:  in  South  Africa  the 
whites  and  blacks  have  separated; 
Europe  is  making  extradition  laws 
to  ship  the  colored  people  back  to 
Africa. 

It  is  the  nature  of  these  two 
groups  to  remain  opposite,  and 
when  people  are  opposite,  they  are 
automatically  opposed.  Ali  said  that 
it's  time  to  quit  this  forced  hypo- 
critical integration,  because  it  will 
never  succeed. 

Ali  stated  that  it  must  be  a 
peaceful  separation  because  if  there 
was  ever  a  violent  revolution  the 
Negro  would  be  annihilated.  The 
whites,  with  their  superior  weapons 
and  large  mass  of  people  would  ut- 
terly destroy  the  Negro  race  in 
America.  His  last  statement  was 
that  violence  was  the  worst  thing 
the  Negro  could  resort  to. 


Source: 


Flashlight 

May  14,  1969 


1969:      GRAPE   BOYCOTT  — 

STUDENTS  PICKET  LOCAL 

STORE  IN  SUPPORT  OF 

GRAPEPICKERS 


1    ufl 

Ijfl 

fw 

w 

a 

^jjf 

189 


GREEKS.     During  the  60's,  seven  new  fraternities  and  sororities  were  organized. 


190 


1969:  Moritorium  Day  at  Mansfield,  October  15th  — 
Students  seek  U.  S.  Withdrawal  from  Viet  Nam 


The  Vietnam  Peace  Moratorium 
Committee  has  organized  events  to 
take  place.  We  suggest  that  any- 
one who  is  concerned  enough  about 
our  dying  GI's  take  an  active  part 
in  these  events: 

Agenda 

9:00  —  All  day  the  passing  of  leaf- 
lets and  signing  of  petitions  on 
campus  and  in  town. 

11:00-1:00  —  Petition  signing  in 
cafeteria. 

1:00  —  Funeral  march  to  Straughn 
Auditorium,  upon  reaching 
Straughn  there  will  be  a  Me- 
morial Service. 

3:00  —  The  town  church  bells  may 
be  rung  in  unison. 

5:00-6:30  —  Petition  signing  in 
cafeteria. 

7  :00  —  Manser  Hall  Lounge  —  "Do 
Your  Own  Thing"  microphone 
open  to  everyone. 

There  will  be  a  motorcade  to  Wells- 
boro  immediately  following 
the  services  at  Straughn  Audi- 
torium. This  is  not  an  officially 
sponsored  activity;  however, 
all  interested  parties  are  wel- 
come to  participate. 

It  is  only  by  becoming  a  unified 
body  that  we  can  truly 


Source: 


Flashlight 

October    15, 


PEACE  SIGN 


ARMBAND   OF  CONCERN 


1969 


THE  "FUNERAL"   MARCH 


191 


192 


1970-1984 


During  the  70's,  President  Park  was  unsuccessful 
in  his  attempt  to  move  the  school  forward.  In  1970, 
he  unveiled  a  "Master  Plan"  projecting  that  by  1980 
MSC  would  grow  to  about  5,800  students.  Then  in  accord- 
ance with  the  "Plan,"  Park  broadened  the  administrative 
structure  and  he  expanded  academic  programs,  such  as  his- 
tory, english,  and  foreign  languages.  He  believed  that  the 
new  programs  would  be  especially  attractive  to  a  growing 
number  of  community  college  students  who  would  be  trans- 
ferring to  MSC.  In  fact,  he  expected  that  by  1980  MSC  would 
move  to  a  point  where  60^  of  the  students  would  be  juniors 
and  seniors.  Interestingly,  despite  the  anticipated  growth, 
Park  contended  that  "it  is  not  Mansfield's  intention  to  seek 
university  status." 


70's:      ENROLLMENT 

DECLINE 

80's:      TURNABOUT 

Date 

Enrollment 

1971-72 

3400 

(Est) 

1972-73  

_„.     3275 

(Est) 

1973-74  

3148 

1974-75 

2829 

1975-76  

..._      3015 

1976-77  ____- 

_  2859 

1977-78  

2652 

1978-79  

..  .     2533 

1979-80  

2402 

1980-81 

2327 

2460 

1981-82  

1982-83  

2539 

1983-84 

2800 

(Est) 

Unfortunately,  the  "Plan"  for  the  70's  was  never  realized. 
By  1972,  Park  described  the  initial  projections  as  "unrealistic" 
and  "excessive,"  suggesting  instead  that  "Mansfield  may  peak 
at  about  4,000  students."  He  contended  that  because  of  its 
geographic  location  and  a  relative  decline  in  state  support 
for  higher  education,  MSC  could  not  attain  the  goals  of  the 
Master  Plan.  Five  years  later,  in  1977,  when  Park  left  MSC 
the  enrollment  had  slipped  to  about  2700  students,  and  there 
were  newspaper  reports  suggesting  that  Mansfield  might  be 
closed  by  1982  due  to  a  declining  enrollment. 

Between  1977  and  1979,  Dr.  Donald  Darnton,  former 
Vice-President  of  Academic  Affairs,  served  as  the  Acting 
President.  He  viewed  his  role  as  being  a  temporary  "consoli- 
dator."  As  he  put  it:  "I  don't  expect  to  move  the  college  in 
any  particular  direction;  that's  a  permanent  sort  of  thing." 
But,  enrollment  continued  to  decline  and  the  budgetary  crisis 
intensified. 

In  1979,  after  reviewing  over  120  applicants  for  the  posi- 
tion, the  presidential  search  committee  recommended  the  ap- 
pointment of  Dr.  Janet  Travis,  a  philosopher  and  former  pro- 
vost at  the  University  of  Northern  Kentucky.  In  turn,  upon 
being  appointed  by  Governor  Thornburgh  she  became  the  first 
female  president  of  a  Pennsylvania  state  college. 


Dr.  Travis'  first  action  was  the  elimination  of  25  faculty 
members  —  mostly  from  the  english,  foreign  languages,  and 
history  departments.  She  justified  her  action  on  the  grounds 
that  it  was  necessary  in  order  to  balance  the  budget  and  to 
provide  resources  for  new  programs. 


193 


During  the  four  years  (1979-83)  under  Travis,  the  col- 
lege underwent  many  changes.  She  shifted  program  em- 
phases and  she  instituted  an  elaborate  advising  system  for 
students  with  the  hope  of  curbing  attrition.  With  the  help  of 
a  greatly  improved  admissions  office,  enrollment  did  increase 
during  the  Travis  administration,  but  few  faculty  members 
gave  her  much  credit.  In  fact,  on  two  separate  occasions,  fac- 
ulty members  gave  her  very  negative  evaluations  on  her  per- 
formance. Moreover,  following  a  report  from  the  Middle 
States  Accreditation  team  indicating  that  faculty  governance 
at  MSC  had  deteriorated  under  Travis,  the  Board  of  Trustees, 
the  union,  and  students  openly  sought  her  resignation.  In 
July  1983,  she  was  transferred  to  the  Pennsylvania  Depart- 
ment of  Education,  and  Rod  Kelchner  was  appointed  interim- 
president. 

Despite  the  difficulties  of  successive  administrations  dur- 
ing the  70's,  there  continued  to  be  many  highlights: 
the  criminal  justice,  business  administration,  and  infor- 
mation processing  programs  grew  and  became  the  school's 
major  growth  programs;  moreover,  programs  became  estab- 
lished in  art,  broadcasting,  technical  theatre,  community  psy- 
chology, regional  planning,  travel  and  tourism,  medical  tech- 
nology, music  therapy,  pre-engineering,  public  relations,  social 
work,  and  special  education.  Throughout  the  70's  the  continu- 
ing education  program  was  a  bright  spot  of  growth. 

On  the  extra-curricular  level  there  were  also  many  high- 
lights: the  Mountie  Bands  became  nationally  recognized  for 
their  excellence;  the  Mansfield  Summer  Festival  Theatre  be- 
came quite  popular  in  the  region;  the  1973  Concert  Choir  re- 
ceived the  Rome  International  Choral  Festival  Gold  Medal; 
the  1979  Mountie  baseball  team  won  third  place  in  the  Na- 
tional College  World  Series;  the  women's  volleyball  teams 
advanced  to  the  national  playoffs  in  1978,  1980,  and  1981; 
the  1975  basketball  team  won  the  Pennsylvania  State  College 
Championship;  and,  the  forensic  teams  were  consistent  win- 
ners —  ranked  10th  in  the  nation  in  1976.  In  addition,  many 
individuals  gained  recognition  for  outstanding  achievement  in 
their  fields. 

Throughout  the  70's,  faculty  members  demonstrated  high 
levels  of  achievement.  An  increasing  number  completed  term- 
inal degrees  in  their  fields  and  the  number  of  professional 
papers,  publications,  concerts  and  other  presentations  given 
by  faculty  members  steadily  increased. 

In  1972,  the  MSC  faculty,  along  with  the  faculty  mem- 
ber of  other  state  colleges,  organized  a  union.    From  the  per- 


spective of  some  administrators,  the  unionization  contributed 
to  the  financial  difficulties  of  the  institution  because  of  in- 
creased faculty  salaries  and  benefits.  However,  from  the  per- 
spective of  most  faculty  members,  the  unionization  was  a 
necessary  and  effective  means  of  protecting  faculty  rights  dur- 
ing a  period  of  turmoil.  In  any  case,  coinciding  with  unioni- 
zation, the  college  attracted  better  trained  professionals,  and 
there  was  less  turnover  of  faculty.  As  of  1982,  about  80%  of 
the  MSC  faculty  belonged  to  the  union. 

The  students  of  the  70's  reflected  societal  trends  toward 
recognition  of  individual  expression.  For  many  years,  fresh- 
men initiation  had  served  as  a  means  of  molding  each  fresh- 
man into  a  "Mountie."  It  was  a  way  of  promoting  the  "we- 
feeling"  —  that  is,  a  loyalty  and  commitment  to  Mansfield. 
But  during  the  70's,  the  initiation  rituals  became  passe'  as 
the  so-called  "me  generation"  of  students  insisted  on  individ- 
ualism and  the  right  to  be  free  and  different.  Students  of  the 
70's  resisted  requirements  to  attend  MSC  community  events 
such  as  assemblies  and  commencement  ceremonies.  They  de- 
manded and  gained  greater  freedom  with  regard  to  drinking, 
using  drugs,  and  sexual  activity.  They  challenged  and 
changed  rules  relating  to  study  hours,  attending  class,  grad- 
ing, and  so  forth.  The  pass-fail  system  was  established;  the 
student's  right  to  challenge  a  grade  became  easier;  and, 
stricter  rules  were  adopted  relating  to  the  disclosure  of  in- 
formation about  students.  Both  in  and  out  of  the  classroom 
the  expressions  "I  think"  and  "I  feel"  became  more  common- 
place, and  the  traditional  authority  of  the  teacher  weakened. 

Amidst  the  foregoing  changes,  there  were  coinciding 
shifts  in  the  academic  majors  and  the  sex  ratio  of  the  students. 
In  1970,  when  home  economics  and  education  were  still  the 
major  programs  at  MSC,  about  65%  of  the  students  were 
females.  But,  by  1983,  with  the  growth  of  the  new  programs 
in  business,  criminal  justice,  and  information  processing,  the 
percentage  of  incoming  students  who  were  female  dropped  to 
about  50  percent.  In  the  meantime,  however,  the  cultural  and 
ethnic  diversity  of  the  students  broadened.  For  example,  the 
number  of  black  students  increased  from  about  fifteen  to  a 
hundred  between  1970  and  1983;  and,  the  number  of  foreign 
students  expanded  from  only  a  few  to  thirty-eight  in  1983. 

In  short,  the  past  thirteen  years  have  been  intense  and 
challenging  times  for  MSC.  Nonetheless,  the  period  has  added 
to  the  true  character  of  the  institution.  Indeed,  as  MSC  be- 
comes Mansfield  University,  it  reflects  the  maturity  of  an  in- 
stitution that  has  been  seasoned  with  both  triumph  and 
tragedy. 


194 


1970    (Spring):      STUDENT   RALLY   AND   A   DAY   OF   CONCERN.    TALK   OF  STRIKE! 
PRESIDENT  PARK   IS  APPLAUDED   FOR   HIS  CONDUCT 


On  Wednesday,  May  6  at  10  p.m.  there 
was  a  meeting  or  rally  at  which  the  students 
were  to  strike,  or  to  back  the  faculty's  deci- 
sion to  have  a  teach-in  tomorrow.  Rick  Celsi, 
speaking  for  those  students  who  wanted  to 
strike,  explained  that  the  strike  was  to  be 
against  the  government's  policy  in  South  East 
Asia,  not  against  anything  at  the  school. 
The  students  were  exhorted  to  "know  what's 
going  on  in  the  whole  world,  instead  of  just 
your  own  little  world,  show  opposition  to 
the  SE  Asian  policy,  find  out  about  Cambodia, 
and  the  Kent  State  University's  tragedy." 

President  Park  then  presented  the 
faculty  resolution  and  stated  that  he  and  the 
Faculty  Advisory  Council  were  "here  to  find 
out  what  the  students  want"  so  they  could 
finalize  their  decision. 

Brian  Zeigler  followed,  stating  that  in  a 
voice  poll  taken  by  Student  Council,  it  was 
evident  that  "the  majority  of  students  are 
against  further  involvement  in  SE  Asia,"  and 
that  the  Council  would  endorse  the  action  of 
President  Park.  (Copies  of  the"  faculty's  reso- 
lution will  be  sent  to  other  State  College 
Presidents,  Student  Government  leaders,  Con- 
gressmen and  President  Nixon  himself.) 

At  this  point,  an  irate  young  lady  stood 
up  and  shouted  that  the  President  "was  run- 
ning a  college  and  not  a  fan  club."  To  the 
young  lady,  one  of  the  students  replied: 
"You  should  be  responsible  for  just  a  little 
more  than  what  is  in  your  life  now." 

Dr.  Finley  backed  up  the  President  ex- 
plaining the  faculty's  view  —  he  wanted  to 
know  how  the  students  felt  so  that  faculty 
could  further  decide  upon  what  to  do. 


Various  arguments  then  ensued  as  to 
what  the  strike  was  for  (it's  not  opposed  to 
the  faculty  resolution  and  teach-in,  but  rather 
a  reinforcement  of  it) ;  what  moral  commit- 
ments were  (if  morally  committed,  take  it 
upon  yourself  to  become  educated) ;  and 
whether  there  are  or  are  not  enough  volun- 
teer troops  to  go  into  Cambodia  (one  young 
man  said  there  were,  another  said  there 
weren't). 

Another  young  lady  then  took  the  micro- 
phone and  gave  an  impassioned  appeal  —  we 
didn't  help  East  Germany,  Poland,  Bulgaria 
and  Czechoslovakia  when  they  asked,  and 
look  what  has  happened  to  them,  if  we  don't 
stop  them  there  (SE  Asia)  where  will  we? 
The  islands  in  the  Pacific?  She  was  simul- 
taneously cheered  and  booed  as  she  left  the 
stage. 

The  students  then  called  for  a  vote  — 
strike  or  no  strike,  and  President  Park  again 
strode  to  the  podium,  stating  that  the  issues 
need  to  be  discussed  so  the  faculty  knew 
what  action  to  take.  A  question  was  then 
raised  as  to  whether  the  faculty  could  be  pre- 
pared on  Thursday  and  Friday.  Dr.  Friedman 
answered  that  by  saying  that  the  faculty 
would  like  to  better  prepare,  but  would  be 
able  to  go  ahead  if  necessary. 

Another  student  then  stated :  "We  have 
to  know  what's  going  on  before  we  can 
strike,"  and  a  girl  stood  up  and  asked  — 
"People  are  stirred  up  right  now  about  Kent 
and  Cambodia,  but  three-quarters  of  us  do 
not  know  why  .  .  .  we  won't  care  next  week 
as  much  as  we  care  now? 

For  the  next  half  hour,  a  vote  was  at- 
tempted but  then  halted  for  some  further 
question  and  three  proposals  were  stated: 


1.  Move  the  strike  from  Wednesday  to 
Thursday  and  Friday. 

2.  Have  Thursday,  Friday  and  Wednes- 
day as  teach-ins  or  strikes. 


just 


3.     Adopt  the  faculty's  decision 
Wednesday. 

When  a  strike  advocate  claimed  that  "The 
faculty  says  we  should  strike,  we're  behind 
them,"  Mr.  Murphy,  a  professor  stormed  to 
the  stage  and  vehemently  stated  that  "the 
resolution  was  for  a  teach-in  not  a  strike." 
He  said  that  the  faculty  would  appreciate  it 
if  students  would  "hold  off  until  faculty  were 
better  prepared  to  serve  the  purpose  of  a 
teach-in." 

Finally  President  Park  took  the  micro- 
phone and  said  that  he  thought  there  had 
been  about  enough  bickering.  The  faculty 
had  come  to  determine  student  feeling  and 
then  discuss  it  among  themselves,  and  nothing 
was  being  accomplished.  There  were  mur- 
murs of  "let  President  Park  conduct  the 
vote,"  and  hearing  them  he  asked  if  he  might. 
There  was  loud  cheering  as  he  took  over.  He 
read  the  three  proposals,  called  for  a  hand 
count  in  each,  and  then  thanked  the  students 
—  the  faculty  resolution  was  supported  by 
the  majority  of  students  present. 

Later  that  night,  after  the  faculty  discus- 
sion was  over,  President  Park  announced  over 
the  radio  that,  on  recommendation  of  Student 
Council,  the  faculty  had  decided  not  to  pen- 
alize students  who  didn't  attend  classes  Thurs- 
day and  Friday  to  go  to  teach-ins. 


Source: 


Flashlight 
May  12,   1970 


195 


1971-72:     A  CONCERNED  MANSFIELD   FACULTY  IS    UNIONIZED  BUT  WILL  NOT  STRIKE! 


DR.  EDWIN  ZDZINSKI 

He  served  as  the  first 
President  of  the  Union. 


Mansfield  State  College  teachers 
signed  their  first  collective  bargain- 
ing contract  and  are  now  officially 
unionized.  The  agreement  is  sealed 
between  the  Association  of  Pennsyl- 
vania State  College  and  University 
Faculties,  Pennsylvania  Association 
for  Higher  Education  and  the  Com- 
monwealth of  Pennsylvania. 

The  new  contract  came  into  effect 
on  September  5th  of  this  year  (1972) 
and  it  will  not  have  to  be  renewed  un- 
til August  31,  1974. 

Negotiations  between  the  repre- 
sentatives of  the  faculty  from  fourteen 
state  colleges  and  the  state's  negoti- 
ating team  began  back  in  November 
of  1971  and  the  contract  was  not  final- 
ized until  the  end  of  June  1972. 

N.  E.  A.  and  P.  S.  E.  A.  provided 
professional  negotiators  to  act  only  as 
mediators  to  diplomatically  help  iron 
out  disputes.  There  were  no  admin- 
istration negotiators  nor  legal  arbi- 
trators. 

It  was  the  first  negotiating  for 
both  sides  and  no  real  precedent  had 
been  set.  Naturally,  both  the  Facul- 
ties and  the  Commonwealth,  wanted 
to  be  careful  to  create  a  good  model 
contract  for  others  to  follow. 

Each  side  had  certain  priority 
items  that  they  wanted  and  fought 
hard  for.  This  slowed  the  talks  down 
because  there  had  to  be  some  give  and 
take. 


Our  faculty  wanted  more  of  a  say 
in  "local  negotiations"  such  as,  re- 
served faculty  parking  spaces  and  the 
drawing  up  of  the  school  calendar. 

The  Commonwealth  used  a  phrase, 
"management  prerogative"  to  skirt 
these  issues. 

Concerning  the  calendar  issue, 
many  Mansfield  faculty  members  are 
complaining  because  they  have  a 
shorter  length  of  time  to  cover  the 
subject  material  with  their  classes  and 
finish  grading  papers  and  exams.  But, 
many  students  prefer  the  new  calen- 
dar because  it  gives  a  longer  vacation, 
and  a  chance  for  a  winter  job. 

Ninety  percent  of  the  faculty  are 
pleased  with  the  new  contract  because 
the  negotiations  got  them  more  ob- 
jectives in  their  favor. 

What  does  the  new  teacher  con- 
tract do  for  the  students?  It  demands 
that  the  professor  must  be  in  his  office 
for  five  hours  per  week  therefore  cre- 
ating more  contact  hours  for  commun- 
ication between  students  and  pro- 
fessors. 

imum.  For  the  first  time,  the  students 
have  the  legal  right  and  duty  to  eval- 
uate professors. 


Source: 


Flashlight 

November  2,  1972 


196 


CONCERT  CHOIR 

Under  the  direction  of 
David  J.  Dick,  the  Concert 
Choir  toured  extensively  in 
Pennsylvania,  New  York, 
Maryland,  and  Washington, 
D.  C.  In  1973,  the  Choir  won 
the  first  prize  gold  medal  in 
the  Rome  International 
Choral  Festival's  collegiate 
division,  performing  in  St. 
Peter's  Basilica  and  Paris' 
Notre  Dame  Cathedral  dur- 
ing the  same  trip.  In  1975, 
the  Choir  sang  at  the  Na- 
tional Cathedral  of  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  and  at  the  state 
capitol  building  in  Harris- 
burg  (picture). 


CONCERT  CHOIR.  Sopranos:  K.  Bayton,  C.  Bernardi,  S.  Eberhart,  C.  Guise,  K.  Hollenshead,  L.  Jacobs,  J.  Miller,  E.  Pineno, 
K.  Savage,  M.  Strong,  R.  Sutton,  P.  Toth.  Altos:  N.  Bailev,  J.  Costa,  D.  Daneker,  G.  Eisenhardt,  K.  Fye,  R.  Leathers,  P.  Pfleeg- 
or,  E.  Sheesley,  C.  Snyder,  J.  Valentine,  C.  Wadsworth,  L.  Walker,  S.  Willing.  Tenors:  D.  Barron,  D.  Benn,  W.  Cutter,  S.  John- 
son, H.  Palmeter,  L.  Payne,  J.  Rodgers,  H.  Stack,  J.  Smith,  G.  Tucker,  G.  Worden.  Basses:  J.  Andrulis,  D.  Cross,  D.  Greenough, 
D.  Hardock,  M.  Hartman,  R.  Justice,  E.  Sheer,  J.  Miller,  J.  Procopio,  G.  Sipes,  S.  Smith,  B.  Story. 

197 


During  the  70's,  the 
student  perspective  of 
Mansfield  was  reshaped 
amidst  trends  toward 
recognition  of  more 
individual  freedom. 


198 


1970's:  Mountie  Marching  Band  -  The  BEST!!  ! 

"I  have  been  broadcasting  university  and  professional  football 
for  about  twelve  years  and  this  is  unequivocally  the  finest  band 
1  have  ever  seen  or  heard." 

CBS-TV  Sports  Broadcaster 
September  24,  1972 


RICHARD  TALBOT.  Under  his  leader- 
ship, the  Mountie  Band  performed  at 
four  professional  football  games  and 
twice  they  toured  England. 

199 


'   ,if 


■« 


*■«     - 


-     *    '  I' 


I 

p&^LSi 

JV    *\*  .  ■><*S 

V 

A 

1974:  Streaking  Craze 


ATTIRE  RANGES 
FROM  SHEETS  TO  SNEAKERS 

by   Linda   Hollingshead 

Everyone  applauds  as  they  go  by;  they  are  in  full  view 
of  all,  yet  they  remain  anonymous.  Streaking,  the  fad  of  the 
year,  has  hit  MSC. 

The  typical  Mansfield  streaker  is  an  inebriated  male  stu- 
dent between  18  and  22,  yet  there  are  a  few  females.  Streak- 
ing attire  ranges  from  sheets  to  sneakers  to  "nothing  at  all." 
Hats,  however,  are  usually  worn. 


Streakers  usually  confine  themselves  to  campus,  but  a 
few  brave  ones  have  run  around  parking  lots  and  down  Route 
15.    Most  prefer  to  run  at  night. 

The  question  most  people  ask  themselves  is,  "Why  do 
streakers  do  it?"  Many  streakers  claim  they  did  it  on  a  bet, 
while  others  mentioned  "something  to  do,"  "for  publicity  pur- 
poses," "for  excitement,"  "release  of  inner  frustrations,"  and 
"because  I  was  drunk." 

What  are  the  aesthetic  rewards  of  streaking?  Almost 
all  streakers  said  that  they  felt  "great"  while  running;  some 
mentioned  being  cold  but  exhilarated.  They  also  said  they 
felt  good  afterwards.  No  streaker  mentioned  feeling  embar- 
rassment or  regret.  Some  said  their  elation  was  due  to  the 
money  collected  from  their  bets. 

Source:      Flashlight 

March  21,  1974 


201 


NORTH   HALL  "SCHOLARS' 


Throughout  the  70's 
North  Hall  was  a  "hot" 
topic  of  debate.  Its 
demolition  was  sched- 
uled to  follow  the  con- 
struction of  the  Cedar 
Crest  Dormitory 
(1976),  but  due  to  a 
series  of  moratoriums 
it  remains  standing. 
Though  vacant,  the 
faces  on  its  exterior 
walls  seem  to  keep  it 
"occupied." 


202 


1974:     JOE  MULLEN'S  ATTEMPT 
TO   FLY 

(Only  he  knows  if  he  really  did) 


203 


1974: 


MANSFIELD  FOUNDATION 
INCORPORATED 


1974:     SMASHING  TIME 


J.  PAUL  McMILLEN  ('69).  While  he  was 
director  of  the  foundation  it  grew  rapidly 
and  provided  support  for  many  activities 
including  the  Mansfield  Festival  Theatre 
and  the  Mountie  Band. 


During  the  70's,  smashing  cars  was  a  popular  way  to  raise  funds.  In 
1974  (above),  the  Council  for  Exceptional  Children  (CEC)  held  a 
smashing,  offering  two  hits  for  a  quarter.  The  CEC  promoted  aware- 
ness of  and  service  to  the  mentally  retarded  children  of  the  region, 
helped  with  the  Special  Olympics.  Moreover,  they  engaged  in  many 
other  worthwhile  projects  relating  to  exceptional  children. 


204 


1970's:  Black  Awareness 


JULIAN  BOND 
Politician 


ALEX  HALEY 
Author  of  "Roots" 


DICK  GREGORY 

Comedian  -  Activist 


Throughout  the  70's  many  prominant  professional  blacks,  including  Julian  Bond,  Alex  Haley  and  Dick  Gregory  lectured  at  Mans- 
leld.   Black  Awarenes  Week  became  an  annual  spring  event  on  the  campus. 


1970's:      OUTSTANDING  FORENSIC  TEAMS 

In  1976,  the  Forensic  Team  was  ranked  tenth  in  the  nation. 
Left  to  right  —  John  Williams,  Michael  Lieboff  (coach)  and 
Keith  Semmel. 


1970's:      EXCELLENCE  IN  THE  LIBRARY 

Despite  the  budgetery  constraints  in  the  70's,  the  library  staff 
gained  recognition  for  their  high  degree  in  professionalism. 


205 


206 


CEDARCREST  MANOR.     Completed  in  1976,  it  was  the  only  major  construction  that  took  place  during  the  70's. 


1975:     MSC  WINS  STATE  CHAMPIONSHIP 


207 


1970's:      NEW  PROGRAMS  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE,  BUSINESS,  INFORMATION  PROCESSING,  FISH  CULTURE, 

MUSIC  THERAPY,  AND  MANY  OTHER  AREAS 


PROFESSOR  EIDENIER  demonstrates  skills  in  music 
therapy. 


PROFESSOR  SLABEY  discussing  computer  with  Barbara 
Medina. 


208 


PROFESSOR  BUSS    (pointing)    teaching  fish  culture. 


Charles  Heinly,  criminal  justice  student  intern, 
Dr.  Edward  Ryan,  criminal  justice  faculty  in- 
tern supervisor,  and  Governor  Thornburgh. 


WAS  HE  MSC's 
GREAT  IMPOSTER? 


"Professor"  McCrossen 


In  the  October  30  issue  of  the  Tunk- 
hannock  newspaper  New  Age,  a  former 
professor  at  Mansfield  State  College  sug- 
gested that  MSC  should  be  "phased  out 
permanently"  along  with  a  number  of 
other  state  colleges.  In  a  long  letter  to  the 
editor,  which  was  also  sent  to  Governor 
Shapp,  Auditor  General  Casey  and  the 
local  representative  and  Senator,  he  term- 
ed President  Park  as  "incompetent",  the 
caliber  of  the  professors  "incredibly  poor" 
and  the  constituency  of  the  student  body 
as  being  "appallingly  low". 

He  claims  that  during  summer  school 
all  a  student  needs  to  do  is  sign  up  for  the 
class  and  submit  a  blank  piece  of  paper  by 
mail  for  his  final  exam  to  receive  an  "A" 
grade. 

Although  very  perturbing  at  first 
glance,  when  the  letter  is  taken  in  its  prop- 
er perspective,  the  entire  thing  contains 
elements  of  humor. 

In  a  discussion  with  President  Park  it 
was  learned  that  V.  A.  McCrossen,  the 
author  of  the  letter,  is  a  historical  figure  of 
some  importance  to  MSC.  He  was  chair- 
man in  the  languages  department  between 
the  winter  of  '69  and  the  winter  of  '71,  at 
which  time  he  was  asked  to  leave  "for 
cause." 

While  at  Mansfield,  a  high-ranking 
administrative  authority  alleged  that  Mc- 
Crossen commuted  to  Boston  College  and 
taught  there.  This  was  unknown  to  the  ad- 
ministration and  faculty  at  that  time.  It 
was  also  alleged  that  during  this  time  per- 


iod, McCrossen  lived  out  of  his  office,  and 
at  one  time  a  cleaning  lady  found  him 
sleeping  in  a  broom  closet. 

Park  contends  that  McCrossen  had 
forged  letters  of  recommendation  for  his 
position  at  MSC  and  that  he  had  also  done 
the  same  thing  at  Wilkes  College,  where 
he  was  also  asked  to  leave. 

According  to  Park,  McCrossen  left 
here  and  went  to  Waynesburg  and  "the 
next  thing  I  knew,  he  was  in  the  federal 
penitentiary  on  a  forgery  charge." 

While  serving  an  18  month  term  at 
the  Lewisburg  federal  penitentiary,  Mc- 
Crossen applied  for  and  was  one  of  the  12 
finalists  for  the  presidency  of  Makato  State 
College  in  Minnesota,  at  which  time  it  was 
learned  that  he  was  serving  a  term  in 
prison. 

McCrossen  is  not  completely  fraudu- 
lent, however.  He  did  serve  25  years  at 
Boston  College  as  a  Professor  of  Language, 
and  was  a  graduate  of  Dickinson  College 
with  straight  A's  except  for  one  B  grade, 
which  Park  alleged  McCrossen  changed  to 
an  "A."  McCrossen  also  received  a  Ph.  D 
in  German. 

A  number  of  faculty  were  questioned 
concerning  McCrossen.  The  dominant  re- 
sponse on  the  part  of  the  faculty  was  some- 
what alien  to  a  weak  smile.  It  does  hurt 
to  get  the  wool  pulled  over  your  eyes. 


Source: 


Flashlight 

October  6, 


1975 


209 


MANSFIELD  STATE  COLLEGE 
FACING  POSSIBLE  SHUTDOWN 

Mansfield  —  Slumping  enrollments  and  increasing  costs 
may  force  Mansfield  State  College  to  close  its  doors  within 
the  next  five  years,  the  state  legislature  was  warned  last 
Monday  in  Harrisburg. 

Testifying  before  the  House  Appropriations  Committee, 
Arthur  B.  Sinkler,  chairman  of  the  Board  of  State  College  and 
University  Directors,  said  Mansfield  and  California  State  Col- 
leges are  suffering  from  decreasing  enrollments  as  fewer  stu- 
dents go  on  to  college  from  high  school. 

Mr.  Sinkler  urged  the  legislature  to  add  $12,000,000  to 
the  education  budget,  which  was  submitted  to  the  legislature 
last  month  by  Governor  Milton  J.  Shapp. 

Without  the  additional  funds,  Mr.  Sinkler  said,  tuition 
fees  at  Mansfield  State  College  and  the  13  other  state-owned 
institutions  will  be  forced  to  rise  to  $850  a  year. 

Mansfield  State  College  is  located  in  a  part  of  the  state 
absolutely  unserved  by  any  other  institution,  according  to  the 
college's  president,  Dr.  Lawrence  Park. 

"Even  if  the  enrollment  dropped  to  2,000  I  would  still 
consider  it  (the  college)  a  success,"  Dr.  Park  said. 

Source:      Williamsport   Grit 

March  17,  1977 


DR.   DARNTON   BECOMES  ACTING  PRESIDENT 


Dr.  Darnton  served  as  the  Acting  President  for  two 
years  while  a  search  was  conducted  for  a  new  presi- 
dent. He  attempted  to  maintain  stability  by  encour- 
aging faculty  to  retrain.  He  created  a  bit  of  contro- 
versy among  alumni  when  he  changed  the  conception 
of  the  "Mountie"  from  what  he  felt  was  a  hill-billy 
image  to  one  that  was  more  representative  of  the 
region.  Al  Smith,  electrician  foreman  at  MSC  served 
as  the  model  for  the  "New  Mountie." 


210 


SEASON  TiCk-ET 
TSrtLL  COLLEGe 
PLAYER  PgQDUCTIOMS, 


-4/V  ORie/MAL 
UOHN  <SCHAMEt_ 
SHIf?T 


UFE  T/ME  ^    \\l 
MEMBERSHIP  CARck  I 

BURLAP  SACU, 

COtiTAWS 

PAST  ISSUES 

6F  Tȣ  FIASHLI&HT 


VALLEY   NI&HT 
PflNftiRCEMEMT 


BEARD  WOPN  LdNe 
fBERSPE  IT. BECAME 
V/V" 


/)  HEART  77M7-  «5-/^£3 
Z^l/f,  RESPECT,  AND 
IDENTITY   70  /tf.SC 


1^78  ALUMNI 
DIRECTORY' 
(OR  KEET1NO 
"WBS  AN  OLD 
Ff?IENDS 


faded  jg^ms 
Purchased  at 

I95"d 

^STEEl-Toed  sost 
/  &R  KlCHMG> 

\    AeauAio  "ajeuj 
ipeAs  at 


<V^ 


\S2 


Ifi^  0KJ6/N//AL  MMSflELD  MOUNTS  / 


ORIGINAL  MOUNTIE 


NEW  MOUNTIE 


211 


1979:     The  erection  of  the  sculpture  "Unity"  in  front  of 
Alumni  Hall. 


1979:      "Can  Stacking"  in  the  dormitory. 


212 


1979:  Dr.  Janet  Travis  Assumes  Presidency 

—  First  Female  To  Become  A  Pennsylvania   State  College  President 


1979-1983:      During  her  stormy  presidency,  the  change  in  her  personal  appearance  paralleled  change  at  Mansfield. 


213 


1979:  Retrenchment  of  Faculty 

—  Twenty-Five  Positions  Eliminated 


SPECIES 


PROFESSOR  G.  ROBERTSON  DILG,  a  retrenched  historian 


214 


Students  Protest  Retrenchment 

(but  in  vain) 

"Funeral"  Is  Held   For  "Dead"  Faculty  Members  .   . 
Each   Is  Eulogized 


215 


1979:  Mounties  Advance  to  College  World  Series 


—  Third   Best  In  The  Nation 


ra 


■ 


<-.- 


Under  Dr.  Heaps    (far  right),  MSC  became  a  "baseball  powerhouse"  with  thirteen  straight  winning  seasons  and  a  host  of  con- 
ference championships  and  regional  titles.  Between  1970  and  1983,  seventeen  Mansfield  players  signed  professional  contracts. 


217 


During  the  1980's,  the  ROTC  (Re- 
serve Officer  Training)  program  ex- 
panded. One  of  the  most  popular 
training  exercises  involved  rapell- 
ing  off  Laurel  Dormitory. 


1981-1983:     NUCLEAR  ARMS   BECOMES 
ISSUE  AMONG  STUDENTS 

-Films  and  discussions  highlight  anti-nuclear  programs  at 
Mansfield  .  .  .  1000  students,  faculty  members,  and  area 
residents  signed  petition  calling  for  "a  national  U.  S.  - 
Soviet  halt  to  the  nuclear  arms  race"  .  .  .  volunteers  dis- 
tributed anti-nuke  information  and  sold  bumper  stickers 
and  lapel  pins. 


Pdncl   Discussion: 

JIlJCLEpH  fi^p  ff{UZl 
Suicide  or  Jiurw/al? 

Should  the  Hi  Jfop 

tow  Jfoch  (Wjcill  q  needed  ? 

b  >J^lwr£ldckniair^l? 


^fejmcrial 
201 


D0WLIN6.K0ERMG, 
MARY  ANN  NE5TON, 
TE5MAN. 


DR.  JOHN  DOWLING.  An  MSC  professor  of  physics.  Dr. 
Dowling  organized  numerous  potential  programs  to  educate 
the  public  about  the  consequences  of  using  nuclear  arms.  He 
is  a  nationally-known  reviewer  of  films  about  weaponry. 

219 


TONY   CRAIG    (Joe   Kulasa,   '68). 

For  six  years  he  starred  in  the  ABC- 
TV  Soap  Opera  "The  Edge  of 
Night."  In  1982  he  appeared  in  the 
hit  film  "Tootsie". 


CYNTHIA  SMITH  BARRY  ('78). 
An  actress,  she  stars  in  her  own  one- 
woman  show  about  "The  Mad 
Woman  of  Stratford." 


MICHAEL  HOWLAND  ('74).  In 
1979-80,  he  was  an  Iranian  hostage 
for  444  days.  When  released,  Mans- 
field gave  him  a  warm  homecoming 
in  Straughn  Auditorium. 


EDWARD  YOB,  M.  D.  ('70).  He 
is  a  White  House  physician  who  at- 
tends to  President  Ronald  Reagan. 


TOM  BROOKENS.  Former  Mountie 
infielder,  he  now  plays  for  the  De- 
troit Tigers. 


MARVIN  SCHLENKER  ('50).  He 
is  currently  the  director  of  the  pop- 
ular ABC-TV  show  "Nightline." 


220 


HON.  ROBERT  KEMP  ('49).  Presi- 
dent Judge,  Court  of  Common  Pleas, 
Tioga  County  (PA). 


ILA  LUGG  WILEY  ('25;  '28,  BS). 
Prominent  educator  and  political 
leader;  Chairman  of  the  Mansfield 
University  Board  of  Trustees. 


MARCELLA    MAY    HYDE  ('56). 

Noted  educator;  very  active  in  the 

Alumni  Association  and  the  Mans- 
field Foundation. 


' 


KENNETH  LEE  ('48).  Attorney. 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Represen- 
tatives (PA),  1967-68  and  1973-74; 
Majority  Leader,  1963-64;  Minority 
Leader,  1965-66. 


JAMES  S.  COLES  ('34).  Chairman 
of  the  Executive  Committee,  Re- 
search Corporation;  Mansfield 
Foundation  board  member. 


JAMES  WHITE  ('49).  President 
Perma  Oil  Corporation;  Mansfield 
Foundation  board  member. 


221 


1983:  Mansfield  Moving  Forward 


DR.  LARRY  NEBB1T  carrying  the  mace  to  the  ceremony  marking  the 
transformation  of  Mansfield  State  College  into  Mansfield  University. 


222 


1983:  Mansfield  Becomes  University 

Enrollment  Climbing  .  .  .  Rod  Kelchner  Assumes  Presidency  .  .  .  Hopeful   Future 


REPRESENTATIVE  FRED  NOYE  '68.  He  has  been  one  of 
Mansfield's  staunchest  supporters.  He  is  the  Minority  Leader 
in  the  Pennsylvania  House  of  Representatives. 


PRESIDENT  KELCHNER.  He  was  appointed  Acting-Presi- 
dent on  July  1,  1983  with  the  strong  support  of  faculty,  alum- 
ni, and  the  Board  of  Trustees. 


223 


MANSFIELD  UNIVERSITY  LOOKING  SOUTH 


MANSFIELD  UNIVERSITY  LOOKING  NORTH 


6833  - 


Wert 

Bookbinding  I 

Granule  PA 
JAN- JUNE  2001